diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv index 124887dd7b..6703787c4d 100644 --- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv +++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv @@ -1,15 +1,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Exodus<br><br>1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)<br><br>* First genealogy (1:1–6)<br>* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)<br>* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)<br>* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)<br>* Second genealogy (6:14–27)<br>* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)<br>* The plagues (8:1–11:10)<br><br>1. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)<br>2. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)<br><br>* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)<br>* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)<br><br>1. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)<br><br>* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)<br>* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)<br>* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)<br>* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)<br>* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)<br>* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)<br>* The covenant described again (34:1–35)<br>* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)<br>* The cloud (40:34–38)<br><br>### What is the book of Exodus about?<br><br>Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.<br><br>The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Exodus?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.<br><br>### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?<br><br>Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.<br><br>### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?<br><br>The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Jewish Passover?<br><br>The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.<br><br>### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?<br><br>The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.<br><br>### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?<br><br>Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world. These other nations worshiped many false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Thus says Yahweh<br><br>This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.<br><br>### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart<br><br>Between chapters 4–14 there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).<br><br>### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?<br><br>In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.<br><br>### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.<br><br>### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?<br><br>The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him. EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s growth<br><br>Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, because the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh also tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### End of the famine<br><br>It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land, but instead, choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”<br><br>This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons. -EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story.If your language has a way of structuring background information, consider using it for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 1 1 g89k figs-metonymy וּבֵית֖וֹ 1 household Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EXO 1 1 g89k figs-metonymy וּבֵית֖וֹ 1 household Here, **house** refers to all of the people who live together, usually a large family with servants. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַבָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 1 1 e65z translate-names יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…יַעֲקֹ֔ב 1 **Jacob** and **Israel** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 1 5 fv84 translate-numbers שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy in number “70 in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 1 5 fv84 translate-numbers שִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy in number Alternate translation: “70 in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 1 6 sh42 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיָּ֤מָת 1 Jacob and his sons spent the rest of their lives in Egypt and died there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 1 6 g5qg וְכָל־אֶחָ֔יו 1 all his brothers **All his brothers** includes ten older brothers and one younger brother. If your language has different words for those, you can say, “his ten older brothers and his younger brother” EXO 1 6 pev3 figs-possession אֶחָ֔יו 1 This an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 1 7 c368 figs-metonymy וּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 7 c368 figs-metonymy וּבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 This is the first of many times in this book that **sons of Israel** refers to the Israelite nation or people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the people of Israel” or “And the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 1 7 c7ep figs-doublet פָּר֧וּ וַֽיִּשְׁרְצ֛וּ וַיִּרְבּ֥וּ וַיַּֽעַצְמ֖וּ 1 All of these verbs mean similar things and are used together to emphasize that the Israelite people became very numerous. If your language doesn’t have as many words that mean the same thing, you can use fewer words and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “multiplied and became extremely numerous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 1 7 uo65 פָּר֧וּ…וַיִּרְבּ֥וּ…וַתִּמָּלֵ֥א הָאָ֖רֶץ 1 Compare your translation of **fruitful … and multiplied … and the land was filled** here to Genesis 1:28; 9:1, 7; andespecially Genesis35:11, where God renamed Jacob to be called Israel. EXO 1 7 nk2l figs-metaphor פָּר֧וּ 1 were fruitful The birth of children to the Israelites is spoken of as if they were plants that were producing fruit. Alternate translation: “had many children” or “gave birth to many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -18,32 +18,32 @@ EXO 1 7 e110 figs-idiom בִּמְאֹ֣ד מְאֹ֑ד 1 Here the same word EXO 1 7 piq4 writing-participants אֹתָֽם 1 with them Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 1 8 eu8y writing-newevent וַיָּ֥קָם 1 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 1 8 d20y writing-participants מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ 1 The story begins with the new king.Your language may have a specific way to introduce new events or new characters in a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 1 8 t6jd figs-metonymy וַיָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 arose over Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 8 dnkw figs-metonymy לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 1 9 tf59 writing-participants וַיֹּ֖אמֶר 1 He said to his people “And the king said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 1 8 t6jd figs-metonymy וַיָּ֥קָם מֶֽלֶךְ־חָדָ֖שׁ עַל־מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 arose over Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the place and the people of Egypt. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And a new king began to rule over the Egyptians and the country of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 8 dnkw figs-metonymy לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע אֶת־יוֹסֵֽף 1 Here, **Joseph** refers to both the person Joseph and to all of the good things that he did for Egypt. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 9 tf59 writing-participants וַיֹּ֖אמֶר 1 He said to his people Alternate translation: “And the king said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 1 9 aku3 figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Here, **behold** draws special attention to what is about to be said. Use a way of drawing people’s attention that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) EXO 1 9 x65i figs-possession עַמּ֑וֹ 1 his people The people are spoken of as if they belonged to the king. This is an instance of the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 1 9 t7s1 עַמּ֑וֹ 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: 1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or 2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2. +EXO 1 9 t7s1 עַמּ֑וֹ 1 There is some ambiguity as to whom exactly Pharaoh was addressing. It could have been: (1) the people who lived in Egypt, the Egyptians or (2) some group of “his people” like his advisors, generals, nobles, or friends and family. Even if option 1 is meant, it is quite possible that he actually spoke to some smaller group of representatives, as in option 2. EXO 1 9 jik8 מִמֶּֽנּוּ 1 Use a way that is natural in your language to compare non-specific sizes of groups of people. Alternate translation: “more than we are” EXO 1 9 njuf figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֗ה 1 Beginning from **behold** to the end of [verse 10](../01/10.md) is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 1 10 hiq4 figs-exclusive נִֽתְחַכְּמָ֖ה…שֹׂ֣נְאֵ֔ינוּ…בָּ֖נוּ 1 let us The word **us** is inclusive and refers to the king and his people, the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 1 10 il4u grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּן־יִרְבֶּ֗ה וְהָיָ֞ה כִּֽי־תִקְרֶ֤אנָה מִלְחָמָה֙ 1 The king suggests a combination of two hypothetical events: 1. There are even more Israelites, 2. There is a battle. These are followed by a series of undesirable consequences: 3. The Israelites join an enemy, 4. The Israelites attack the Egyptians, 5. The Israelites leave Egypt. While the series of consequences is also technically hypothetical, the king’s language indicates that if 1-2 happen, then 3-5 are certain. Use language that makes it clear that the first two events are hypothetical, and that the next three are consequences that could be expected if the first two events happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 1 10 jc1h וְעָלָ֥ה מִן־הָאָֽרֶץ 1 leave the land “and he leaves Egypt” +EXO 1 10 jc1h וְעָלָ֥ה מִן־הָאָֽרֶץ 1 leave the land Alternate translation: “and he leaves Egypt” EXO 1 10 ni77 figs-quotemarks הָאָֽרֶץ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of what the king said comes to an end. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 1 11 y2mi שָׂרֵ֣י 1 taskmasters Egyptians whose job it was to force the Israelites to do hard work. EXO 1 11 o926 מִסִּ֔ים 1 Here the plural means groups. Alternative translation: “work crews” -EXO 1 11 l9lj לְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖וֹ בְּסִבְלֹתָ֑ם 1 to oppress them with hard labor “to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians” +EXO 1 11 l9lj לְמַ֥עַן עַנֹּת֖וֹ בְּסִבְלֹתָ֑ם 1 to oppress them with hard labor Alternate translation: “to force the Israelites to do hard work for the Egyptians” EXO 1 11 pkz4 translate-unknown עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 store cities These were places where the leaders put away food and other important things to keep them safe. Alternative translation: “cities in which to put away things to keep them safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 1 11 dy34 figs-possession עָרֵ֤י מִסְכְּנוֹת֙ 1 The possessive is objective; storage of goods is what occurs in the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 1 12 c1fy grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְכַאֲשֶׁר֙ יְעַנּ֣וּ אֹת֔וֹ כֵּ֥ן יִרְבֶּ֖ה וְכֵ֣ן יִפְרֹ֑ץ 1 This sentence expresses a result that is opposite of what the king expected. If your language has a way to express something happening that was opposite of what was expected, use that structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 1 12 pdfk figs-abstractnouns וַיָּקֻ֕צוּ 1 “And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in the country. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 12 pdfk figs-abstractnouns וַיָּקֻ֕צוּ 1 Alternate translation: “And they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 1 12 qgzz figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. The phrase means that the Egyptians were afraid of the Israelites’ existence in the country. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “whenever they saw an Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 1 13 j1q6 figs-abstractnouns וַיַּעֲבִ֧דוּ מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּפָֽרֶךְ 1 made…work rigorously Here, **rigor** is a noun used to modify the verb **enslaved**. **Rigor** could refer either to how hard the work was or how unkindly the Egyptians treated the Israelites. Alternate translation: “And the Egyptians made the sons of Israel work very hard” or “And the Egyptians harshly made the sons of Israel work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 1 14 mx6v figs-metaphor וַיְמָרְר֨וּ 1 made their lives bitter The difficult lives of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were bitter food that was difficult to eat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 1 14 jre2 figs-abstractnouns בַּעֲבֹדָ֣ה קָשָׁ֗ה 1 **Slavery** is an abstract noun modified by **hard**. Alternative translation: “by making them work hard as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 1 14 cuq7 translate-unknown בְּחֹ֨מֶר֙ 1 mortar This was a wet glue or mud put between bricks or stones that held them together when it dried. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 1 14 h5dx translate-unknown וּבִלְבֵנִ֔ים 1 **Bricks** are hardened rectangular blocks of mud, clay etc., used for building. (Source: Wiktionary) The clay or mud was hardened either in the sun or by heating it to higher temperatures in other ways. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 1 14 gzq7 אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָהֶ֖ם בְּפָֽרֶךְ׃ 1 All their required work was hard “the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” See how you translated this in [verse 13](../01/13.md) +EXO 1 14 gzq7 אֵ֚ת כָּל־עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔ם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְד֥וּ בָהֶ֖ם בְּפָֽרֶךְ׃ 1 All their required work was hard Alternate translation: “the Egyptians made them work very hard” or “the Egyptians forced them to work very hard” See how you translated this in [verse 13](../01/13.md) EXO 1 14 ct02 writing-participants וַיְמָרְר֨וּ…בָהֶ֖ם 1 These pronouns refer to the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 1 14 acj5 writing-participants חַיֵּיהֶ֜ם…עֲבֹ֣דָתָ֔ם…עָבְד֥וּ 1 These pronouns refer to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 1 15 yoaj writing-newevent וַיֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 This sentence introduces a new event in the story. If your language marks this with particular discourse features, apply them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ EXO 1 15 h59t writing-participants שִׁפְרָ֔ה…פּוּעָֽה 1 The EXO 1 16 t8f5 וַיֹּ֗אמֶר 1 In the UST, **And the king said**, is combined with “spoke” from [verse 15](../01/15.md), because the verb for “say” is used twice before he speaks. This may be strange in some languages. If it would be unnatural to say that the king spoke or said twice, you may leave one off. EXO 1 16 yovg figs-quotemarks בְּיַלֶּדְכֶן֙ אֶת־הָֽעִבְרִיּ֔וֹת וּרְאִיתֶ֖ן עַל־הָאָבְנָ֑יִם אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַהֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔וֹ וְאִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָחָֽיָה 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 1 16 zfcv figs-youdual בְּיַלֶּדְכֶן֙…וּרְאִיתֶ֖ן…וַהֲמִתֶּ֣ן 1 The king is speaking to the two midwives, so the form of **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 1 16 h3mb figs-metonymy עַל־הָאָבְנָ֑יִם 1 on the birthstool Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 1 16 h3mb figs-metonymy עַל־הָאָבְנָ֑יִם 1 on the birthstool Women sat on this short stool as they gave birth. Therefore, it is associated with birth. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “as they give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 1 16 nms7 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical אִם־בֵּ֥ן הוּא֙ וַהֲמִתֶּ֣ן אֹת֔וֹ וְאִם־בַּ֥ת הִ֖יא וָחָֽיָה 1 These two statements are hypothetical conditions (starting at **if**) with instructions for what the midwives should do in each situation (starting at **then**). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 1 17 gy7k grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַתִּירֶ֤אןָ 1 Use a conjunction or other language structure that expresses contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 1 18 y9g5 לַֽמְיַלְּדֹ֔ת 1 midwives These were women who helped a woman give birth to a baby. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:15](../01/15.md). @@ -70,11 +70,11 @@ EXO 1 20 h133 figs-doublet וַיִּ֧רֶב הָעָ֛ם וַיַּֽ EXO 1 20 eo1p grammar-connect-logic-result וַיֵּ֥יטֶב אֱלֹהִ֖ים לַֽמְיַלְּדֹ֑ת 1 This phrase is more logically connected to the statements in verse 21. It describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a general statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 1 21 de53 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיְהִ֕י כִּֽי־יָֽרְא֥וּ הַֽמְיַלְּדֹ֖ת אֶת־הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 This is the reason for what God did. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 1 21 pbve grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּ֥עַשׂ לָהֶ֖ם בָּתִּֽים 1 This describes the result of the midwives fearing God with a specific statement. You may need to rearrange vs 20-21 so that the reason (vs 21) comes before both the general and specific results. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 1 21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 he gave them families “households” +EXO 1 21 jx9c בָּתִּֽים 1 he gave them families Alternate translation: “households” EXO 1 22 ld1j figs-explicit כָּל־הַבֵּ֣ן הַיִּלּ֗וֹד הַיְאֹ֨רָה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔הוּ 1 You must throw every son…into the river This order was given in order to drown the male children. The full meaning of this may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “You must dispose of each new baby boy in the river so he will drown” or “Drown each baby boy in the river when he is born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 1 22 a6b2 figs-quotations וַיְצַ֣ו פַּרְעֹ֔ה לְכָל־עַמּ֖וֹ לֵאמֹ֑ר כָּל־הַבֵּ֣ן הַיִּלּ֗וֹד הַיְאֹ֨רָה֙ תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔הוּ וְכָל־הַבַּ֖ת תְּחַיּֽוּן 1 From **You shall** to the end of the verse is a direct quote of Pharaoh’s speech. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh commanded all of his people to throw every baby boy into the river, but to let every girl live.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 1 22 stag figs-youdual תַּשְׁלִיכֻ֔הוּ…תְּחַיּֽוּן 1 The uses of the word **you** here refer to all the Egyptians. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br><br>### Covenant<br>God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.<br><br><br>### Moses’ heritage<br>In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Identification of participants<br>- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.<br><br>### Ironic situations<br>- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.<br><br><br>- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission. +EXO 2 intro rwf3 0 # Exodus 02 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br><br>### Covenant<br><br>God begins to relate to the Israelites based on his covenant with Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob.<br><br><br>### Moses’ heritage<br><br>In the first part of this chapter, Pharaoh’s daughter recognizes Moses as being a Hebrew, but in the last part of this chapter, the Midianites believe him to be an Egyptian.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Identification of participants<br><br>- Moses is the only participant named in most of this chapter. This is because many of the participants play very minor roles and because this part of the story is focusing on Moses’ life.<br><br>### Ironic situations<br><br>- While Pharaoh tried to diminish the power of the Israelites by killing all of their baby boys, God used Pharaoh’s own daughter to save Moses.<br><br><br>- Moses believes he is meant to be the rescuer of his people, but they reject him. Ultimately, Moses was correct, but God had not yet sent him for that mission. EXO 2 1 wvj9 writing-newevent וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 Now A new scene begins here; that may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 1 riy7 writing-participants אִ֖ישׁ…בַּת 1 These are new participants. They remain unnamed until [Exodus 6:20](../06/20.md) where they are identified as Amram and Jochebed. For now it is best to leave them unnamed in your language, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 1 mp7m figs-idiom וַיִּקַּ֖ח אֶת־בַּת־לֵוִֽי 1 This is an idiom for marrying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ EXO 2 9 mogg שְׂכָרֵ֑ךְ 1 This refers to payment that Pharaoh’s EXO 2 9 hqsa figs-explicit וַתִּקַּ֧ח…וַתְּנִיקֵֽהוּ 1 The mother’s acceptance of the deal is implied. You could make it explicit, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 2 10 zj8h grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיִגְדַּ֣ל הַיֶּ֗לֶד וַתְּבִאֵ֨הוּ֙ 1 she brought him An unspecified amount of time is designated by this. He would have stayed with his mother at least until he was weaned (no longer drinking his mother’s milk). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 2 10 ta4r figs-possession לְבַת־פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 2 10 j7n1 וַֽיְהִי־לָ֖הּ לְבֵ֑ן 1 he became her son “and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter” +EXO 2 10 j7n1 וַֽיְהִי־לָ֖הּ לְבֵ֑ן 1 he became her son Alternate translation: “and he became the adopted son of Pharaoh’s daughter” EXO 2 10 h7to grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַֽיְהִי־לָ֖הּ לְבֵ֑ן וַתִּקְרָ֤א שְׁמוֹ֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 These events were likely simultaneous, because her act of naming him may have been what made him become **as a son to her**. Consider using a conjunction that does not make a great separtion between these events. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EXO 2 10 nh2m מֹשֶׁ֔ה וַתֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַמַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽהוּ 1 Because I drew him from the water Translators may add a footnote that says, “The name Moses sounds like the Hebrew word that means ‘draw out.’” EXO 2 10 ityq figs-quotations וַתֹּ֕אמֶר כִּ֥י מִן־הַמַּ֖יִם מְשִׁיתִֽהוּ 1 This is a direct quote. It could be stated indirectly. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. Alternate translation: “because she said she draw him out of the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) @@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ EXO 2 10 yax4 translate-names מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 drew him **Moses** - (See: [[rc:/ EXO 2 11 tyol grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיְהִ֣י ׀ בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ם וַיִּגְדַּ֤ל מֹשֶׁה֙ וַיֵּצֵ֣א 1 A significant amount of time has passed; later texts state that Moses was 40 years old at this point. Alternative translation: “Many years later, once Moses was grown, he went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 2 11 p7gx writing-newevent וַיְהִ֣י ׀ בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ 1 This introduces a new event in the story. In your language, use a phrase that indicates a new event occurring after significant time has passed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 11 uy39 figs-go וַיֵּצֵ֣א 1 The UST supplies a probable location that he **went out** from; it could also have been simply out from the Egyptian area or out to the work area or cities. Use go or come as appropriate in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -EXO 2 11 swn3 מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י 1 striking a Hebrew “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew” +EXO 2 11 swn3 מַכֶּ֥ה אִישׁ־עִבְרִ֖י 1 striking a Hebrew Alternate translation: “hitting a Hebrew” or “beating a Hebrew” EXO 2 12 m9bn figs-merism וַיִּ֤פֶן כֹּה֙ וָכֹ֔ה 1 He looked this way and that way These two opposite directions have the combined meaning of “everywhere.” Alternate translation: “He looked all around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 2 12 rmgn figs-metonymy וַיַּךְ֙ 1 The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 2 12 rmgn figs-explicit וַיַּךְ֙ 1 The context makes clear that Moses struck the Egyptian hard enough or repeatedly until Moses killed him. Consider using a word that indicates a deadly blow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 2 13 qn45 figs-go וַיֵּצֵא֙ 1 He went out See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 13 wqrm translate-ordinal הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 2 13 rgn1 figs-exclamations וְהִנֵּ֛ה 1 behold Here, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) @@ -133,15 +133,15 @@ EXO 2 13 i4d6 לָֽרָשָׁ֔ע 1 the one who was in the wrong Based on M EXO 2 13 duob figs-quotemarks לָ֥מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 14 qb2n figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָֽׂמְךָ֞ לְאִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְשֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔ינוּ 1 Who made you a leader and judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 2 14 afne figs-quotemarks מִ֣י שָֽׂמְךָ֞ לְאִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְשֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔ינוּ הַלְהָרְגֵ֨נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַמִּצְרִ֑י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 2 14 k6s5 figs-irony הַלְהָרְגֵ֨נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַמִּצְרִ֑י 1 Are you planning to kill me as you killed that Egyptian? The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] +EXO 2 14 k6s5 figs-irony הַלְהָרְגֵ֨נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַמִּצְרִ֑י 1 Are you planning to kill me as you killed that Egyptian? The man used a question here to be sarcastic. Alternate translation: “We know that you killed an Egyptian yesterday. You had better not kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) EXO 2 14 l62d figs-rquestion הַלְהָרְגֵ֨נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַמִּצְרִ֑י 1 The man asks a question that is intended to make a statement. Alternate translation: “Do you think you can kill me without anyone finding out? We know what you did to the Egyptian” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 2 14 d2ja הַלְהָרְגֵ֨נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר 1 “Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me” +EXO 2 14 d2ja הַלְהָרְגֵ֨נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר 1 Alternate translation: “Are you planning to kill me” or “Are you threatening to kill me” EXO 2 14 lyqh figs-aside אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַדָּבָֽר 1 It is likely this is something Moses said to himself, that is, he thought it to himself rather than speaking to the men in front of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) EXO 2 14 vfw5 figs-quotations וַיֹּאמַ֔ר אָכֵ֖ן נוֹדַ֥ע הַדָּבָֽר 1 It may be clearer to present as an indirect quotation what was likely a thought Moses had. Alternative translation (as indirect quotation): “because he thought that everyone knew what he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 2 15 yutr וַיְבַקֵּ֖שׁ לַהֲרֹ֣ג אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Pharaoh most likely delegated this task. Alternative translation: “and he sought to have Moses killed” (note that the passive form will not work in every language), see UST -EXO 2 15 l5rc figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֣י 1 His **face** means his presence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 2 15 l5rc figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֣י 1 His **face** means his presence. Alternate translation: “from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 2 15 otsl וַיֵּ֥שֶׁב…וַיֵּ֥שֶׁב 1 These are the same verb. There are three possible interpretations: 1. Moses lived in Midian. He sat by this well one day. This may have been the well for the town he lived in. 2. Moses lived in Midian. His home was by this well. 3. Moses was a wanderer. He was in Midian and sat by this well when the next event occurred. -EXO 2 16 shg5 writing-background וּלְכֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters This sentence is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EXO 2 16 shg5 writing-background וּלְכֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters This sentence is background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 2 16 pjzc writing-newevent וּלְכֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת 1 This sentence is used to mark a transition. However, the last clause of the previous verse (“and he sat down by a well”) seems to be related to this new scene so you may want to make your transition there as is done in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 2 16 cfe5 writing-participants שֶׁ֣בַע בָּנ֑וֹת וַתָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The **daughters** are new participants. Indicate that in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 16 sm8f figs-go וַתָּבֹ֣אנָה 1 The perspective of the narrative is set at the well. The daughters came from elsewhere to the well. They were probably on foot. Here each language will need to choose the appropriate word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ EXO 2 16 v5yk figs-possession וּלְכֹהֵ֥ן מִדְיָ֖ן שֶׁ EXO 2 16 esdm translate-numbers שֶׁ֣בַע 1 7 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 2 16 i2jh וַתִּדְלֶ֗נָה 1 drew water This means that they brought up water from a well. EXO 2 16 g1e6 translate-unknown הָ֣רְהָטִ֔ים 1 troughs These were a long, narrow, open containers for animals to eat or drink out of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 2 16 p3uo figs-possession צֹ֥אן אֲבִיהֶֽן 1 There are two possessives here: 1) **their father** is the possessive of social relationship; 2) **the flock of … father** is the possessive of ownership. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 2 16 p3uo figs-possession צֹ֥אן אֲבִיהֶֽן 1 There are two possessives here: (1) **their father** is the possessive of social relationship; (2) **the flock of … father** is the possessive of ownership. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 2 17 k5yc figs-go וַיָּבֹ֥אוּ 1 A group of men came. They may not have been far away before coming and driving the women away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 17 zksv writing-participants הָרֹעִ֖ים 1 These are new, very brief, participants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 17 z17m grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיָּ֤קָם 1 helped them Use an expression that communicates that what Moses did was unexpected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) @@ -161,37 +161,37 @@ EXO 2 18 lukb figs-quotations וַיֹּ֕אמֶר מַדּ֛וּעַ מִה EXO 2 18 hq6y figs-go בֹּ֖א 1 Alternative translation: “in returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 2 19 r01g figs-quotemarks אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י הִצִּילָ֖נוּ מִיַּ֣ד הָרֹעִ֑ים וְגַם־דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ לָ֔נוּ וַיַּ֖שְׁקְ אֶת־הַצֹּֽאן 1 This is a direct quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 19 w57e אִ֣ישׁ מִצְרִ֔י 1 Jethro’s daughters assume Moses was Egyptian. When you translate it, you should be clear that this refers to Moses. -EXO 2 19 hvb4 figs-metonymy מִיַּ֣ד 1 **Hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds.Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 2 19 hvb4 figs-metonymy מִיַּ֣ד 1 Here, **hand** figuratively refers to the power, control, or actions of the shepherds. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “from the strength of” or “from the harm of” or see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 2 19 a7v2 figs-idiom דָּלֹ֤ה דָלָה֙ 1 The repeated word expresses surprise or emphasizes the magnitude of Moses’ act of kindness to the women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 2 20 x73j figs-possession בְּנֹתָ֖יו 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 2 20 x9yb figs-rquestion וְאַיּ֑וֹ לָ֤מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָאִ֔ישׁ 1 Why did you leave the man? These questions are a mild rebuke to the daughters for not inviting Moses into their home according to the normal hospitality of that culture. Alternate translation: “You should not have left this man at the well!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 2 20 p6xh figs-quotemarks וְאַיּ֑וֹ לָ֤מָּה זֶּה֙ עֲזַבְתֶּ֣ן אֶת־הָאִ֔ישׁ קִרְאֶ֥ן ל֖וֹ וְיֹ֥אכַל לָֽחֶם׃ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 20 mb8w writing-participants ל֖וֹ 1 **Him** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 2 20 hal8 figs-synecdoche לָֽחֶם 1 **Bread** is used to refer to food in general. Alternative translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 2 21 zvr1 וַיּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָשֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָאִ֑ישׁ 1 Moses agreed to stay with the man “Moses agreed to live with Reuel” +EXO 2 21 zvr1 וַיּ֥וֹאֶל מֹשֶׁ֖ה לָשֶׁ֣בֶת אֶת־הָאִ֑ישׁ 1 Moses agreed to stay with the man Alternate translation: “Moses agreed to live with Reuel” EXO 2 21 y3q7 translate-names צִפֹּרָ֥ה 1 Zipporah **Zipporah** is Reuel’s (Jethro’s) daughter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 2 21 qi5p figs-possession בִתּ֖וֹ 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 2 22 l3xg figs-quotemarks גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּאֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 Only this portion is a quotation. As a possibility for clarity, the UST includes both speech events as one quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 2 22 n5b1 translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 Gershom This is Moses’ son. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 2 22 f76m translate-names גֵּרְשֹׁ֑ם 1 His name, **Gershom**, sounds somewhat like the Hebrew for “a stranger here.” You may consider using a footnote to explain that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 2 22 q7d8 גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּאֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 resident in a foreign land “stranger in a foreign land” +EXO 2 22 q7d8 גֵּ֣ר הָיִ֔יתִי בְּאֶ֖רֶץ נָכְרִיָּֽה 1 resident in a foreign land Alternate translation: “stranger in a foreign land” EXO 2 23 fjkt writing-newevent וַיְהִי֩ בַיָּמִ֨ים הָֽרַבִּ֜ים הָהֵ֗ם 1 This introduces a new section and series of events. A large amount of time went by. According to Stephen’s sermon in Acts 7:30, Moses was in Midian 40 years. Alternative translation: “This is what happened during the many days Moses was in Midian.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 2 23 ym88 writing-background וַיְהִי֩ בַיָּמִ֨ים הָֽרַבִּ֜ים הָהֵ֗ם 1 Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EXO 2 23 ym88 writing-background 0 Verses 23-25 give a summary of what happened in Egypt and with the Israelites and God while Moses was in exile. These verses give background information to set the scene. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 2 23 csg2 וַיֵּאָנְח֧וּ 1 groaned They **groaned** because of their sorrow and misery. Alternate translation: “sighed deeply” EXO 2 23 x84a figs-personification וַתַּ֧עַל שַׁוְעָתָ֛ם 1 their pleas went up to God The cries of the Israelites are spoken of as if they were a person and were able to travel up to where God is. Alternate translation: “and their cries arose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 2 24 sja4 figs-idiom וַיִּזְכֹּ֤ר אֱלֹהִים֙ 1 God called to mind his covenant This was a customary way of saying that God thought about what He had promised. Alternate translation: “and God recalled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 intro n6ze 0 # Exodus 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records one of the most important events in the history of the Israelite people: the revelation of the name Yahweh at the burning bush. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s holiness<br><br>God is so holy that people could not look upon him without dying. This is why Moses covered his eyes. It is also why he took off his shoes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Yahweh<br><br>The name Yahweh is sacred in the Hebrew religion. It is the personal name of God, which he revealed to Moses. It is by this name that he is known. Yahweh means “I am.” Some translations use all capitals to set this apart, “I AM.” Great care must be taken in translating the phrase “I am that I am.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Participants<br><br>“The angel of Yahweh,” “Yahweh,” and “God” all appear to be speaking to Moses and interacting with him from the burning bush. Furthermore, God says that his name is “I AM.” (See note above on Yahweh and I AM.) Yahweh and God are the same while there is speculation about who the angel of Yahweh is. EXO 3 1 gqvh writing-newevent וּמֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה 1 This phrase brings the story focus back to Midian and Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background וּמֹשֶׁ֗ה הָיָ֥ה רֹעֶ֛ה אֶת־צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ חֹתְנ֖וֹ כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן וַיִּנְהַ֤ג אֶת־הַצֹּאן֙ אַחַ֣ר הַמִּדְבָּ֔ר וַיָּבֹ֛א אֶל־הַ֥ר הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים חֹרֵֽבָה׃ 1 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EXO 3 1 oqcr writing-background 0 Verse 1 provides immediate background context, setting the scene for Moses’ interaction with Yahweh. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) EXO 3 1 jv7b figs-possession צֹ֛אן יִתְר֥וֹ 1 This is an ownership possessive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 1 w1nt figs-possession חֹתְנ֖וֹ 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 1 l7x6 figs-possession כֹּהֵ֣ן מִדְיָ֑ן 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Jethro is a priest who serves the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 1 v97t figs-go וַיָּבֹ֛א אֶל 1 “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +EXO 3 1 v97t figs-go וַיָּבֹ֛א אֶל 1 Alternate translation: “and he arrived at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 3 1 p27s figs-possession הַ֥ר הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 This is an associative possessive. This mountain was associated with God in some way. In [Exodus 3:12](../03/12.md) God tells Moses that he and the Israelites will serve him on this mountain. Later in the story, this promise is fulfilled, and it is where God makes his covenant with Israel and gives them the 10 Commandments. So it may have been called the mountain of God in retrospect (as Moses probably wrote this book sometime after the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness). However, it is possible that the mountain was already associated with God’s presence or worship somehow before Moses went there with the flock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 2 p0nt וַ֠יֵּרָא מַלְאַ֨ךְ יְהֹוָ֥ה אֵלָ֛יו בְּלַבַּת־אֵ֖שׁ מִתּ֣וֹךְ הַסְּנֶ֑ה 1 This is a summary of what happened. The next few verses tell the story of how this happened and how Moses discovered what was happening. EXO 3 2 x5ci יְהֹוָ֥ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this. EXO 3 2 d3tf grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְהִנֵּ֤ה הַסְּנֶה֙ בֹּעֵ֣ר בָּאֵ֔שׁ וְהַסְּנֶ֖ה אֵינֶ֥נּוּ אֻכָּֽל 1 behold The word **behold** here shows that Moses saw something that was very different from what he expected. He expected the bush to be burnt up completely by the fire. Consider using an interjection in your language that expresses that the next thing is a surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 3 2 jmz0 figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 **Being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 2 jmz0 figs-metonymy אֻכָּֽל 1 Here, **being consumed** means being eaten completely until gone. In the case of fire, this is a metonym for burning completely until gone. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “destroyed by the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 3 fpww figs-quotemarks אָסֻֽרָה־נָּ֣א וְאֶרְאֶ֔ה אֶת־הַמַּרְאֶ֥ה הַגָּדֹ֖ל הַזֶּ֑ה מַדּ֖וּעַ לֹא־יִבְעַ֥ר הַסְּנֶֽה 1 This is a direct quote. It’s not specified who Moses spoke to; he may have been alone or with a group of shepherds or his family. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 4 ue8v writing-participants יְהוָ֖ה…אֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 These terms both refer to the same being since God’s name is Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 3 5 jg97 figs-quotemarks אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־נְעָלֶ֨יךָ֙ מֵעַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔יךָ כִּ֣י הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔יו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ EXO 3 6 lfbb grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁ EXO 3 7 nl33 figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 7 xoz0 figs-idiom רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי 1 The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 7 tpk0 figs-possession אֶת־עֳנִ֥י עַמִּ֖י 1 There are two possessives here. 1) “affliction of … people”: This is an event-related possessive where the people are the objects of affliction. They are treated badly as slaves. 2) “my people”: This one is more difficult as it involves both ownership and the possessive of social relationship. God views his people as his possession, and he is also in relationship with them as their God because they are descended from Abraham, though at this time they may not know God as theirs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 7 p3tx figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔יו 1 **Faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 7 xx7r נֹֽגְשָׂ֔יו 1 taskmasters “his oppressors” +EXO 3 7 p3tx figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֣י נֹֽגְשָׂ֔יו 1 Here, **faces** refers to the whole person or the presence of the person(s) who were oppressing the Israelites. If this image is used in your language, you may translate it. If a similar image is used, you may consider using it. If neither is the case, you may omit the word “face” and translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 7 xx7r נֹֽגְשָׂ֔יו 1 taskmasters Alternate translation: “his oppressors” EXO 3 7 ofxt כִּ֥י 1 The conjunction is probably functioning modally here, intensifying the expression of Yahweh’s knowledge. Your translation should express Yahweh’s knowing with certainty or strength. EXO 3 7 mfn2 grammar-collectivenouns נֹֽגְשָׂ֔יו…מַכְאֹבָֽיו 1 These pronouns, **him** and **his**, refer to the Israelites as a group in the singular. They agree with “people” as a collective noun in [3:6](../03/06.md). Some languages may have to use plural pronouns. Others may have to match the pronoun’s gender to the grammatical gender of the word for “people” in their language. If necessary, change “him” to “them” or change “his” to “hers” or “its” (depending on grammatical gender of “people”.) Alternate translation: “those who oppress them … their anguish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 3 7 hkcj figs-possession מַכְאֹבָֽיו 1 This is an event-related possessive where the people (as a group: **his**) are the subjects of anguish. Your translation should express that they are in deep mental and emotional distress (anguish). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -215,11 +215,11 @@ EXO 3 8 nahb grammar-collectivenouns לְהַצִּיל֣וֹ…וּֽ EXO 3 8 bi4e figs-metaphor מִיַּ֣ד 1 Someone’s **hand** is a common metaphor for power and control. Use a similar image if your language has one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 3 8 djbz figs-possession מִיַּ֣ד מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 This is a possessive where the Egyptians are the subject of **the hand**, which means power. The Egyptians used their power and control to oppress the Israelites. Use a phrase in your language that expresses the idea of a group of people having power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 8 mqyp figs-parallelism אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ טוֹבָה֙ וּרְחָבָ֔ה אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 There are multiple levels of parallelism here. First, the statements, **to a good and wide land** and **to a land flowing with milk and honey** are in parallel with each other. Within each of those, **good** and **wide** are in parallel with each other and also **milk** and **honey**are in parallel with each other.Each of these levels is meant to reinforce and expand on one another. These are not examples of synonymous parallelism, and each part of the statement should be translated. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 3 8 xs87 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 8 xs87 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 8 pxy8 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. If this metaphor makes sense in your language, you may translate it, if your language has metaphors that mean a land is good for producing healthy livestock and good crops, you may consider using those. If neither is the case, you may translate the meaning. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 3 8 dtz9 זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with “full of” or “with an abundance of” -EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 8 l1as figs-metonymy וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 8 dtz9 זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with Alternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of” +EXO 3 8 q94i figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 8 l1as figs-metonymy וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 9 a2kf grammar-connect-logic-result וְעַתָּ֕ה 1 This functions as a discourse marker expressing logical conclusion. “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 9 tp2v figs-exclamations הִנֵּ֛ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “certainly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) EXO 3 9 uup9 figs-personification צַעֲקַ֥ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בָּ֣אָה אֵלָ֑י 1 the shouts of the people of Israel have come to me Here, **the cry** is spoken of as if it were a person who is capable of moving on his own. Alternate translation: “I have heard the cries of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -255,25 +255,25 @@ EXO 3 16 dvsz figs-quotemarks פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 This EXO 3 16 efhh figs-idiom פָּקֹ֤ד פָּקַ֨דְתִּי֙ 1 The Hebrew word meaning **attended,** visited, or observed is repeated here for emphasis. This word often means God is coming to take action. Translate this phrase in a way that communicates God’s focused, caring observation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 16 fv77 figs-youdual אֶתְכֶ֔ם 1 I have indeed observed you The word **you** refers to the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 16 q4en figs-activepassive הֶעָשׂ֥וּי 1 In some languages you may not be able to translate this in the passive form. Alternative translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 3 16 johw figs-metonymy בְּמִצְרָֽיִם 1 The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 16 johw figs-metonymy בְּמִצְרָֽיִם 1 The phrase **in Egypt** is a metonym for the Egyptian oppressors. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “by the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 17 c54k figs-quotesinquotes אַעֲלֶ֣ה אֶתְכֶם֮ מֵעֳנִ֣י מִצְרַיִם֒ אֶל־אֶ֤רֶץ הַֽכְּנַעֲנִי֙ וְהַ֣חִתִּ֔י וְהָֽאֱמֹרִי֙ וְהַפְּרִזִּ֔י וְהַחִוִּ֖י וְהַיְבוּסִ֑י אֶל־אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer three levels. Alternatively, it can be translated as an indirect quotation, see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 3 17 eloj figs-quotemarks וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 If you are using direct quotations, at the end of this verse you should have three closing markers. In English, it looks like ’ ” ’ (without spaces). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 3 17 r8mg figs-idiom אַעֲלֶ֣ה 1 Regardless of the geographic realities, to **bring up** does not primarily have a literal meaning. Rather, it means to bring the Israelites into a better situation. God promised to bring them up from their low status as slaves to a place where they would be the masters of a good land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 3 17 wyvt figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 17 wyvt figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 Here, **milk** is a metonym for domestic animals and the food products obtained from them; **honey** is a metonym for the food obtained from growing plants. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See UST and [the next note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pwn5]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 17 pwn5 figs-metaphor אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 a land flowing with milk and honey God spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md) at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/03/08/pxy8]]. Alternate translation: “a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a land where milk and honey flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 3 17 za9l זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with “full of” or “with an abundance of” -EXO 3 17 rtr5 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 3 17 msf8 figs-metonymy וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 17 za9l זָבַ֥ת 1 flowing with Alternate translation: “full of” or “with an abundance of” +EXO 3 17 rtr5 figs-metonymy חָלָ֖ב 1 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, this represents food produced by livestock. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 17 msf8 figs-metonymy וּדְבָֽשׁ 1 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, this represents food from crops. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 18 cy2z figs-idiom וְשָׁמְע֖וּ 1 **Listen** often means “hear and do/obey.” Alternative translation: “heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 18 j24k writing-participants לְקֹלֶ֑ךָ…אַתָּה֩ 1 They will listen to you The word **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 3 18 w742 figs-synecdoche לְקֹלֶ֑ךָ 1 This phrase means the elders will listen to the message Moses brings from God. Alternative translation: “to your message” or “to my message which you tell them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 3 18 r74o figs-possession וְזִקְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 This is a possessive of social relationship. Alternative translation: “elders in charge of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 3 18 eep7 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun that refers to all the Israelites. Alternative translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptian nation. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 18 idp7 figs-youdual וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם 1 General Information: If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 18 i47o figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔ינוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְנִזְבְּחָ֖ה 1 These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 3 18 d85b translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy וְלֹ֖א בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 unless his hand is forced The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings are (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the “hand” belongs to Pharaoh; where the “hand” belongs to Yahweh, (2) “only if I force him to let you go” or (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] +EXO 3 18 d85b translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy וְלֹ֖א בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 unless his hand is forced The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings include: (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the **hand** belongs to Pharaoh (2) “only if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] EXO 3 20 nuzx grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׁלַחְתִּ֤י 1 God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 3 20 yds5 figs-metonymy וְשָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִי֙ 1 I will reach out with my hand and attack Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 3 20 dzsp figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 **Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -283,28 +283,28 @@ EXO 3 20 ay53 writing-participants יְשַׁלַּ֥ח 1 Here, **he** refers t EXO 3 20 awxs figs-youdual אֶתְכֶֽם 1 Here, **you** refers to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 21 btwc figs-idiom חֵ֥ן…בְּעֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **In the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings. **Favor** means those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians see the Israelites (Hebrews) leaving Egypt, they will gladly help them (because they want them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 3 21 hfrr figs-possession בְּעֵינֵ֣י מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This is a part-whole possessive. Also, if your language uses a specific form of the possessive for things one cannot lose, it would be appropriate to use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 3 21 s45u הָֽעָם־הַזֶּ֖ה 1 “you” +EXO 3 21 s45u הָֽעָם־הַזֶּ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “you” EXO 3 21 uz3c figs-youdual תֵֽלֵכ֔וּן…תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 3 21 wymx figs-go תֵֽלֵכ֔וּן…תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 “leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +EXO 3 21 wymx figs-go תֵֽלֵכ֔וּן…תֵלְכ֖וּ 1 Alternate translation: “leave” or “go out” or “come out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 3 21 j9qz figs-doublenegatives לֹ֥א…רֵיקָֽם 1 The double negative, **not … emptily** is used to mean “full.” Alternate translation: “[go] with many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 3 21 kt7b figs-litotes לֹ֥א תֵלְכ֖וּ רֵיקָֽם 1 will not go empty-handed This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite meaning. Alternate translation: “you will go with your hands full of good things” or “you will go with many valuable things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EXO 3 22 w2av וּמִגָּרַ֣ת בֵּיתָ֔הּ 1 any women staying in her neighbors’ houses **Sojourning** means living somewhere other than one’s native land, usually temporarily. It is unclear both who the sojourning (visiting) women are and in whose house they are sojourning, leaving several possibilities. Most translations that make a decision about who they are identify both the temporary resident and her host home as Egyptian. This makes sense as the Israelites will be plundering the Egyptians. If it is possible to leave this ambiguous in your translation, that would be best. EXO 3 22 fmfu figs-youdual וְשַׂמְתֶּ֗ם עַל־בְּנֵיכֶם֙ וְעַל־בְּנֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וְנִצַּלְתֶּ֖ם 1 Each of these is a plural **you.** If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 3 22 h38j figs-quotemarks מִצְרָֽיִם 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s word starting in [verse 15](../03/15.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues<br><br>### Quotations<br><br>* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.<br><br>### Order of events<br><br>* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).<br>* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/23.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.<br><br>### Thus says Yahweh<br><br>The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.<br><br>### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone<br><br>The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:<br><br>* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.<br>* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.<br>* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.<br><br>## Study concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses does not understand<br><br>Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Children of God<br><br>This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])<br><br>### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 4 intro kap5 0 # Exodus 04 General Notes<br><br>## Potential Translation Issues<br><br>### Quotations<br><br>* There is a difficult transition between [4:4](../04/04.md) and [4:5](../04/05.md) because the quotation stops in the middle to inject a bit of narrative. When it resumes in [4:5](../04/05.md),the sentence seems incomplete (even if merged directly with the quotation fragment in [4:4](../04/04.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])* Yahweh’s instructions to Moses are complex and there are up to four levels of quotations in this chapter. Translators will need to decide if some of these need to become indirect quotations (if that is possible in their language) and take great care to use the proper quotation markings in the proper location.<br><br>### Order of events<br><br>* The order of events is not always clear. In [4:14](../04/14.md) Yahweh tells Moses that Aaron is coming to meet him, but Yahweh telling Aaron to go meet Moses in the wilderness is not recorded until [4:27](../04/27.md).<br>* The timing of the events in [4:18](../18/.md)\-[4:27](../04/27.md), especially verse 18-19 and 27, in relation to the rest of the events of the chapter is unclear.<br><br>### Thus says Yahweh<br><br>The first of over 400 occurrences throughout the Old Testament of a standard phrase used to introduce direct, authoritative instruction from Yahweh occurs in [4:22](../04/22.md). It occurs ten times in the book of Exodus; nine of these are between chapters 4–11. It would be good for your team to have a standard way to translate this that makes it clear that the words that come next are directly from God. If your language has a standard way of introducing a new message from your leader that alerts the hearers that these are the words of the leader, that would be a good phrase to consider.<br><br>### Yahweh’s attempt to kill someone<br><br>The encounter recorded from [4:24](../04/24.md) to [4:26](../04/26.md) is one of the strangest and most difficult passages in the entire book. Difficulties include:<br><br>* To whom do the pronouns refer? Masculine pronouns are used throughout the section, but there are two possible antecedents, Moses (who is not named in the narrative) and Zipporah’s son (who was presumably also Moses’ son, but this is how he is referred to in this text. For why, see below on why Yahweh did this). Most commentators believe the pronouns refer to Moses.<br>* Circumcision is described in fairly graphic detail. Different cultures will need to approach this differently. Some may have terms for circumcision, while others may be comfortable translating mostly literally, and others will need to use euphemisms or other strategies to translate. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])* The meaning of the phrase **a bridegroom of blood** (ULT) is unknown.<br>* Why did Yahweh attack Moses? Many commentators conclude that Moses had neglected to circumcise one of his sons because it displeased Zipporah, and Yahweh was holding Moses responsible before he returned to lead the Israelites (who should have been circumcised). When Zipporah repented by circumcising the son herself and touching the foreskin to Moses’ feet, Yahweh relents. These conclusions should help inform translation but should not be made explicit in the text.<br><br>## Study concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses does not understand<br><br>Although Moses believes in Yahweh, he does not trust in him. This is because Moses lacks understanding. Moses tries to believe the things he is asked to do are done by his own power. Yahweh is trying to get Moses to trust that these things are Yahweh’s doing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Children of God<br><br>This chapter introduces the concept that Israel, the people group, is the chosen people of God and God’s firstborn son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstborn]])<br><br>### Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this statement. There is debate over whether Pharaoh plays an active or passive role in the hardening of his own heart. Translators should simply follow the text. In Exodus 4-14 there are ten statements that Yahweh hardens Pharaoh’s heart, and ten statements that Pharaoh hardens his own heart. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 4 1 j4yg וַיַּ֤עַן מֹשֶׁה֙ וַיֹּ֔אמֶר 1 if they do not believe Here, **answered and said** is a Hebrew expression which does not convey any extra information. Unless your language naturally uses a similar structure, it is better to translate one verb and omit the other. Alternate translation: “Moses answered” EXO 4 1 b3xv figs-quotemarks וְהֵן֙ לֹֽא־יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ לִ֔י וְלֹ֥א יִשְׁמְע֖וּ בְּקֹלִ֑י כִּ֣י יֹֽאמְר֔וּ לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖יךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 1 neto figs-quotesinquotes לֹֽא־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֖יךָ יְהוָֽה 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. However, you could translate it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh has not appeared to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 4 1 fu2x וְהֵן֙ 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “Listen to me.” -EXO 4 2 qmvk writing-participants אֵלָ֛יו…וַיֹּ֖אמֶר 1 “Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 4 2 qmvk writing-participants אֵלָ֛יו…וַיֹּ֖אמֶר 1 Alternate translation: “Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 2 r3f9 figs-quotemarks מזה בְיָדֶ֑ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 2 p8sg figs-quotemarks מַטֶּֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 3 jgir figs-quotemarks הַשְׁלִיכֵ֣הוּ אַ֔רְצָה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 3 zycd figs-metonymy מִפָּנָֽיו 1 Here, “face” figuratively represents the snake itself. Alternative translation: “from the snake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 4 4 g6bk וֶאֱחֹ֖ז בִּזְנָב֑וֹ 1 take it by the tail “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail” +EXO 4 4 g6bk וֶאֱחֹ֖ז בִּזְנָב֑וֹ 1 take it by the tail Alternate translation: “and pick it up by the tail” or “and grasp it by the tail” EXO 4 4 mqpc figs-quotemarks שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְךָ֔ וֶאֱחֹ֖ז בִּזְנָב֑וֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 4 bzmp grammar-connect-time-sequential שְׁלַח֙ יָֽדְךָ֔ וֶאֱחֹ֖ז בִּזְנָב֑וֹ 1 This direct quotation is interrupted by Moses obeying Yahweh. This is probably a tightly ordered sequence of events where Yahweh paused and then continued speaking immediately after Moses obeyed. The quote resumes in [verse 5](../04/05.md) and there is more discussion there about how to handle the resumption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 4 4 m86n וַיְהִ֥י לְמַטֶּ֖ה 1 became a staff “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff” +EXO 4 4 m86n וַיְהִ֥י לְמַטֶּ֖ה 1 became a staff Alternate translation: “and it turned into a rod” or “and it changed into a staff” EXO 4 5 l4tn figs-quotemarks לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛יךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵאלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This continues the direct quotation from the first part of [verse 4](../04/04.md). It may be more natural to reorganize verses four and five to keep the quote together. If you rearrange like this, Moses picking up the snake/staff should come after the full quotation. However, it is better to do something similar to the UST, which restates that Yahweh is speaking and provides some implied directives from Yahweh to make a complete sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 5 m4fk figs-ellipsis לְמַ֣עַן יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־נִרְאָ֥ה אֵלֶ֛יךָ יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֣י אֲבֹתָ֑ם אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵאלֹהֵ֥י יַעֲקֹֽב 1 This quote is not a complete sentence; the UST provides a clarification. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 4 5 zbfr writing-participants יַאֲמִ֔ינוּ…אֲבֹתָ֑ם 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is a better option. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) @@ -315,32 +315,32 @@ EXO 4 6 ep52 figs-exclamations וְהִנֵּ֥ה 1 behold This word is used EXO 4 6 pw7g figs-simile כַּשָּֽׁלֶג 1 as white as snow The word **like** (ULT) or “as” (UST) here is used to compare how Moses’ hand looked. You may not have a word for snow in your language. If so, consider an alternative that describes something very white. You may need to make the whiteness explicit. Alternate translation: “like wool” or “that made it look white like the sand on the beach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 4 7 kv9r figs-quotemarks הָשֵׁ֤ב יָֽדְךָ֙ אֶל־חֵיקֶ֔ךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 7 prr9 figs-exclamations וְהִנֵּה 1 This word is used to create an exclamation, showing surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -EXO 4 8 q9qb figs-exclamations וְהָיָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s speech resumes here and continues through the end of [verse 9](../04/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 4 8 q9qb figs-quotemarks וְהָיָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s speech resumes here and continues through the end of [verse 9](../04/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 8 well figs-personification וְלֹ֣א יִשְׁמְע֔וּ לְקֹ֖ל הָאֹ֣ת הָרִאשׁ֑וֹן וְהֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ לְקֹ֖ל הָאֹ֥ת הָאַחֲרֽוֹן 1 Here the **sign**s are spoken of as if they had a **voice** with which they could speak. If this imagery would not make sense in your language, you may need to translate this in a way that makes explicit that the signs are meant to be proof that God sent Moses. Alternative translation: “and are not convinced that God has appeared to you by seeing the first sign, then they will be convinced by seeing the second sign.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 4 8 gxlg writing-participants יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…יִשְׁמְע֔וּ…וְהֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 8 lsb3 לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…וְהֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 pay attention “they do not acknowledge … then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept … then they will accept” +EXO 4 8 lsb3 לֹ֣א יַאֲמִ֣ינוּ…וְהֶֽאֱמִ֔ינוּ 1 pay attention Alternate translation: “they do not acknowledge … then they will acknowledge” or “they do not accept … then they will accept” EXO 4 9 q82r writing-participants יַאֲמִ֡ינוּ…יִשְׁמְעוּן֙ 1 These pronouns refer either to the Israelites or to the Israelite elders. God had instructed Moses to gather and speak to the elders; if you make this participant explicit, elders is the better option, but be sure to do the same as you did in [verse 5](../04/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 9 hlym figs-quotemarks וְהָי֥וּ לְדָ֖ם בַּיַּבָּֽשֶׁת 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Yahweh’s speech from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 10 aazp figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָי֒ לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִתְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִשִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם גַּ֛ם מֵאָ֥ז דַּבֶּרְךָ אֶל־עַבְדֶּ֑ךָ כִּ֧י כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּכְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן אָנֹֽכִי 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 10 t8i9 בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. Alternate translation: “Please” -EXO 4 10 w12a לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִתְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִשִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 have never been eloquent “I have never been an excellent speaker” +EXO 4 10 w12a לֹא֩ אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים אָנֹ֗כִי גַּ֤ם מִתְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִשִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 have never been eloquent Alternate translation: “I have never been an excellent speaker” EXO 4 10 opes אִ֨ישׁ דְּבָרִ֜ים 1 This expression means “a man who uses words well,” in other words, an eloquent man who can speak well and convincingly. EXO 4 10 pk0l figs-merism גַּ֤ם מִתְּמוֹל֙ גַּ֣ם מִשִּׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 This phrase simply means “in the past.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 4 10 wsl4 figs-123person עַבְדֶּ֑ךָ 1 Moses refers to himself as God’s servant to lower his status before God (and perhaps by doing so to make his argument of inability stronger). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 4 10 bv64 figs-doublet כְבַד־פֶּ֛ה וּכְבַ֥ד לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 I am slow of speech and slow of tongue These phrases mean basically the same thing. Moses uses them to emphasize that he is not a good speaker. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 4 10 zm3y figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 slow of tongue Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 10 zm3y figs-metonymy לָשׁ֖וֹן 1 slow of tongue Here, **tongue** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 11 xpgf figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה אֵלָ֗יו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the [next verse](../04/12.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 11 ks2m figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָׂ֣ם פֶּה֮ לָֽאָדָם֒ 1 Who is it who made man’s mouth? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the Creator who makes it possible for people to speak. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who created the human mouth and the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 4 11 e1y6 figs-rquestion מִֽי־יָשׂ֣וּם אִלֵּ֔ם א֣וֹ חֵרֵ֔שׁ א֥וֹ פִקֵּ֖חַ א֣וֹ עִוֵּ֑ר 1 Who makes a man mute or deaf or seeing or blind? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he is the one who decides if people can speak and hear, and if they can see. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, make people able to speak, or hear, or to see, or to be blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 4 11 uq7j figs-rquestion הֲלֹ֥א אָנֹכִ֖י יְהוָֽה 1 Is it not I, Yahweh? Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that he alone makes these decisions. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am the one who does this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 4 12 kkr1 figs-metonymy וְאָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔יךָ 1 I will be with your mouth Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 12 kkr1 figs-metonymy וְאָנֹכִי֙ אֶֽהְיֶ֣ה עִם־פִּ֔יךָ 1 I will be with your mouth Here, **mouth** refers to Moses’ ability to speak. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will give you the ability to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 12 kg7l figs-quotemarks תְּדַבֵּֽר 1 After this phrase, the direct quote from the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 13 zy9m figs-quotemarks בִּ֣י אֲדֹנָ֑י שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּיַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 13 brer בִּ֣י 1 This word is used by a speaker to beg a superior to allow him to speak. See what you did in [verse 10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “Please” EXO 4 13 s8nl שְֽׁלַֽח־נָ֖א בְּיַד־תִּשְׁלָֽח 1 In translating this phrase, it is important to make clear that Moses is asking Yahweh to send someone else. Here he is not accepting Yahweh’s commission. EXO 4 13 y4a7 figs-synecdoche בְּיַד 1 This phrase means “by a person.” The figure is of a person taking Yahweh’s message in his hand to the Israelites and Pharaoh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 4 14 uy2v figs-idiom וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֨ף יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh is angry. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 4 14 ifax writing-participants וַיֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 “and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 4 14 ifax writing-participants וַיֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 Alternate translation: “and Yahweh said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 14 zn40 figs-quotemarks בְּמֹשֶׁ֗ה וַיֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 17](../04/17.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 14 okko figs-rquestion הֲלֹ֨א אַהֲרֹ֤ן אָחִ֨יךָ֙ הַלֵּוִ֔י 1 Yahweh uses this rhetorical question to suggest an alternative to Moses. Alternative translation: “I know you have a brother, Aaron the Levite.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 4 14 e0js translate-kinship אָחִ֨יךָ֙ 1 His **brother** Aaron was three years older than Moses (see [Exodus 7:7](../07/07.md)), which may be important for translating “brother” in some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ EXO 4 14 ettp figs-go יֹצֵ֣א 1 Yahweh says Aaron is coming from Egypt to EXO 4 14 tfsa grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׂמַ֥ח 1 Aaron will be glad because he sees Moses. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST or alternative translation: “and because he sees you, he will have joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 4 14 ew4h figs-metonymy בְּלִבּֽוֹ 1 he will be glad in his heart Here, **heart** refers to inner thoughts and emotions. If the heart is not a body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s thoughts and emotions, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 15 u97f figs-metaphor הַדְּבָרִ֖ים 1 put the words to say into his mouth Words here are spoken of as if they were something that can be physically placed in a person’s mouth. Alternate translation: “the message that he is to repeat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְאָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨יךָ֙ וְעִם־פִּ֔יהוּ 1 I will be with your mouth The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 15 q9cf figs-metonymy וְאָנֹכִ֗י אֶֽהְיֶ֤ה עִם־פִּ֨יךָ֙ וְעִם־פִּ֔יהוּ 1 I will be with your mouth The word **mouth** here represents Moses’ and Aaron’s choice of words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And I will be with you as you speak and with him as he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 15 v57x figs-youdual אֶתְכֶ֔ם…תַּעֲשֽׂוּן 1 with his mouth These refer to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form if you have one or, if not, use a plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 4 16 mnsp figs-simile לְפֶ֔ה 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a mouth, because he will be the one to actually vocalize to the Israelites and Pharaoh what Moses tells him to say. Alternate translation: “the one to say what you tell him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 4 16 gn5v figs-simile תִּֽהְיֶה־לּ֥וֹ לֵֽאלֹהִֽים 1 you will be to him like me, God The word **like** here means Moses would represent the same authority to Aaron as God did to Moses. Alternate translation: “you will speak to Aaron with the same authority with which I speak to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -359,10 +359,10 @@ EXO 4 17 hm47 figs-explicit הַמַּטֶּ֥ה הַזֶּ֖ה 1 Yahweh EXO 4 18 j2ix writing-participants יֶ֣תֶר 1 Jethro is reintroduced as a participant in the narrative here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 18 cbop figs-go וַיֵּ֨לֶךְ 1 Because the setting has shifted back to Jethro’s home, some languages may need to use “come” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 4 18 b6mf translate-kinship חֹֽתְנ֗וֹ 1 father-in-law This refers to the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may use a different term for the husband’s or wife’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -EXO 4 18 wlit writing-participants וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 1 “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 18 g1h1 writing-participants לוֹ֙ 1 “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 4 18 wlit writing-participants וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 1 Alternate translation: “and Moses said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 4 18 g1h1 writing-participants לוֹ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “to Jethro” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 18 uvqk figs-quotemarks אֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֗א וְאָשׁ֨וּבָה֙ אֶל־אַחַ֣י אֲשֶׁר־בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם וְאֶרְאֶ֖ה הַעוֹדָ֣ם חַיִּ֑ים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 4 18 urt0 figs-metonymy אַחַ֣י 1 “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 18 urt0 figs-metonymy אַחַ֣י 1 Here the tern **brothers** refers more broadly to all of Moses’ people group, those he is related to. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 18 gq2g figs-idiom וְאֶרְאֶ֖ה הַעוֹדָ֣ם 1 Later in the Bible we are told that Moses was in Midian for 40 years. Moses’ request may have been literal or an idiom that meant he wanted to know how they were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 4 18 yay3 figs-explicit לֵ֥ךְ לְשָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a phrase of assent and blessing. It may be necessary for some languages to explicitly add, “Yes,” to the beginning of Jethro’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 4 18 i807 figs-quotemarks לֵ֥ךְ לְשָׁלֽוֹם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ EXO 4 22 teyy figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This EXO 4 22 kud7 figs-quotemarks בְּנִ֥י 1 This is the beginning of a third-level quotation that continues until the end of [4:23](../04/23.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. (If you chose to translate, “Thus says Yahweh,” as an indirect quote, this will be a second- level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 22 gr2d figs-metaphor בְּנִ֥י בְכֹרִ֖י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 1 Some languages may need to change the metaphor here into a simile. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 4 22 pt4n grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Israel is my son The word **Israel** here represents all the people of Israel as a group. It is important to keep the singular reference to Israel as son, rather than change it to something like ‘the Israelites are my children,’ because God is making a particular contrast here between his son and Pharaoh’s son. Some languages may not be able to use “Israel” as a collective noun and may need to choose a translation like “the nation of Israel” or “the Israelite nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 4 22 nbn7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. For alternative translation see: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 22 nbn7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 The Israelite nation is often referred to simply by the name of the patriarch. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. For alternative translation see: [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/pt4n]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 23 syar figs-quotemarks שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִי֙ וְיַֽעַבְדֵ֔נִי 1 This is a fourth-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. (If you chose to translate “Thus says Yahweh” as an indirect quote, this will be a third-level quotation.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 23 yyuo figs-quotations וָאֹמַ֣ר אֵלֶ֗יךָ שַׁלַּ֤ח אֶת־בְּנִי֙ וְיַֽעַבְדֵ֔נִי וַתְּמָאֵ֖ן 1 The fourth-level quotation here may be a good one to translate as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and I told you to let my son go that he may serve me. But you have refused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 4 23 k7mh figs-metaphor בְּנִי֙ 1 you have refused to let him go Yahweh continues to metaphorically speak of Israel as **my son.** See what you did at [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/22/1od0]]. Alternative translation: “the Israelite nation which is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ EXO 4 25 l6sr figs-euphemism לְרַגְלָ֑יו 1 to his feet It is po EXO 4 25 iuzw figs-quotemarks כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽי 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 4 25 b2t3 figs-metaphor כִּ֧י חֲתַן־דָּמִ֛ים אַתָּ֖ה לִֽי 1 you are a bridegroom to me by blood The meaning of this metaphor is unclear. It was probably a known saying in that culture. Alternate translation: “you are related to me by this blood” or “you are my husband because of blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 4 26 ceqk grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּ֖רֶף 1 As a result of Zipporah’s action. Consider a conjunction or other form that expresses result as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 4 26 o4zt writing-participants וַיִּ֖רֶף 1 “Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +EXO 4 26 o4zt writing-participants וַיִּ֖רֶף 1 Alternate translation: “Yahweh relented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 26 k136 writing-participants מִמֶּ֑נּוּ 1 As in [4:24](../04/24.md) this could mean either Moses or the son, but most commentators think it is still Moses. The UST uses “anyone” to preserve ambiguity. Alternative translation: “from Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 26 r8hj figs-quotations חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים 1 This is a unique quotation because Zipporah probably does not speak again; rather, the quotation refers back to her statement in [4:25](../04/25.md). Your language may handle this sort of quotation in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 4 26 abmg figs-quotemarks חֲתַ֥ן דָּמִ֖ים לַמּוּלֹֽת 1 It is not clear if the quotation includes **because of the circumcision** or if that is a comment explaining the quotation. Translations are divided in where they end the quotation, but most exclude **because of the circumcision** and it is best to follow that unless a locally respected translation includes it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -418,12 +418,12 @@ EXO 4 27 tfn2 translate-symaction וַיִּשַּׁק 1 This was a traditio EXO 4 28 ad9x שְׁלָח֑וֹ…צִוָּֽהוּ 1 These are a bit awkward to translate in English, so the UST adds more information. Other languages may not have the same difficulty. EXO 4 28 b429 writing-participants שְׁלָח֑וֹ…צִוָּֽהוּ 1 he had sent him to say The words **he** refers to Yahweh, and **him** refers to Moses. Alternative translation: “Yahweh sent Moses … Yahweh commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 29 y8o3 writing-newevent וַיֵּ֥לֶךְ 1 This begins a new event which you may need to mark in your translation with a transitional word like the UST’s “When.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 4 30 bm2x figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י הָעָֽם 1 in the sight of the people This means he did the signs so they could see them. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 4 30 bm2x figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י הָעָֽם 1 in the sight of the people Here, **before the eyes** means he did the signs so they could see them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 4 30 x1v3 writing-participants הָעָֽם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 4 31 glp2 writing-participants הָעָ֑ם 1 Context suggests that **people** refers to the leaders gathered in [4:29](../04/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -EXO 4 31 q1er פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had observed the Israelites “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites” +EXO 4 31 q1er פָקַ֨ד…בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל 1 had observed the Israelites Alternate translation: “saw the Israelites” or “was concerned about the Israelites” EXO 4 31 g83a translate-symaction וַֽיִּקְּד֖וּ וַיִּֽשְׁתַּחֲוּֽוּ 1 they bowed their heads Alternative translations: “they bowed their heads in awe” or “they bowed down low in reverence.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A slave’s work<br>The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let my people go”<br>This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.<br><br>### Titles<br>The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary. +EXO 5 intro kea2 0 # Exodus 05 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A slave’s work<br><br>The Egyptians were known for making their slaves do a lot of work. The Israelite slaves were forced to make a specific number of bricks every day. In this chapter, they were required not only to make these bricks, but also to gather straw, one of the raw materials, in order to make these bricks.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let my people go”<br><br>This is a very important statement. Moses does not seek permission to leave, asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.<br><br>### Titles<br><br>The leaders are given different titles in this chapter. The ULT uses “taskmasters” and “foremen.” Many cultures will not have these types of titles. Generic expressions like “Egyptian leaders” and “Hebrew leaders” may be necessary. EXO 5 1 q0zv writing-newevent וְאַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This time phrase, **and afterward**, marks a transition in the narrative. Alternative translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 5 1 q9kn grammar-connect-time-sequential וְאַחַ֗ר בָּ֚אוּ מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן וַיֹּאמְר֖וּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 After these things happened It is unclear how long Moses and Aaron waited until they went to see Pharoah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) EXO 5 1 cudx figs-go בָּ֚אוּ 1 In this instance, depending on how they have to set scenes, some languages may need to use “came in.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -436,16 +436,16 @@ EXO 5 2 v4c1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 1 Why should EXO 5 2 fq6i figs-quotemarks מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּקֹל֔וֹ לְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל לֹ֤א יָדַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה וְגַ֥ם אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹ֥א אֲשַׁלֵּֽחַ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 2 lqwt מִ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶשְׁמַ֣ע בְּקֹל֔וֹ לְשַׁלַּ֖ח אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is not a rhetorical question, though Pharaoh may have spoken with contempt. Pharaoh would have considered himself a go. The Egyptians had several gods, and most people groups were assumed to have their own gods. Therefore, Pharaoh had truly not heard of Yahweh (who has just told his name to Moses). EXO 5 2 wpff grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here the nation is spoken of as an individual. Alternative translation: “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּקֹל֔וֹ 1 listen to his voice This represent the words God spoke. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 2 c653 figs-metonymy בְּקֹל֔וֹ 1 listen to his voice Here, **his voice** represent the words God spoke. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “listen to what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 2 ma6b וְגַ֥ם 1 This functions to strengthen Pharaoh’s statement about his decision. Alternative translation: “and most definitely” EXO 5 3 dt39 writing-participants וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ 1 It may not make sense in all languages for multiple people to speak. Since Aaron was appointed as Moses’ spokesman, consider the alternative translation: “Aaron replied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 5 3 ru1w figs-quotemarks אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָעִבְרִ֖ים נִקְרָ֣א עָלֵ֑ינוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה נָּ֡א דֶּרֶךְ֩ שְׁלֹ֨שֶׁת יָמִ֜ים בַּמִּדְבָּ֗ר וְנִזְבְּחָה֙ לַֽיהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ פֶּ֨ן־יִפְגָּעֵ֔נוּ בַּדֶּ֖בֶר א֥וֹ בֶחָֽרֶב 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 3 y9ip אֱלֹהֵ֥י הָעִבְרִ֖ים 1 God of the Hebrews This term is also used for Yahweh, the Israelites’ God. EXO 5 3 kclj figs-exclusive עָלֵ֑ינוּ נֵ֣לֲכָה…וְנִזְבְּחָה֙…יִפְגָּעֵ֔נוּ 1 Here, **us** (or “we” in UST) refers to the Hebrew people (the Israelites). It exclude Pharaoh and his people. Some languages may need to consider whether to use an inclusive or exclusive form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶחָֽרֶב 1 or with the sword Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 3 gfs5 figs-metonymy בֶחָֽרֶב 1 or with the sword Here, **sword** represents war or an attack by enemies. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “cause our enemies to attack us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 4 cb7w figs-quotemarks לָ֚מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם מִמַּֽעֲשָׂ֑יו לְכ֖וּ לְסִבְלֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 4 kl1i figs-rquestion לָ֚מָּה מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן תַּפְרִ֥יעוּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם מִמַּֽעֲשָׂ֑יו 1 why are you taking the people from their work? Pharaoh uses this question to express his anger towards Moses and Aaron for taking the Israelites away from their work. Alternate translation: “Stop distracting the people from doing their work!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 5 4 fiw9 figs-rquestion לְכ֖וּ לְסִבְלֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 5 4 fiw9 figs-youdual לְכ֖וּ לְסִבְלֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 This **your** could refer to Moses and Aaron, or it could mean “all you Israelite people.” The second meaning is more likely. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 5 nqbe figs-aside וַיֹּ֣אמֶר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It is unusual for the same speaker to be reintroduced like this. Some translations omit the repetition, but there is another option. This statement may be more connected to the next couple of verses, so it might be appropriate to make a minor break before this verse. Pharaoh may have been more commenting to himself, or he only thought this statement silently, and it led to his next actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) EXO 5 5 todi הֵן 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. EXO 5 5 c53k figs-youdual וְהִשְׁבַּתֶּ֥ם 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural (if not) form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ EXO 5 10 zvxx כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This is the same qu EXO 5 10 c12s figs-quotations וַיֹּאמְר֥וּ אֶל־הָעָ֖ם לֵאמֹ֑ר כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 It might be helpful in some languages to translate **thus says Pharaoh** as an indirect quote so that his conveyed command is not a quote within a quote. Alternate translation: “and told the people that Pharaoh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 5 10 mkom figs-quotesinquotes אֵינֶ֛נִּי 1 This is a the beginning of a second-level quotation that continues until the end of verse 11. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the start of a quotation within a quotation. However, you could also translate this as an indirect quote. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 5 10 ad73 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אֵינֶ֛נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָכֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 The structure of this phrase and the one that opens [the next verse](../05/11.md) create a strong contrast between what **I** (Pharaoh) and **you** (you all, the Israelites) will do. Translate this in a way that emphasizes, if possible, the contrast between “I” and “you.” Alternative translation: “It is not I who will give you straw.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛נִּי 1 Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belongs to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 10 si2e figs-metonymy אֵינֶ֛נִּי נֹתֵ֥ן לָכֶ֖ם תֶּֽבֶן 1 Pharaoh uses **I** to refer to his ownership and commands. Pharaoh does not physically give the Israelites straw. Rather, he had commanded his servants take straw that belonged to Pharaoh and give it to the Israelites. Now he told his servants to stop providing straw. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “My servants will no longer give you my straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 10 gb4d figs-youdual לָכֶ֖ם 1 I will no longer give you **You**is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 11 ewg6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast אַתֶּ֗ם לְכ֨וּ קְח֤וּ לָכֶם֙ תֶּ֔בֶן מֵאֲשֶׁ֖ר תִּמְצָ֑אוּ 1 The structure of this phrase serves as the opposing side of the contrast Pharaoh sets up in the last phrase. By explicitly using a pronoun with a command, he is emphasizing who will go get straw. If possible, translate this in a way that emphasizes the contrast between “I” and “you.” See [[rc://en/tn/help/exo/05/10/7zfp]] for more info. Alternative translation: “Rather, it is you yourselves who must go get straw from wherever you might find it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 5 11 xe4i figs-youdual אַתֶּ֗ם 1 you can find…your workload Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Israelite people. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ EXO 5 16 civf figs-quotemarks וּלְבֵנִ֛ים…עֲשׂ֑וּ 1 **Ma EXO 5 16 m0go וְהִנֵּ֧ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. EXO 5 16 xrly figs-activepassive עֲבָדֶ֛יךָ מֻכִּ֖ים 1 The text does not specify who beat the officers. It was probably either the taskmasters or someone the taskmasters ordered to beat the officers. If your language cannot express this with the passive, you can make the taskmasters the subject. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 5 16 ff2k figs-euphemism וְחָטָ֥את עַמֶּֽךָ 1 The Israelites are indirectly accusing Pharaoh of doing wrong. To translate this, consider polite or indirect ways of making accusations in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 5 16 l7sn וְחָטָ֥את 1 “but it is the wrong-doing of” +EXO 5 16 l7sn וְחָטָ֥את 1 Alternate translation: “but it is the wrong-doing of” EXO 5 17 cw5u figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם…אַתֶּ֣ם 1 These uses of **you** are plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 17 zlkc figs-exclamations נִרְפִּ֥ים אַתֶּ֖ם נִרְפִּ֑ים 1 Pharaoh repeats himself for emphasis. In your translation, make sure the idea of laziness or idleness is repeated or strengthened in a way that is natural. Alternative translation: “You are extremely lazy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) EXO 5 17 a8o2 figs-quotemarks נֵלְכָ֖ה נִזְבְּחָ֥ה לַֽיהוָֽה 1 Here the king is quoting another person’s speech. This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -508,26 +508,26 @@ EXO 5 18 z6wt figs-youdual לָכֶ֑ם…תִּתֵּֽנּוּ 1 This mean EXO 5 19 x6pp grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּרְא֞וּ שֹֽׁטְרֵ֧י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל אֹתָ֖ם בְּרָ֣ע לֵאמֹ֑ר לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִלִּבְנֵיכֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּיוֹמֽוֹ 1 You may need to reorder the events in this verse in your language to put the reason before the result. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 5 19 i3ot figs-quotemarks לֹא־תִגְרְע֥וּ מִלִּבְנֵיכֶ֖ם דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּיוֹמֽוֹ 1 This is a direct quotation of what Pharaoh said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of another person’s speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 19 l9d2 figs-rpronouns אֹתָ֖ם 1 when they were told Here the officers are both the subject and object, because they are thinking about their own situation. Different languages have different methods of marking this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -EXO 5 19 j6f9 וַיִּרְא֞וּ…אֹתָ֖ם בְּרָ֣ע לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 “knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger, because the king said” +EXO 5 19 j6f9 וַיִּרְא֞וּ…אֹתָ֖ם בְּרָ֣ע לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 Alternate translation: “knew that they were in trouble, because the king said” or “perceived themselves in danger, because the king said” EXO 5 20 ve3z writing-newevent וַֽיִּפְגְּעוּ֙ 1 palace A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 5 20 s9d2 writing-participants וַֽיִּפְגְּעוּ֙…לִקְרָאתָ֑ם בְּצֵאתָ֖ם 1 Here, **they** and **them** refer to the officers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 5 21 jsbv figs-quotemarks יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵיכֶ֖ם וְיִשְׁפֹּ֑ט אֲשֶׁ֧ר הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗נוּ בְּעֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּבְעֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔יו לָֽתֶת־חֶ֥רֶב בְּיָדָ֖ם לְהָרְגֵֽנוּ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 21 kv0v יֵ֧רֶא יְהוָ֛ה עֲלֵיכֶ֖ם וְיִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 They used this form to curse Moses and Aaron. EXO 5 21 vfit figs-youdual עֲלֵיכֶ֖ם וְיִשְׁפֹּ֑ט 1 **You** refers to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual or plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 5 21 j3zp figs-metaphor הִבְאַשְׁתֶּ֣ם אֶת־רֵיחֵ֗נוּ בְּעֵינֵ֤י פַרְעֹה֙ וּבְעֵינֵ֣י עֲבָדָ֔יו 1 you have made us offensive The Egyptians responded to the Israelites the same way they would respond to a foul odor. Alternate translation: “you have caused Pharaoh and his servants to hate us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּיָדָ֖ם 1 have put a sword in their hand to kill us Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 21 d592 figs-metonymy חֶ֥רֶב בְּיָדָ֖ם 1 have put a sword in their hand to kill us Here, **a sword into their hand** is a metonym for “a reason in their mind.” The Israelites are afraid that the Egyptians will feel that they are doing the right thing if they kill the Israelites, because Moses and Aaron are making demands to the king and because the Egyptians view the Israelites as lazy and dangerous. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “them a reason to think they would be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 22 pm0l figs-quotemarks וַיֹּאמַ֑ר 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of the chapter. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 5 22 g4d5 figs-rquestion לָ֥מָּה זֶּ֖ה שְׁלַחְתָּֽנִי 1 Lord, why have you caused trouble for this people? This question shows how disappointed Moses was that the Egyptians were treating the Israelites even more harshly now. He is expressing that he thinks God has caused the opposite of what he promised to happen. Alternate translation: “You sent me to rescue them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּשְׁמֶ֔ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 5 23 v2k2 figs-metonymy בִּשְׁמֶ֔ךָ 1 to speak to him in your name Here, **in your name** indicates that Moses delivers Yahweh’s message. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for you” or “your message for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 5 23 fzir figs-idiom וְהַצֵּ֥ל לֹא־הִצַּ֖לְתָּ 1 In Hebrew, **rescued** is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 5 23 ce6s figs-idiom עַמֶּֽךָ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 5 23 ce6s figs-quotemarks עַמֶּֽךָ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that began in the [previous verse](../05/22.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 intro we5k 0 # Exodus 06 General Notes<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition of events:<br><br>Most of the content of this chapter is very similar to the events and dialogue in chapters 3-4. For consistency, translators should consult the decisions they made there while keeping in mind that this narrative is not exactly the same. Also, verses 10-12 and verses 28-30 are very similar to each other. These events are probably a recommissioning of Moses. After his first encounter with Pharaoh went very poorly and the Israelites seem to reject God, reminds Moses of God’s promises and power.<br><br>### Referring to God<br><br>A name for God (**Yahweh**) and a title for God (**El Shaddai**) are mentioned in this chapter ([6:2](../06/02.md)\-[6:3](../06/03.md)). The precise meaning of El Shaddai is not known, but most scholars think it means something like “almighty.” Translators who have worked on Genesis may find confusing the statement that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob did not know Yahweh as the name of God.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties:<br><br>With little explanation, a large portion of the chapter is devoted to the genealogy of Moses and Aaron. Some of the people in the genealogy lived much longer than is normal for humans today. If translators are not familiar with the lengths of people’s lives in the early days of the world (as recorded in Genesis, especially chapter 5), this may cause confusion.<br><br>## Study concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promised Land<br><br>According to the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham, Egypt is not the home of the Hebrew people. Their home is the Promised Land in Canaan. The people are to return home to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### “Let my people go”<br><br>This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.<br><br>### God and his people<br><br>In verse 7, note mention of a very important biblical theme of God being “your God” and the special relationship that his people have with him. EXO 6 1 ip5i figs-quotemarks עַתָּ֣ה תִרְאֶ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֖ה לְפַרְעֹ֑ה כִּ֣י בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔ם וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖ם מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 1 lu95 grammar-connect-time-sequential עַתָּ֣ה 1 This refers to future events starting very soon. Alternative translation: “Starting soon” or “Very soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand **Hand** is a metonym for power. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 1 utnn figs-metonymy בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options are: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions), (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out), (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” or (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” or (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 1 ece6 figs-metonymy בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 my strong hand Here, **hand** is a metonym for power. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by a strong power … and by a strong power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 1 utnn figs-metonymy בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙…וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 It is not clear in the text whose **hand** is referred to here. The options include: (1) Both refer to God’s hand (forcing Pharaoh’s actions) (2) Both refer to Pharaoh’s hand (forcing the Israelites out) (3) They don’t refer to the same person’s hand; the first refers to God’s and the second to Pharaoh’s. The UST has followed (1) which is the most common interpretation. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “by my strong hand … and by my strong hand” (2) “by his strong hand … and by his strong hand” (3) “by my strong hand … and by his strong hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 1 vdno figs-parallelism כִּ֣י בְיָ֤ד חֲזָקָה֙ יְשַׁלְּחֵ֔ם וּבְיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה יְגָרְשֵׁ֖ם מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. God says the same thing twice, in similar ways, for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Instead, if it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let my people leave the land” However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also choose to bring that out in your translation. The second phrase intensifies the first by portraying Pharaoh as not merely letting the Israelites go, but as forcing them to leave the land. Alternate translation: “I will force him to let them go, in fact, I will force him to force them to leave his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 6 1 sdon מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 “from Egypt” +EXO 6 1 sdon מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 Alternate translation: “from Egypt” EXO 6 2 wse5 writing-newevent וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַיֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖יו 1 There is a transition here. Before this verse, Yahweh was answering Moses’ question more directly. At the beginning of this verse, Yahweh is reintroduced as “God” because he begins to make a clarifying statement about himself and his relationship with the Israelites and their ancestors as well as his plans for the Israelites. Much of this section repeats what Yahweh has already told Moses. You may want to consider a section break before this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 6 2 kcty figs-quotemarks וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר אֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֑ה וַיֹּ֥אמֶר אֵלָ֖יו 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 8](../06/08.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 3 l81y translate-transliterate בְּאֵ֣ל שַׁדָּ֑י 1 I appeared to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob This is a title for God that many scholars think means “almighty.” You will need to decide if you will transliterate the term into your language or translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. Alternative translation: “as the strongest God of all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) @@ -556,64 +556,64 @@ EXO 6 10 tpw4 לֵּאמֹֽר 1 This is used to mark the beginning of a di EXO 6 11 pi7a figs-quotemarks בֹּ֣א דַבֵּ֔ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרָ֑יִם וִֽישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 11 fxf2 figs-quotations וִֽישַׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 This is an indirect quote; in some languages you will have to make it a direct quote. Be careful to change the third-person pronouns to second-person pronouns if you do this. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 6 12 rsag figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔י וְאֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה וַאֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he **before the face of Yahweh** Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 12 h7o0 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying **before the face of Yahweh.** If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 12 iiui הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” EXO 6 12 k7hl figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔י וְאֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 If the Israelites have not listened to me, why will Pharaoh listen to me, since I am not good at speaking? Moses asked this question hoping God would change His mind about using Moses. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Since the Israelites did not listen to me, neither will Pharaoh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 6 12 lj51 grammar-connect-logic-result הֵ֤ן בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֹֽא־שָׁמְע֣וּ אֵלַ֔י וְאֵיךְ֙ יִשְׁמָעֵ֣נִי פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Moses is presenting a reasoned argument: since this, then probably that. Use a natural way of expressing such arguments in your language. Alternate translation: “Since the sons of Israel have not listened to me, why would you think Pharaoh would listen to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 6 12 k3br figs-metaphor וַאֲנִ֖י עֲרַ֥ל שְׂפָתָֽיִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude; your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. Alternate translation: “And I do not speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 6 13 janr וַיְצַוֵּם֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאֶל־פַּרְעֹ֖ה 1 This phrase is somewhat difficult to translate. Here, **command** could also be translated as “charge” or “commission.” Another difficulty is knowing to whom the command is directed: is it to Moses and Aaron or are they to give the command to Pharaoh and the Israelites, thus **to** could be translated as “for” or “regarding” Alternate translations: “and he charged them regarding the sons of Israel and regarding Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a command for the sons of Israel and for Pharaoh” or “and he gave them a commission to the sons of Israel and to Pharaoh” -EXO 6 14 hh3z writing-background אֵ֖לֶּה 1 Verses 14-27 are background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 6 14 h195 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 the heads of their fathers’ houses Here, “heads” refers to the original ancestors of the clan. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 14 hh3z writing-background 0 Verses 14-27 are background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EXO 6 14 h195 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 the heads of their fathers’ houses Here, **heads** refers to the original ancestors of the clan. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the ancestors of ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 14 wv89 translate-names רְאוּבֵ֜ן…יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל…חֲנ֤וֹךְ וּפַלּוּא֙ חֶצְר֣וֹן וְכַרְמִ֔י…רְאוּבֵֽן 1 Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 15 c1ni translate-names שִׁמְע֗וֹן יְמוּאֵ֨ל וְיָמִ֤ין וְאֹ֨הַד֙ וְיָכִ֣ין וְצֹ֔חַר וְשָׁא֖וּל…שִׁמְעֽוֹן 1 Jemuel, Jamin, Ohad, Jakin, Zohar, and Shaul These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 16 k64h translate-names לֵוִי֙…גֵּרְשׁ֕וֹן וּקְהָ֖ת וּמְרָרִ֑י…לֵוִ֔י 1 Gershon…Merari These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 16 m36f translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּמְאַ֖ת 1 137 years old “one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 6 16 m36f translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּמְאַ֖ת 1 137 years old Alternate translation: “one hundred thirty-seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 6 17 alm8 translate-names גֵרְשׁ֛וֹן לִבְנִ֥י וְשִׁמְעִ֖י 1 Amram…Uzziel These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 18 gzm3 translate-names קְהָ֔ת עַמְרָ֣ם וְיִצְהָ֔ר וְחֶבְר֖וֹן וְעֻזִּיאֵ֑ל…קְהָ֔ת 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 18 qu41 translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּמְאַ֖ת 1 133 years old “one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 6 18 qu41 translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֧שׁ וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּמְאַ֖ת 1 133 years old Alternate translation: “one hundred thirty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 6 19 p5sz translate-names מְרָרִ֖י מַחְלִ֣י וּמוּשִׁ֑י 1 These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 20 ni1l translate-names עַמְרָ֜ם…יוֹכֶ֤בֶד…אַהֲרֹ֖ן…מֹשֶׁ֑ה…עַמְרָ֔ם 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 20 mh02 translate-kinship דֹּֽדָתוֹ֙ 1 This word specifically means father’s sister. If your language uses a different term that is specific in this way, translators should use it. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -EXO 6 20 ti6q translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּמְאַ֖ת 1 137 years “one hundred thirty-seven years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 6 20 ti6q translate-numbers שֶׁ֧בַע וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים וּמְאַ֖ת 1 137 years Alternate translation: “one hundred thirty-seven years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 6 21 f3yr translate-names יִצְהָ֑ר קֹ֥רַח וָנֶ֖פֶג וְזִכְרִֽי׃ 1 Izhar…Korah…Zichri These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 22 n7cl translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֑ל מִֽישָׁאֵ֥ל וְאֶלְצָפָ֖ן וְסִתְרִֽי 1 Uzziel…Mishael…Sithri These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 23 n1xh translate-names אַהֲרֹ֜ן…אֱלִישֶׁ֧בַע…עַמִּינָדָ֛ב…נַחְשׁ֖וֹן…נָדָב֙…אֲבִיה֔וּא…אֶלְעָזָ֖ר…אִֽיתָמָֽר 1 Nadab…Ithamar These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 24 rkz9 translate-names קֹ֔רַח אַסִּ֥יר וְאֶלְקָנָ֖ה וַאֲבִיאָסָ֑ף 1 These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 24 i6o7 translate-names הַקָּרְחִֽי 1 This was the name of the clan of people descended from Korah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 6 25 zvg2 translate-names וְאֶלְעָזָ֨ר…אַהֲרֹ֜ן…פּֽוּטִיאֵל֙…פִּֽינְחָ֑ס 1 Phinehas These are the names of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses The word “heads” here represents family leaders. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 6 26 dqm8 figs-quotemarks הֶ֔ם הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽם 1 This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 6 25 fck8 figs-metonymy רָאשֵׁ֛י 1 These were the heads of the fathers’ houses Here, **heads** here represents family leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “These were the leaders of the families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 26 dqm8 figs-quotemarks הוֹצִ֜יאוּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֧י יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל מֵאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרַ֖יִם עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽם 1 This is a direct quotation of what Yahweh said earlier. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation of a previous remark. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 26 ft6y translate-unknown עַל־צִבְאֹתָֽם 1 by their groups of fighting men The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. Alternate translation: “by their groups” or “by their divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 6 27 o7xp grammar-connect-logic-goal לְהוֹצִ֥יא 1 This expresses their goal when they spoke to Pharaoh. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 6 28 xssl writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י בְּי֨וֹם 1 This marks a transition from the record of the genealogy back to the narrative. Consider placing a section break at the start of this verse. Alternate translation: “One day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 6 29 i50m figs-quotemarks לֵּאמֹ֖ר 1 Here, **saying** is used to mark the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted if unnatural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 29 vogm figs-quotemarks אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה דַּבֵּ֗ר אֶל־פַּרְעֹה֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם אֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲנִ֖י דֹּבֵ֥ר אֵלֶֽיךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 6 30 zyqs figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. There may also be a hint of impudence in Moses’ attitude that is conveyed by saying he spoke before **the face of Yahweh**. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” or “boldly to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 6 30 nf3w figs-rquestion הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְאֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 I am not good…why will Pharaoh listen to me? Moses asks this question hoping to change God’s mind about sending him. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Behold, I am not a good speaker. Pharaoh will certainly not listen to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 6 30 qvxf figs-quotemarks הֵ֤ן אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם וְאֵ֕יךְ יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֵלַ֖י פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 6 30 y4g2 הֵ֤ן 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation, or you can use an alternate translation like “as you know.” EXO 6 30 vzhq figs-metaphor אֲנִי֙ עֲרַ֣ל שְׂפָתַ֔יִם 1 This is a metaphor that means that Moses thought he was not a good speaker. It is somewhat crude, and your translation of this phrase could convey that Moses spoke impolitely. See how you translated this in [6:12](../06/12.md) Alternate translation: “And I always fail to speak well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracles<br>When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Pharaoh’s hard heart<br>Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. <br><br>### “Let my people go”<br>This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:<br>- Moses as God to Pharaoh<br>- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs<br>- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion<br>- Up to third-level quotations<br><br> +EXO 7 intro r9we 0 # Exodus 07 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracles<br><br>When Yahweh had Moses perform miracles, Pharaoh’s men were able to copy these miracles. It is unknown how they were able to do this, but since it was not from Yahweh, they were probably done under some evil power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Pharaoh’s hard heart<br><br>Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard, strong, or heavy in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. <br><br>### “Let my people go”<br><br>This is a very important statement. Moses is not asking Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people.<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter include:<br><br>- Moses as God to Pharaoh<br>- A number of difficult terms: prophet, signs, wonders, miracles, sorcerers, magicians, magic, judgments, canals, reservoirs<br>- The use of “heart” to refer to the seat of will and emotion<br>- Up to third-level quotations<br><br> EXO 7 1 r18p figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 5](../07/05.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 1 gy1t רְאֵ֛ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternative translation: “Listen carefully” EXO 7 1 dn1s figs-metaphor נְתַתִּ֥יךָ אֱלֹהִ֖ים לְפַרְעֹ֑ה 1 I have made you like a god This means Moses would represent the same authority to Pharaoh as God did to Moses. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/16/gn5v]]). Alternate translation:“I will cause Pharaoh to consider you as a god” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 1 z163 figs-metaphor וְאַהֲרֹ֥ן אָחִ֖יךָ יִהְיֶ֥ה נְבִיאֶֽךָ 1 This phrase compares Aaron to a prophet, because he will be the one actually to proclaim to Pharaoh what Moses tells him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 4:16](../04/16.md), see [this note]([[rc://en/tn/help/exo/04/16/mnsp]]). Alternate translation:“and Aaron your brother will act like your prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 2 l44v translate-kinship אָחִ֨יךָ֙ 1 Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 7 2 hdwo figs-quotations וְשִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 Some languages may need to make this a direct quote. If so, be sure to mark it as a second-level quotation, subordinate to Yahweh’s main speech. Alternative translation: “saying, ‘You must let the sons of Israel go from your land’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -EXO 7 2 p9p7 מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 “Egypt” +EXO 7 2 p9p7 מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 Alternate translation: “Egypt” EXO 7 3 adsq figs-metaphor אַקְשֶׁ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were hard. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note the slightly different metaphor there: the heart being strong vs. hard. Alternate translation: “will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 3 vtt1 figs-doublet אֶת־אֹתֹתַ֛י וְאֶת־מוֹפְתַ֖י 1 many signs…many wonders The words **signs** and **wonders** mean basically the same thing. God uses them to emphasize the greatness of what he will do in Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 7 4 ar0l figs-youdual אֲלֵכֶם֙ 1 Here, **you** means Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 7 4 e2kv figs-metonymy יָדִ֖י 1 put my hand on The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 4 b6h8 figs-metonymy בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 1 **On Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 4 e2kv figs-metonymy יָדִ֖י 1 put my hand on The words **my hand** represent God’s great power. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 4 b6h8 figs-metonymy בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Here, **on Egypt** refers to the land and everything in it, including people, animals, and plants. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 4 nilu אֶת־צִבְאֹתַ֜י אֶת־עַמִּ֤י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 These phrases refer to the Israelites in three different ways; they do not refer to three different groups of people. **Armies** is the same word translated “hosts” in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “the armies of my Israelite people” EXO 7 5 cg3n grammar-connect-logic-result וְיָדְע֤וּ מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ כִּֽי־אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is the result of God rescuing the Israelites. In some languages the result will have to be placed after the cause, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 7 5 npd6 figs-metonymy בִּנְטֹתִ֥י אֶת־יָדִ֖י עַל 1 reach out with my hand on This phrase represents God’s great power. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 5 npd6 figs-metonymy בִּנְטֹתִ֥י אֶת־יָדִ֖י עַל 1 reach out with my hand on This phrase represents God’s great power. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “when I show my powerful acts against” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 5 dguc grammar-connect-logic-goal וְהוֹצֵאתִ֥י אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מִתּוֹכָֽם 1 The goal of God’s powerful acts was to rescue the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that I bring the sons of Israel out from their midst” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 7 5 d1hq figs-quotemarks מִתּוֹכָֽם 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote that began in [verse 1](../07/01.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. Note that the UST is reordered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 6 iii5 figs-parallelism וַיַּ֥עַשׂ…עָשֽׂוּ 1 This repetition emphasizes the statement. Some languages can use repetition for emphasis; others will need to use another way of expressing emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 7 7 liir writing-background וּמֹשֶׁה֙ בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְאַֽהֲרֹ֔ן בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּשְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה בְּדַבְּרָ֖ם אֶל־פַּרְעֹֽה 1 This verse contains background information. If your language marks background information with particular discourse features, use them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -EXO 7 7 g7i5 translate-numbers שְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּשְׁמֹנִ֖ים 1 Aaron eighty-three years old “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 7 7 liir writing-background 0 This verse contains background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +EXO 7 7 g7i5 translate-numbers שְׁמֹנִ֣ים…שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּשְׁמֹנִ֖ים 1 Aaron eighty-three years old Alternate translation: “eighty … eighty-three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 7 7 zoou figs-idiom בֶּן־שְׁמֹנִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה…בֶּן־שָׁלֹ֥שׁ וּשְׁמֹנִ֖ים שָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that refers to their age. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 7 8 pwph writing-newevent וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This verse marks the beginning of new sections, both major and minor. The major story of the plagues and Exodus itself unfolds from here until after Pharaoh’s army is defeated at the Red Sea. The next minor event is the miracle of the rods becoming snakes. Either by using particular forms that your language uses to mark transitions or by making a section break and heading, this transition should be marked for readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 8 p2kf לֵאמֹֽר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST. @@ -624,12 +624,12 @@ EXO 7 9 r0tp figs-quotemarks קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּךָ֛ וְהַ EXO 7 9 p3xh לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 Here, **saying** marks the beginning of a direct quote and is often omitted in translation when such a construction is unnatural in the target language. See UST. EXO 7 9 ms5o figs-youdual אֲלֵכֶ֤ם…לָכֶ֖ם 1 These are plural, referring to Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a dual form (if you have one) or plural form (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 7 9 kj8g figs-quotesinquotes תְּנ֥וּ לָכֶ֖ם מוֹפֵ֑ת 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 7 9 s5a9 קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּךָ֛ וְהַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִפְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְתַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 7 10 ehm9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְלִפְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖יו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 9 s5a9 figs-quotesinquotes קַ֧ח אֶֽת־מַטְּךָ֛ וְהַשְׁלֵ֥ךְ לִפְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה יְהִ֥י לְתַנִּֽין 1 This is a second-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +EXO 7 9 ogk9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵֽי־פַרְעֹ֖ה 1 Although **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Moses and Aaron are to actually do the miracles in front of Pharaoh so that Pharaoh can see them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “so Pharaoh can see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 10 ehm9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י פַרְעֹ֛ה וְלִפְנֵ֥י עֲבָדָ֖יו 1 This time, while **before the face of** still has the standard figurative meaning of “in the presence of,” it is a much more literal use here. Aaron actually does this right in front of Pharaoh and his servants so they could watch what happens. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternative translation: “where Pharaoh and his servants could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 10 kv93 עֲבָדָ֖יו 1 **His servants** probably refers to important advisors that would be in the king’s court, and does not refer common servants. EXO 7 11 mqde לַֽחֲכָמִ֖ים וְלַֽמְכַשְּׁפִ֑ים…חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 Here, **magicians** probably describes both **wise men and sorcerers** rather than being a third group. See translationWords articles for each term. -EXO 7 12 u6np וַיִּבְלַ֥ע 1 swallowed up “ate up” or “devoured” +EXO 7 12 u6np וַיִּבְלַ֥ע 1 swallowed up Alternate translation: “ate up” or “devoured” EXO 7 12 m0kw grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיִּבְלַ֥ע מַטֵּֽה־אַהֲרֹ֖ן אֶת־מַטֹּתָֽם 1 This is a surprising and amusing twist which was not what the magicians expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 7 12 prnp figs-personification מַטֵּֽה…מַטֹּתָֽם 1 It may be necessary in some languages to translate the word **staff** as “snake” since it had turned into one. This may be true if it would not make sense in the target language to say (because it is not living) that a staff swallowed or ate something. It may also be not make sense in some languages to speak of the snakes as staffs once transformed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 7 13 g42f figs-metaphor וַיֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were **strong**. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 4:21](../04/21.md), but note that this is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn, as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ EXO 7 14 qiyx writing-newevent וַיֹּ֤אמֶר 1 A new scene begins her EXO 7 14 t79b figs-quotemarks מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues to the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 15 ecby הִנֵּה֙ 1 This is used to draw attention to information that follows. EXO 7 15 c5np יֹצֵ֣א הַמַּ֔יְמָה 1 when he goes out to the water There are various theories as to what Pharaoh went down to the Nile to do, but there is no need to speculate or specify in the translation. -EXO 7 16 yqp7 וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗יו 1 Say to him “Say to Pharaoh” +EXO 7 16 yqp7 וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗יו 1 Say to him Alternate translation: “Say to Pharaoh” EXO 7 16 i4yt figs-quotemarks יְהוָ֞ה 1 This begins a second-level quotation that continues until the end of [verse 18](../07/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 16 uvxe figs-possession אֱלֹהֵ֤י הָעִבְרִים֙ 1 Yahweh claimed the Hebrews (Israelites) as his own. They worshiped him. This is a possessive of social relationship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 7 16 d16q figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּח֙ אֶת־עַמִּ֔י וְיַֽעַבְדֻ֖נִי בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר וְהִנֵּ֥ה לֹא־שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַד־כֹּֽה 1 This is a third-level quotation. It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer levels. Alternatively, you could translate it as an indirect quotation as in the UST. If you do this, take care to adjust the pronoun person (second/third) as appropriate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -654,10 +654,10 @@ EXO 7 18 grwh figs-quotemarks מִן־הַיְאֹֽר 1 After this phrase, EXO 7 19 jima figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֡ן קַ֣ח מַטְּךָ֣ וּנְטֵֽה־יָדְךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵיהֶ֣ם וְעַל־אַגְמֵיהֶ֗ם וְעַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵיהֶ֖ם וְיִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם וְהָ֤יָה דָם֙ בְּכָל־אֶ֣רֶץ מִצְרַ֔יִם וּבָעֵצִ֖ים וּבָאֲבָנִֽים 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 19 gwc2 figs-quotemarks קַ֣ח מַטְּךָ֣ וּנְטֵֽה־יָדְךָ֩ עַל־מֵימֵ֨י מִצְרַ֜יִם עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵיהֶ֣ם וְעַל־אַגְמֵיהֶ֗ם וְעַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵיהֶ֖ם וְיִֽהְיוּ־דָ֑ם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 7 19 ysi7 figs-merism עַֽל־נַהֲרֹתָ֣ם׀ עַל־יְאֹרֵיהֶ֣ם וְעַל־אַגְמֵיהֶ֗ם וְעַ֛ל כָּל־מִקְוֵ֥ה מֵימֵיהֶ֖ם 1 This list is meant to expand on and reinforce the idea of all of the water in Egypt. You should translate the list in such a way that the locations of the blood are not limited to these specific places, but to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 7 19 wxp2 בְּכָל־אֶ֣רֶץ 1 throughout all “in every part of” +EXO 7 19 wxp2 בְּכָל־אֶ֣רֶץ 1 throughout all Alternate translation: “in every part of” EXO 7 19 msxp figs-possession וּבָעֵצִ֖ים וּבָאֲבָנִֽים 1 This possessive show composition. Alternate translation: “and in containers made from wood and in containers made from stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 7 20 zy18 figs-explicit בַּיְאֹ֔ר 1 in the river The name of the river may be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the Nile River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 7 20 mj8v figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּלְעֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑יו 1 This means in their sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 7 20 mj8v figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה וּלְעֵינֵ֖י עֲבָדָ֑יו 1 This means in their sight. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh and his servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 7 22 n7kr translate-unknown חַרְטֻמֵּ֥י 1 See how you translated this term in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 7 22 qdc7 figs-metaphor וַיֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 7 22 sbic כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Because Yahweh’s prediction precedes this event, some languages may need to place the reference to that prediction before the statement that it was fulfilled. See UST and how you handled this in [7:13](../07/13.md) where the same sentence appears. @@ -665,8 +665,8 @@ EXO 7 23 atdk figs-idiom וְלֹא־שָׁ֥ת לִבּ֖וֹ גַּם־ EXO 7 24 m6zn figs-hyperbole כָל־מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 All the Egyptians The word **all** here is a generalization that means “many.” At the least, the upper class would have sent their slaves to dig for them. Alternate translation: “Many of the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 7 25 bn5h writing-newevent וַיִּמָּלֵ֖א 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 7 25 gjyb figs-idiom וַיִּמָּלֵ֖א שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים 1 This is an idiom meaning seven days later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 7 25 dg56 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes<br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each<br>- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter<br>- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is<br><br><br>### Lifting up the hand and staff: <br>In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.<br><br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pharaoh’s hard heart<br>Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.<br><br>### Let my people go<br><br>This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. +EXO 7 25 dg56 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 8 intro ww1y 0 # Exodus 08 General Notes<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>- the exact insects in plagues 3-4 are not certain, translation teams will need to decide what insects they can use for each<br>- Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy, that is, he determines to be proud and resist Yahweh twice in this chapter<br>- the Israelites’ sacrifices are spoken of as an abomination to the Egyptians but it is not specified how or why that is<br><br><br>### Lifting up the hand and staff: <br><br>In the next few chapters God will instruct Moses and/or Aaron to raise his hand and/or staff. The narrative will then record that whoever will raise his hand and/or staff. The instruction and the action do not always match exactly. God may say raise your hand and the narrative may say Moses raised his staff. These are not conflicting reports. Translators should understand that the hand and the staff are always understood together. They are one unit and they can both be mentioned or they can be mentioned separately. In each case, Moses or Aaron raises his hand with the staff in it. This fact is merely expressed differently.<br><br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pharaoh’s hard heart<br><br>Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.<br><br>### Let my people go<br><br>This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh for permission to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he is demanding that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. EXO 8 1 tf7b figs-quotations בֹּ֖א 1 This begins a direct quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 1 v6ll כֹּ֚ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. EXO 8 1 lndc figs-quotesinquotes כֹּ֚ה 1 This begins a second-level quote that continues until the end of [verse 4](../08/04.md). It should be marked in some manner that distinguishes it from the outer level. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ EXO 8 1 kure figs-quotesinquotes שַׁלַּ֥ח 1 This begins a third-level q EXO 8 2 s7y1 figs-ellipsis לְשַׁלֵּ֑חַ 1 What Pharaoh is to **let go** is not specified, but “my people” or “the Israelites” are the understood object. Alternate translation: “to let the Israelites go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 8 2 aei8 הִנֵּ֣ה 1 **Behold** is an interjection meant to focus the attention of the listener on what comes next, in this case a dire warning. Alternate translation: “look out” EXO 8 3 vgby figs-merism בְּבֵיתֶ֔ךָ וּבַחֲדַ֥ר מִשְׁכָּבְךָ֖ וְעַל־מִטָּתֶ֑ךָ וּבְבֵ֤ית עֲבָדֶ֨יךָ֙ וּבְעַמֶּ֔ךָ וּבְתַנּוּרֶ֖יךָ וּבְמִשְׁאֲרוֹתֶֽיךָ 1 This long list means “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the frogs’ location is not limited to these specific places. The list should imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 8 4 okok figs-quotemarks 1 Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +EXO 8 4 okok figs-quotemarks Up to three levels of quotes end at the end of this verse. Depending on how many levels you chose to mark as direct quotations, you should indicate them ending here with closing second-level (and third-level) quotation mark(s) or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations and quotations within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 5 wll3 figs-quotemarks אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְךָ֙ בְּמַטֶּ֔ךָ עַל־הַ֨נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַיְאֹרִ֖ים וְעַל־הָאֲגַמִּ֑ים וְהַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽצְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 5 ley6 figs-quotations וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ אֶל־מֹשֶׁה֒ אֱמֹ֣ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 It may be helpful to translate this first quotation indirectly to avoid having two levels of quotations in this verse. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh told Moses to say to Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 5 dqsb figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֤ה אֶת־יָדְךָ֙ בְּמַטֶּ֔ךָ עַל־הַ֨נְּהָרֹ֔ת עַל־הַיְאֹרִ֖ים וְעַל־הָאֲגַמִּ֑ים וְהַ֥עַל אֶת־הַֽצְפַרְדְּעִ֖ים עַל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (if you chose to make **Say to Aaron** a direct quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level opening and closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ EXO 8 6 drmg figs-explicit וַתַּ֨עַל֙ 1 [Verse 3](../08/03.md) has EXO 8 6 rxze grammar-collectivenouns הַצְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ 1 There were so many frogs that the text uses the collective singular. If that does not make sense in your language, you may simply use the plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 8 6 j83d figs-metaphor וַתַּ֨עַל֙ הַצְּפַרְדֵּ֔עַ וַתְּכַ֖ס אֶת־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This means that there were frogs everywhere in Egypt. The image is like that of a blanket smothering the entire country. (Or more directly, like one giant, nation-sized frog sitting on top of the entire land). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 8 7 n02y translate-unknown הַֽחֲרְטֻמִּ֖ים בְּלָטֵיהֶ֑ם 1 See how you translated these in [7:11](../07/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 8 mhn3 וַיִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְמֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽלְאַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron” +EXO 8 8 mhn3 וַיִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְמֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽלְאַהֲרֹ֗ן 1 Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh sent for Moses and Aaron” or “And the king summoned Moses and Aaron” EXO 8 8 nfe3 figs-explicit וַיִּקְרָ֨א פַרְעֹ֜ה לְמֹשֶׁ֣ה וּֽלְאַהֲרֹ֗ן וַיֹּ֨אמֶר֙ 1 It is implied that Moses and Aaron came between being called and Pharaoh speaking to them. You may need to make that explicit. Alternate translation: “And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and after they came he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 8 8 pc7e figs-quotemarks הַעְתִּ֣ירוּ אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְיָסֵר֙ הַֽצְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖נִּי וּמֵֽעַמִּ֑י וַאֲשַׁלְּחָה֙ אֶת־הָעָ֔ם וְיִזְבְּח֖וּ לַיהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 8 tx3t figs-quotations אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְיָסֵר֙ הַֽצְפַרְדְּעִ֔ים מִמֶּ֖נִּי וּמֵֽעַמִּ֑י 1 In some languages you may have to make the content of Pharaoh’s prayer to Yahweh a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation markings if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh saying, ‘Please take away the frogs from Pharaoh and from his people.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) @@ -701,12 +701,12 @@ EXO 8 10 ofw3 grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֣עַן תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ EXO 8 10 d1wp figs-exclusive אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 Here, **our** refers to the Israelites’ God, excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 8 11 zwqo figs-merism מִמְּךָ֙ וּמִבָּ֣תֶּ֔יךָ וּמֵעֲבָדֶ֖יךָ וּמֵעַמֶּ֑ךָ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 11 ttyr figs-quotemarks רַ֥ק בַּיְאֹ֖ר תִּשָּׁאַֽרְנָה 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 8 12 jjv2 שָׂ֥ם 1 “Yahweh had set” +EXO 8 12 jjv2 שָׂ֥ם 1 Alternate translation: “Yahweh had set” EXO 8 12 nxyi writing-newevent וַיֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֛ה וְאַהֲרֹ֖ן 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 13 rwe1 figs-merism מִן־הַבָּתִּ֥ים מִן־הַחֲצֵרֹ֖ת וּמִן־הַשָּׂדֹֽת 1 This list means “from everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 14 a03n חֳמָרִ֣ם חֳמָרִ֑ם 1 Literally, “piles piles.” Repetition is used in Hebrew to emphasize how many or how big they were. EXO 8 15 lv2n figs-metaphor וְהַכְבֵּד֙ אֶת־לִבּ֔וֹ 1 he hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:14](../07/14.md), but note, there, that the state of Pharaoh’s heart is reported, whereas here, Pharaoh makes his own heart heavy. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 8 15 b47h כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 just as Yahweh had said that he would do “just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do” +EXO 8 15 b47h כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 just as Yahweh had said that he would do Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said Pharaoh would do” EXO 8 16 cikq writing-newevent וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the third plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 16 s5gh figs-quotations אֱמֹר֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּךָ֔ וְהַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָאָ֑רֶץ וְהָיָ֥ה לְכִנִּ֖ם בְּכָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. However, it may be helpful to translate one of the parts as an indirect quotation so that you do not have to have two levels of quotations here. Alternate translation: see UST or “[And Yahweh told Moses] to tell Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 8 16 xh9e figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֣ה אֶֽת־מַטְּךָ֔ וְהַ֖ךְ אֶת־עֲפַ֣ר הָאָ֑רֶץ וְהָיָ֥ה לְכִנִּ֖ם בְּכָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a second-level direct quotation (unless you translated one portion as an indirect quotation). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level (or first-level) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation (within a quotation). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ EXO 8 19 lk2k figs-synecdoche אֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִ֖ים הִ֑וא 1 EXO 8 19 z1w2 figs-metaphor וַיֶּחֱזַ֤ק לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Pharaoh’s heart was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 8 19 rp3i writing-participants אֲלֵהֶ֔ם 1 It is possible that **them** refers to the magicians here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 8 19 gjgg כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָֽה 1 Some languages will need to place this before the thing that Yahweh predicted, as in the UST. -EXO 8 20 j5n8 וְהִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִפְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 stand in front of Pharaoh “and present yourself to Pharaoh” +EXO 8 20 j5n8 וְהִתְיַצֵּב֙ לִפְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 stand in front of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “and present yourself to Pharaoh” EXO 8 20 frfn writing-newevent וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the beginning of the fourth plague sequence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 20 syv2 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the presence of a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 8 20 vnym הִנֵּ֖ה 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. In some languages and translation styles it will make the most sense to omit this, as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ EXO 8 20 fgl3 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְיַֽעַבְדֻֽנִי 1 EXO 8 21 hitq הִנְנִי֩ 1 This is used to draw attention to important information that is next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” EXO 8 21 hwcl grammar-collectivenouns הֶעָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣עָרֹ֔ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 8 21 l5z7 translate-unknown הֶעָרֹ֑ב…הֶ֣עָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 21 foli figs-merism בְּךָ֜ וּבַעֲבָדֶ֧יךָ וּֽבְעַמְּךָ֛ וּבְבָתֶּ֖יךָ…בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙…וְגַ֥ם הָאֲדָמָ֖ה 1 This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] +EXO 8 21 foli figs-merism בְּךָ֜ וּבַעֲבָדֶ֧יךָ וּֽבְעַמְּךָ֛ וּבְבָתֶּ֖יךָ…בָּתֵּ֤י מִצְרַ֨יִם֙…וְגַ֥ם הָאֲדָמָ֖ה 1 This long list means, “everywhere in Egypt.” It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that the flies’ location is not limited to these specific places, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 22 mv8w grammar-connect-logic-result לְבִלְתִּ֥י הֱיֽוֹת־שָׁ֖ם עָרֹ֑ב 1 General Information: This is the result of Yahweh treating the land of Goshen differently. Alternate translation: “by keeping the swarm from there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 8 22 apum grammar-collectivenouns עָרֹ֑ב 1 This is a collective singular noun that refers to a great number of swarming, biting insects. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md). Alternate translation: “swarms of flies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 8 22 qb9h translate-unknown עָרֹ֑ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ EXO 8 23 tb24 figs-quotemarks לְמָחָ֥ר יִהְיֶ֖ה הָאֹ֥ EXO 8 24 gw3c figs-explicit וַיַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 The UST supplies a brief sentence filling in the gap between Yahweh’s command to Moses and the onset of the plague. Some languages will need something like that to make the progression of events clear. Alternate translation: “Moses obeyed the instructions Yahweh gave him and Pharaoh responded as Yahweh had said he would. And Yahweh did so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 8 24 lk5s writing-newevent וַיַּ֤עַשׂ יְהוָה֙ כֵּ֔ן 1 There is a minor scene change here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 24 ut0f translate-unknown עָרֹ֣ב 1 There are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 8 24 dg0k translate-go וַיָּבֹא֙ 1 Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +EXO 8 24 dg0k figs-go וַיָּבֹא֙ 1 Some languages may need to translate this as going rather than coming. Alternate translation: “and … went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 8 24 tmcf figs-merism בֵּ֥יתָה פַרְעֹ֖ה וּבֵ֣ית עֲבָדָ֑יו 1 This means “to everyone everywhere” (in Egypt) as made explicit in the next statement. This makes clear that the insects were throughout the land. You should translate this in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 24 nd6e figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֥ת הָאָ֖רֶץ מִפְּנֵ֥י הֶעָרֹֽב 1 the land was ruined because of the swarms of flies This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “The swarms of flies devastated the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 8 24 ngue figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֥י הֶעָרֹֽב 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of the insects. Alternate translation: “because the insects were everywhere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -762,12 +762,12 @@ EXO 8 26 tvnj figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֗ה 1 After th EXO 8 26 e9wk תּוֹעֲבַ֣ת מִצְרַ֔יִם…תּוֹעֲבַ֥ת מִצְרַ֛יִם 1 We do not know what about their sacrificing was an **abomination** to the Egyptians. The same term is used in Genesis 43:32 and 46:34 to describe the Egyptians’ feelings about eating with Hebrews and about the Hebrew profession of shepherding, respectively. Translators should attempt to convey the strong negative feelings that would be provoked in the Egyptians without speculating as to the cause. EXO 8 26 idkt figs-exclusive נִזְבַּ֖ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ…נִזְבַּ֞ח…יִסְקְלֻֽנוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and the Egyptians are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 8 26 i7dy figs-rquestion וְלֹ֥א יִסְקְלֻֽנוּ 1 will they not stone us? Moses asks this question to show Pharaoh that the Egyptians would not allow the Israelites to worship Yahweh by making a sacrifice repugnant to them. Alternate translation: “they will certainly stone us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵיהֶ֖ם 1 right before their eyes This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 8 26 gy7d figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵיהֶ֖ם 1 right before their eyes This is a figurative way of saying “where they can see.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 8 27 ju3u figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֖ךְ…וְזָבַ֨חְנוּ֙…אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ…אֵלֵֽינוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** should all be translated as exclusive (if your language makes that distinction). Pharaoh and his people are not included. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 8 27 clc3 figs-quotemarks אֵלֵֽינוּ 1 After this phrase, the direct quote of Moses’ argument to Pharaoh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 28 p3pd figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִ֞י אֲשַׁלַּ֤ח אֶתְכֶם֙ וּזְבַחְתֶּ֞ם לַיהוָ֤ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֙ בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר רַ֛ק הַרְחֵ֥ק לֹא־תַרְחִ֖יקוּ לָלֶ֑כֶת הַעְתִּ֖ירוּ בַּעֲדִֽי 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 28 qxes figs-youdual אֶתְכֶם֙…אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֙…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 8 28 mla2 אֶתְכֶם֙ 1 “the Israelites” +EXO 8 28 mla2 אֶתְכֶם֙ 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites” EXO 8 28 hnud figs-idiom הַרְחֵ֥ק…תַרְחִ֖יקוּ 1 In Hebrew, **far** is repeated to emphasize (with **not**) that they are absolutely not to go too far. If your language does not use repeating words like this, express the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 8 29 kgkx figs-quotemarks הִנֵּ֨ה אָנֹכִ֜י יוֹצֵ֤א מֵֽעִמָּךְ֙ וְהַעְתַּרְתִּ֣י אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה וְסָ֣ר הֶעָרֹ֗ב מִפַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵעֲבָדָ֥יו וּמֵעַמּ֖וֹ מָחָ֑ר רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְבִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָעָ֔ם לִזְבֹּ֖חַ לַֽיהוָֽה 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 8 29 h94t הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If there is not a good way to translate this term in your language, this term can be omitted from the translation. Alternate translation: “Know this” @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ EXO 8 29 jirm translate-unknown הֶעָרֹ֗ב 1 These are probably the la EXO 8 29 yvcl figs-123person מִפַּרְעֹ֛ה…פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Moses may be using the third person to refer to Pharaoh to show respect, because the king appears to be relenting. If use of the third person is not a way of showing respect in your culture or is not a valid way of addressing an individual at all, you may need to change the form. Alternate translation: “from you … you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 8 29 la3z figs-merism מִפַּרְעֹ֛ה מֵעֲבָדָ֥יו וּמֵעַמּ֖וֹ 1 This list means “from everywhere and everyone” (in Egypt). This shows that the end of the plague will be as complete as its extent. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 8 29 bf85 figs-doublenegatives אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל לְבִלְתִּי֙ שַׁלַּ֣ח אֶת־הָעָ֔ם 1 you must not deal deceitfully any more by not letting our people go This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “you must begin to deal truthfully with us and let our people go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 8 29 hh4q רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל 1 But you must not deal deceitfully “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us” +EXO 8 29 hh4q רַ֗ק אַל־יֹסֵ֤ף פַּרְעֹה֙ הָתֵ֔ל 1 But you must not deal deceitfully Alternate translation: “But you must not deceive us” or “But you must not lie to us” EXO 8 30 tull writing-newevent וַיֵּצֵ֥א מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 There is a minor scene shift here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 8 31 rj50 translate-unknown הֶעָרֹ֔ב 1 These are probably the large common flies that bother humans and livestock. See how you translated this in [8:21](../08/21.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 8 31 iyhn figs-merism מִפַּרְעֹ֖ה מֵעֲבָדָ֣יו וּמֵעַמּ֑וֹ 1 This list means “from everyone and everywhere” (in Egypt). This makes clear that there was a complete end of the plague. You should translate the list in such a way that it does not convey limitation to these specifics, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) @@ -787,32 +787,31 @@ EXO 9 1 p1oj figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a dire EXO 9 1 maqa figs-quotemarks אֵלָ֗יו 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues to the end of [9:4](../09/04.md) and contains one more level of quotes. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 1 fo4o figs-quotesinquotes וְדִבַּרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֗יו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽעִבְרִ֔ים 1 You may want to translate the quote beginning with **Thus says Yahweh** as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the levels of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “and say to him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 9 1 w0lg כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 9 1 x4bd עַמִּ֖י 1 “the Israelites” +EXO 9 1 x4bd עַמִּ֖י 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites” EXO 9 2 l7ld figs-parallelism כִּ֛י אִם־מָאֵ֥ן אַתָּ֖ה לְשַׁלֵּ֑חַ וְעוֹדְךָ֖ מַחֲזִ֥יק בָּֽם 1 if you refuse to let them go, if you still keep them back These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “If you continue refusing to let them go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 9 3 fltr הִנֵּ֨ה 1 This is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “look out” -EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּמִקְנְךָ֙ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 3 ume2 figs-metonymy יַד־יְהוָ֜ה הוֹיָ֗ה בְּמִקְנְךָ֙ 1 then Yahweh’s hand will be on your cattle Here, **hand** represents Yahweh’s power to afflict their animals with disease. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Then the power of Yahweh will afflict your livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 3 cjt9 figs-123person יַד־יְהוָ֜ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore, you could change the third person **the hand of Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “My hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 9 3 tn3z figs-youdual בְּמִקְנְךָ֙ 1 on your cattle While the word **your** here is not plural, the next verse shows that it refers to all the people of Egypt who owned cattle. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, you may want to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 9 3 v8ur figs-merism בַּסּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽחֲמֹרִים֙ בַּגְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּבָּקָ֖ר וּבַצֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]] +EXO 9 3 v8ur figs-merism בַּסּוּסִ֤ים בַּֽחֲמֹרִים֙ בַּגְּמַלִּ֔ים בַּבָּקָ֖ר וּבַצֹּ֑אן 1 This long list is meant to reinforce the universal effects of the coming plague. It is presented in this way for rhetorical effect, that is, to convince Pharaoh of how bad this plague will be so he will obey. You should translate the list in such a way that it is not limiting, but is understood to imply universality. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 9 3 m1fk grammar-collectivenouns בַּבָּקָ֖ר…וּבַצֹּ֑אן 1 These (**cattle** and **flock**) are collective singular nouns which refer to groups of animals. Alternate translation: “on your bulls and cows and on your sheep and goats” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 9 3 f5sr figs-metaphor כָּבֵ֥ד 1 Here, the plague is spoken of as if it weighed a lot. This means it would be very bad. Alternate translation: “severe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 4 x12r figs-123person יְהוָ֔ה 1 This is part of the reported speech that Yahweh wants Moses to say to Pharaoh. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. You should do the same as you did in the [previous verse](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “I” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 9 4 c9ob figs-possession מִקְנֵ֣ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל…מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Israelites own … the livestock that the Egyptians own” or “the livestock belonging to the Israelites … the livestock belonging to the Egyptians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 9 4 lp3t figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Israel’s cattle Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 4 lp3t figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Israel’s cattle Here, **Israel** refers to the Israelites. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 4 u60c grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here, **Israel** is used as a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 4 fs25 figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Egypt’s cattle Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 4 k5rx דָּבָֽר 1 “animal” -EXO 9 4 xk5d מִכָּל־לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel” +EXO 9 4 fs25 figs-metonymy מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Egypt’s cattle Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the livestock of the Egyptian people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 4 k5rx דָּבָֽר 1 Alternate translation: “animal” +EXO 9 4 xk5d מִכָּל־לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Alternate translation: “which belongs to any of the sons of Israel” EXO 9 4 cbsz figs-quotemarks וְלֹ֥א יָמ֛וּת מִכָּל־לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל דָּבָֽר 1 After this phrase, the three levels of direct quotes of Yahweh ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with closing quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of levels of quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 9 5 vqz2 וַיָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד 1 fixed a time “And Yahweh made an appointed time” +EXO 9 5 vqz2 וַיָּ֥שֶׂם יְהוָ֖ה מוֹעֵ֣ד 1 fixed a time Alternate translation: “And Yahweh made an appointed time” EXO 9 5 w8gk לֵאמֹ֑ר 1 This marks the beginning of a direct quotation. It can be omitted in translation if your language does not use a similar form. However, in this sentence it is the only verb related to speech, so you may need to translate it similarly to the way the UST does.<br>. EXO 9 5 dh4h figs-quotemarks מָחָ֗ר יַעֲשֶׂ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה הַדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה בָּאָֽרֶץ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 5 pxb1 figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 Yahweh is speaking here. Therefore you could change the third person **Yahweh** to first person if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 9 6 gt3n figs-explicit וַיַּ֨עַשׂ יְהוָ֜ה 1 It is implied that Moses went and spoke to Pharaoh as directed. You may need to make that explicit in your translation in some languages. Alternate translation: “Moses did as Yahweh had commanded. And Yahweh did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 9 6 cx5i figs-hyperbole כֹּ֖ל מִקְנֵ֣ה 1 All the cattle of Egypt died This is exaggerated to emphasize the seriousness of the event. There were still some animals alive that were afflicted by later plagues. However, it may be best to translate this with the word “all.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 9 6 iccg מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם…וּמִמִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Egyptians owned … But from the livestock that the Israelites owned” or “the livestock belonging to the Egyptians … But from the livestock belonging to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 9 6 gy7t figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 cattle of Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 6 mboa figs-metonymy בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Here, **sons** figuratively means descendants. The phrase speaks of all of the Israelites as descendants of the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelite peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 6 iccg figs-possession מִקְנֵ֣ה מִצְרָ֑יִם…וּמִמִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This means the livestock owned by the two groups. Alternate translation: “the livestock that the Egyptians owned … But from the livestock that the Israelites owned” or “the livestock belonging to the Egyptians … But from the livestock belonging to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +EXO 9 6 gy7t figs-metonymy מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 cattle of Egypt Here, **Egypt** refers to the Egyptians. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the Egyptian peoples’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 6 i0bl figs-litotes וּמִמִּקְנֵ֥ה בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֹא־מֵ֥ת אֶחָֽד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “But every single one of the Israelites’ livestock lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EXO 9 7 md84 וְהִנֵּ֗ה 1 behold **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Alternate translation: “and listen” EXO 9 7 rtny figs-litotes לֹא־מֵ֛ת מִמִּקְנֵ֥ה יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל עַד־אֶחָ֑ד 1 This emphatic negative statement could be stated positively. Alternate translation: “every single one of the Israelites’ livestock was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) @@ -822,21 +821,21 @@ EXO 9 7 j51j figs-metaphor וַיִּכְבַּד֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ EXO 9 8 brm6 writing-newevent וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָה֮ 1 kiln A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. This is the start of the sixth plague scene. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 8 ik2i figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֣ה וְאֶֽל־אַהֲרֹן֒ 1 After this phrase a direct quote begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 8 luhg figs-youdual לָכֶם֙…חָפְנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 **You** and **your** refer to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use dual form (if you have one) or plural forms (if not) here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 9 8 ydar קְח֤וּ לָכֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 “Each of you fill both your hands with” -EXO 9 8 u5wn פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן 1 “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” +EXO 9 8 ydar קְח֤וּ לָכֶם֙ מְלֹ֣א חָפְנֵיכֶ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “Each of you fill both your hands with” +EXO 9 8 u5wn פִּ֖יחַ כִּבְשָׁ֑ן 1 Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” EXO 9 8 gk7f grammar-collectivenouns פִּ֖יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 8 gu1v הַשָּׁמַ֖יְמָה 1 “toward the sky” -EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 This means in his sight. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 8 gu1v הַשָּׁמַ֖יְמָה 1 Alternate translation: “toward the sky” +EXO 9 8 p795 figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י פַרְעֹֽה 1 This means in his sight. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the sight of Pharaoh” or “so Pharaoh sees it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 9 d2v3 translate-unknown לִשְׁחִ֥ין פֹּרֵ֛חַ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֖ת 1 fine This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 9 jlh0 figs-gendernotations הָאָדָ֜ם 1 This includes women and children. Alternate translation: “people” or “mankind” or “humans” See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 9 eyc7 הַבְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 to break out on “wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock” +EXO 9 9 eyc7 הַבְּהֵמָ֗ה 1 to break out on Alternate translation: “wild and domestic animals” or “wild animals and livestock” EXO 9 10 wdcn grammar-collectivenouns פִּ֣יחַ 1 Here, **ash** is singular. For some languages you may need to make it plural as in the UST. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 9 10 dp3l פִּ֣יחַ הַכִּבְשָׁ֗ן 1 “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). +EXO 9 10 dp3l פִּ֣יחַ הַכִּבְשָׁ֗ן 1 Alternate translation: “ash from a furnace” or “ash produced by a furnace” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). EXO 9 10 ufpn figs-metonymy וַיַּֽעַמְדוּ֙ לִפְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Pharaoh’s presence. Alternate translation: “and stood in Pharaoh’s presence” See how you translated a similar statement in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 10 xmbw הַשָּׁמָ֑יְמָה 1 “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). +EXO 9 10 xmbw הַשָּׁמָ֑יְמָה 1 Alternate translation: “toward the sky” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). EXO 9 10 jhzb translate-unknown שְׁחִין֙ אֲבַעְבֻּעֹ֔ת פֹּרֵ֕חַ 1 This is a condition where the skin is red and hot, the skin breaks, and blood and puss come out. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 10 rdo3 figs-gendernotations בָּאָדָ֖ם 1 This includes women and children. See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 9 10 iftm וּבַבְּהֵמָֽה 1 “and on wild and domestic animals” or “and on wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). +EXO 9 10 iftm וּבַבְּהֵמָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “and on wild and domestic animals” or “and on wild animals and livestock” See how you translated this in the [previous verse](../09/09.md). EXO 9 11 jrc3 הַֽחַרְטֻמִּ֗ים…בַּֽחֲרְטֻמִּ֖ם 1 See how you translated **magicians** in [7:11](../07/11.md). EXO 9 11 dxsx figs-metonymy לַעֲמֹ֛ד לִפְנֵ֥י מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 Here, **before the face of** means in Moses’ presence. Alternate translation: “to stand in Moses’ presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 11 k9uu figs-metaphor מִפְּנֵ֣י הַשְּׁחִ֑ין 1 Here, **the face of** means the existence of or perhaps pain from the boils. Alternate translation: “because of the boils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -854,22 +853,22 @@ EXO 9 15 f056 grammar-connect-condition-contrary כִּ֤י עַתָּה֙ שׁ EXO 9 15 a3l8 figs-metonymy שָׁלַ֣חְתִּי אֶת־יָדִ֔י וָאַ֥ךְ אוֹתְךָ֛ 1 reached out with my hand and attacked you Here, **my hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I could have used my power to attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 15 hgfx figs-metaphor וָאַ֥ךְ אוֹתְךָ֛ וְאֶֽת־עַמְּךָ֖ בַּדָּ֑בֶר 1 Here, **a plague** is spoken about as if it were something that could be used to hit someone. Alternate translation: “and caused you and your people to suffer from a plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 16 kwks grammar-connect-logic-goal וְאוּלָ֗ם בַּעֲב֥וּר זֹאת֙ הֶעֱמַדְתִּ֔יךָ בַּעֲב֖וּר הַרְאֹתְךָ֣ אֶת־כֹּחִ֑י וּלְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖י בְּכָל־הָאָֽרֶץ׃ 1 The statements from **to show** to the end of the verse are Yahweh’s stated goals, and thus, his reasons for not yet destroying Egypt and Pharaoh. You will need to translate, **However, for this reason I appointed you: in order** in a way that connects with the [previous verse](../09/15.md) in an action-goal manner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 9 16 nec7 figs-metonymy וּלְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖י בְּכָל־הָאָֽרֶץ 1 so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 16 nec7 figs-metonymy וּלְמַ֛עַן סַפֵּ֥ר שְׁמִ֖י בְּכָל־הָאָֽרֶץ 1 so that my name may be proclaimed throughout all the earth Here, **my name** represents Yahweh’s reputation. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and so that people everywhere will know who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 17 h3ed figs-metaphor עוֹדְךָ֖ מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל בְּעַמִּ֑י 1 lifting yourself up against my people Pharaoh’s opposition to letting the Israelites go to worship Yahweh is spoken of as if he were raising himself up as a barrier to them. Alternate translation: “You are still blocking my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 17 sdav figs-rpronouns מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, Pharaoh fills two different roles in the sentence. Different languages have different methods of marking this. Translate this in a way that conveys that Pharaoh is making Pharaoh (himself) proud (metaphorically expressed as Pharaoh making Pharaoh (himself) the obstacle in the Israelites’ way to freedom as discussed in the previous note.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 9 17 r1wv מִסְתּוֹלֵ֣ל 1 Here, **you** is Pharaoh. EXO 9 17 zfhb בְּעַמִּ֑י 1 Here, **my people** are the Israelites. -EXO 9 18 fnd2 הִנְנִ֤י 1 Listen! “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you” -EXO 9 18 pmy0 כָּעֵ֣ת…אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨הוּ֙ 1 “at this time. There has never been anything like this” -EXO 9 19 fduj figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְךָ֔ וְאֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְךָ֖ בַּשָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 9 19 eo52 וְיָרַ֧ד עֲלֵהֶ֛ם הַבָּרָ֖ד 1 “the hail will come down on” +EXO 9 18 fnd2 הִנְנִ֤י 1 Listen! Alternate translation: “Pay attention to the important thing I am about to tell you” +EXO 9 18 pmy0 כָּעֵ֣ת…אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹא־הָיָ֤ה כָמֹ֨הוּ֙ 1 Alternate translation: “at this time. There has never been anything like this” +EXO 9 19 fduj figs-metonymy שְׁלַ֤ח הָעֵז֙ אֶֽת־מִקְנְךָ֔ וְאֵ֛ת כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֥ר לְךָ֖ בַּשָּׂדֶ֑ה 1 The form of address here is singular; Moses is speaking directly to Pharaoh. However, the next two verses make it clear that Pharaoh’s servants heard and understood this warning to be for them as well. In this sense Pharaoh represents the Egyptians. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 9 19 eo52 וְיָרַ֧ד עֲלֵהֶ֛ם הַבָּרָ֖ד 1 Alternate translation: “the hail will come down on” EXO 9 19 x4ja figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָאָדָ֨ם 1 Here, **man** means humans and includes men, women, and children. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 9 19 itlv וְהַבְּהֵמָ֜ה 1 This includes domestic and wild animals. EXO 9 19 f80e figs-explicit וָמֵֽתוּ 1 The people and animals **will die** because they are hurt fatally by the hail. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “and the hail will kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 9 19 g90p figs-quotemarks וָמֵֽתוּ 1 Up to three levels of direct quotation (depending on your earlier decision about converting a level to an indirect quotation) end at the end of this verse. You should indicate that ending here with closing first-level, second-level, and third-level (if required) quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 9 20 dp8j figs-explicit הַיָּרֵא֙ 1 As in some other occasions, Moses’ conversation with Pharaoh is not recorded. You may need to make explicit the fact that he did as Yahweh instructed. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 9 20 p3nz הַיָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽעַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 “Those of Pharaoh’s servants who feared Yahweh’s warning” -EXO 9 21 dvwv וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖וֹ אֶל 1 Here, **set his heart** means he believed or thought something was true. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 9 20 p3nz הַיָּרֵא֙ אֶת־דְּבַ֣ר יְהוָ֔ה מֵֽעַבְדֵ֖י פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “Those of Pharaoh’s servants who feared Yahweh’s warning” +EXO 9 21 dvwv figs-metaphor וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־שָׂ֛ם לִבּ֖וֹ אֶל 1 Here, **set his heart** means he believed or thought something was true. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. Alternate translation: “but whoever did not respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 22 vtfl writing-newevent וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A minor scene shift occurs here and may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 9 22 zwvk יָֽדְךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 9 22 h9cr figs-gendernotations הָאָדָ֣ם 1 This includes women and children. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -883,31 +882,31 @@ EXO 9 27 sh1x חָטָ֣אתִי 1 Some commentators suggest translating **sin EXO 9 27 joxy הַצַּדִּ֔יק…הָרְשָׁעִֽים 1 Many commentators suggest that Pharaoh is using these terms in a narrow, legal sense and only referring to this instance. That is, he is saying something like “I’ve lost this round in court.” See UST. EXO 9 27 wag1 וְעַמִּ֖י 1 **My people** refers to the Egyptians. EXO 9 28 r0cs figs-litotes וְלֹ֥א תֹסִפ֖וּן לַעֲמֹֽד 1 This negative statement strengthens the force of Pharaoh’s statement that he will let the people go. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) -EXO 9 29 ajz3 וַיֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָיו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses said to him “And Moses said to Pharaoh” +EXO 9 29 ajz3 וַיֹּ֤אמֶר אֵלָיו֙ מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses said to him Alternate translation: “And Moses said to Pharaoh” EXO 9 29 b787 translate-symaction אֶפְרֹ֥שׂ אֶת־כַּפַּ֖י אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 spread my hands out to Yahweh This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. Alternate translation: “I will pray to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 9 30 tn94 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְאַתָּ֖ה וַעֲבָדֶ֑יךָ 1 honor Yahweh God This phrase is shifted to the beginning of the sentence to mark focus on Pharaoh and his servants because, despite Yahweh demonstrating his power, they are not yet afraid of him. If your language has a form or discourse feature that draws contrastive focus to participants, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) EXO 9 30 srx4 figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה 1 Here, **face** means presence or power. Alternate translation: “of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 9 31 p1v8 translate-unknown וְהַפִּשְׁתָּ֥ה…וְהַפִּשְׁתָּ֖ה 1 flax **Flax** is a plant that produces fibers that can be made into linen cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 31 lzar translate-unknown אָבִ֔יב 1 This means the seeds at the top of the stalk were developing but still green. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 9 31 xnvj גִּבְעֹֽל 1 “was flowering” +EXO 9 31 xnvj גִּבְעֹֽל 1 Alternate translation: “was flowering” EXO 9 32 jmq3 translate-unknown וְהַכֻּסֶּ֖מֶת 1 spelt **Spelt** is a kind of wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 9 33 fa2j translate-symaction וַיִּפְרֹ֥שׂ כַּפָּ֖יו אֶל־יְהוָ֑ה 1 spread out his hands to Yahweh This symbolic gesture accompanies prayer. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 9:29](../09/29.md). Alternate translation: “lifted up his hands toward Yahweh and prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 9 34 ke5k figs-metaphor וַיַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖וֹ 1 hardened his heart Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if he made his own heart heavy. This time his servants do the same. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [8:15](../08/15.md). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh determined to be defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 34 nz0e וַיֹּ֣סֶף לַחֲטֹ֑א 1 This statement is from the author’s perspective. Therefore, unlike in [9:27](../09/27.md), **sin** should be translated with the word your language uses for “sin.” -EXO 9 34 ooed וַיַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖וֹ ה֥וּא וַעֲבָדָֽיו 1 “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same” +EXO 9 34 ooed וַיַּכְבֵּ֥ד לִבּ֖וֹ ה֥וּא וַעֲבָדָֽיו 1 Alternate translation: “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did also” or “and he caused his heart to be heavy. His servants did the same” EXO 9 35 yxt8 figs-metaphor וַֽיֶּחֱזַק֙ לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 The heart of Pharaoh was hardened Pharaoh’s stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [Exodus 7:13](../07/13.md). This is a neutral statement (it does not say that anyone caused him to be stubborn as many others in this part of the narrative do). Alternate translation: “Pharaoh was still defiant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 9 35 x0kn figs-metaphor כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה בְּיַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 This is similar to [9:12](../09/12.md). In this case, what Yahweh said is figuratively spoken of as if it were something that could be held in someone’s hand. This means that Moses delivered a message from Yahweh that Pharaoh would be stubborn. It is not clear if this message was given to the Israelites or if this refers to Moses’ statement to Pharaoh in [9:30](../09/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pharaoh’s hard heart<br><br>Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Let my people go<br><br>This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. +EXO 10 intro s5g1 0 # Exodus 10 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pharaoh’s hard heart<br><br>Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Let my people go<br><br>This is a very important statement. Moses does not ask Pharaoh to “let go” of the Hebrew people. Instead, he demands that Pharaoh free the Hebrew people. EXO 10 1 w4pw figs-metaphor כִּֽי־אֲנִ֞י הִכְבַּ֤דְתִּי אֶת־לִבּוֹ֙ וְאֶת־לֵ֣ב עֲבָדָ֔יו 1 for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his servants This means God made Pharaoh and his servants stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were heavy. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md), but note that the metaphor is slightly different here. Alternate translation: “for I have caused Pharaoh and his servants to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 1 various signs “I mocked Egypt” +EXO 10 2 zg4c הִתְעַלַּ֨לְתִּי֙ בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם 1 various signs Alternate translation: “I mocked Egypt” EXO 10 3 pm8p figs-quotemarks וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗יו 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until near the end of [10:6](../10/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 10 3 u3mq figs-quotations וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ אֵלָ֗יו כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י הָֽעִבְרִ֔ים 1 It may be helpful to turn the introductory quotation into an indirect quotation so that you do not have to use quotes within quotes. Alternate translation: “and told him that Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, said thus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 10 3 vze4 כֹּֽה־אָמַ֤ר יְהוָה֙ 1 This quotation form is used to introduce commands from Yahweh. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more information. -EXO 10 3 cicf figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵעָנֹ֖ת מִפָּנָ֑י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 10 3 cicf figs-metonymy עַד־מָתַ֣י מֵאַ֔נְתָּ לֵעָנֹ֖ת מִפָּנָ֑י 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Particularly, it means the presence of his judgment (the plagues). Alternate translation: “Until when will you refuse to be humble when I judge you” or “Until when will you refuse to be humble before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 4 ge67 הִנְנִ֨י 1 listen **Behold me** adds emphasis to what is said next. Alternate translation: “beware” EXO 10 4 uwtp grammar-collectivenouns אַרְבֶּ֖ה 1 **Locust** is a singular noun referring to the group as one. Alternate translation: “locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 10 5 zu5r figs-parallelism וְכִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָאָ֔רֶץ וְלֹ֥א יוּכַ֖ל לִרְאֹ֣ת אֶת־הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 hail These parallel statements have a similar meaning. They are used to emphasize the great number of locusts that are coming. In some languages this will not have the same rhetorical effect, and you will need to use another device to emphasize the statement. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 10 5 rdav וְכִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 “And it will cover the land from sight” +EXO 10 5 rdav וְכִסָּה֙ אֶת־עֵ֣ין הָאָ֔רֶץ 1 Alternate translation: “And it will cover the land from sight” EXO 10 5 oj3i grammar-collectivenouns וְכִסָּה֙…וְאָכַ֣ל…וְאָכַל֙ 1 Here the pronoun **it** agrees in number with the collective singular “locust” in the previous verse. Insects are often referred to without gender in English, but you will need to use whatever number, gender, and/or noun class is required in your language to agree with the word for “locust” that you used in the [previous verse](../10/04.md). See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 10 6 ir5l figs-hyperbole עַל־הָ֣אֲדָמָ֔ה 1 nothing ever seen This could either mean **on the earth** (planet) or “on the land” (Egypt). Either way, it is meant to emphasize an extremely long time, meaning never. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 10 6 ma0o figs-explicit וַיִּ֥פֶן 1 [Verse 3](../10/03.md) says that Aaron came in to see the king with Moses. It is implied that he left with him as well. You may make this explicit if it would help your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -916,7 +915,7 @@ EXO 10 7 jqbh figs-gendernotations הָ֣אֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 Here, **men* EXO 10 7 xdm5 figs-rquestion הֲטֶ֣רֶם תֵּדַ֔ע כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Do you not yet realize that Egypt is destroyed? Pharaoh’s servants ask this question to bring Pharaoh to recognize what he refuses to see. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should realize that Egypt is destroyed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 10 7 c6pr figs-activepassive כִּ֥י אָבְדָ֖ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 that Egypt is destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that these plagues have destroyed Egypt” or “that their God has destroyed Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 10 8 bu1x figs-activepassive וַיּוּשַׁ֞ב אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֤ה וְאֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ אֶל־פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And a servant brought Moses and Aaron back to Pharaoh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 10 8 fzsv מִ֥י וָמִ֖י 1 “Who all” +EXO 10 8 fzsv מִ֥י וָמִ֖י 1 Alternate translation: “Who all” EXO 10 9 fnnl figs-exclusive נֵלֵ֑ךְ…נֵלֵ֔ךְ 1 **We** means the Israelites and does not include Pharaoh or the Egyptians. Use an exclusive form here if your language has this distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 10 10 hjc9 יְהִ֨י כֵ֤ן יְהוָה֙ עִמָּכֶ֔ם כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר אֲשַׁלַּ֥ח אֶתְכֶ֖ם וְאֶֽת־טַפְּכֶ֑ם 1 if I ever let you go and your little ones go **May Yahweh be with you** is usually a blessing but is almost certainly not here. It likely means something like “It will take Yahweh’s power to make me let you and your children go,” or “May Yahweh be as favorable to you as I am to the idea of letting your children go.” Pharaoh is saying that it will take Yahweh to make him do what Moses wants, but he does not think that will happen. Alternate translation: “It will be clear that Yahweh is with you if I let you and your children go” EXO 10 10 w8x4 figs-metonymy רְא֕וּ כִּ֥י רָעָ֖ה נֶ֥גֶד פְּנֵיכֶֽם 1 The phrase **for evil is before your faces** could either be a warning from Pharaoh that Moses’ actions will lead to evil for the Israelites, or it could mean that Pharaoh thinks the Israelites plan something that he considers evil. **Faces** is a metonym for the whole person. Alternate translations: “I see that you plan evil” or “Be careful! Your actions will have bad consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -934,14 +933,14 @@ EXO 10 15 b3h5 grammar-collectivenouns וַיְכַ֞ס…וַיֹּ֜אכ EXO 10 15 xszc וַיְכַ֞ס אֶת־עֵ֣ין כָּל־הָאָרֶץ֮ 1 See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md). EXO 10 15 ill1 figs-parallelism וַיֹּ֜אכַל אֶת־כָּל־עֵ֣שֶׂב הָאָ֗רֶץ וְאֵת֙ כָּל־פְּרִ֣י הָעֵ֔ץ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹתִ֖יר הַבָּרָ֑ד וְלֹא־נוֹתַ֨ר כָּל־יֶ֧רֶק בָּעֵ֛ץ וּבְעֵ֥שֶׂב הַשָּׂדֶ֖ה בְּכָל־אֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 These parallel statements reinforce one another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 10 16 ty9f figs-youdual אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֖ם וְלָכֶֽם 1 Here, **you** and **your** are plural. These could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 10 17 tsve שָׂ֣א 1 “take away” +EXO 10 17 tsve שָׂ֣א 1 Alternate translation: “take away” EXO 10 17 ttog אַ֣ךְ הַפַּ֔עַם…רַ֖ק 1 Pharaoh could either be desperate and using **just this once … only** to attempt to make his request as small as possible to increase the chances of it being granted, or he could be still too proud to admit guilt beyond this single incident (which is probably his bold statement about Yahweh being with the Israelites in [10:10](../10/10.md)). The former seems more likely given that he terms this plague “this death.” If your culture has a way of making a request seem as small as possible, you may want to use it to translate Pharaoh’s request. EXO 10 17 kd6d figs-youdual אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם 1 this time Here, **your** is plural. This could refer either to Moses and Aaron or to all the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) -EXO 10 17 doeg figs-metonymy הַמָּ֥וֶת הַזֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 10 17 doeg figs-metonymy הַמָּ֥וֶת הַזֶּֽה 1 The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people, because there would be no crops. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 17 nn2b figs-explicit הַמָּ֥וֶת הַזֶּֽה 1 take this death away from me The word **death** here refers to the destruction by the locusts of all plants in Egypt, which would eventually lead to the deaths of people because there would be no crops. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this destruction that will lead to our deaths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 10 18 p9hz וַיֵּצֵ֖א 1 Moses and Aaron were summoned to the king in [10:16](../10/16.md) so some translations will need to say that they both left. -EXO 10 19 xhsv רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד 1 “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west” -EXO 10 19 mdp5 וַיִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 picked up the locusts “and it moved the locusts upwards” +EXO 10 19 xhsv רֽוּחַ־יָם֙ חָזָ֣ק מְאֹ֔ד 1 Alternate translation: “a very strong west wind” or “a very strong wind from the west” +EXO 10 19 mdp5 וַיִּשָּׂא֙ אֶת־הָ֣אַרְבֶּ֔ה 1 picked up the locusts Alternate translation: “and it moved the locusts upwards” EXO 10 19 zhcu grammar-collectivenouns הָ֣אַרְבֶּ֔ה…אַרְבֶּ֣ה 1 See how you translated this in [10:4](../10/04.md). Alternate translation: “the locusts … of the locusts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 10 19 q8aj grammar-collectivenouns וַיִּתְקָעֵ֖הוּ 1 Here, the first **it** refers to the wind, the second agrees in number with the collective singular “locust.” See how you translated this in [10:5](../10/05.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 10 20 dw1d figs-metaphor וַיְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -949,15 +948,15 @@ EXO 10 21 x6xk writing-newevent וַיֹּ֨אמֶר יְהוָ֜ה 1 A new EXO 10 21 utyz יָֽדְךָ֙ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 10 21 m38s figs-metaphor מִצְרָ֑יִם וְיָמֵ֖שׁ חֹֽשֶׁךְ 1 darkness that may be felt This is a somewhat puzzling construction which describes the darkness. Most English translations take it as a passive, which restated actively means, “people will feel the darkness,” meaning metaphorically what is expressed in different ways in the UST and the alternate translation here. Another option is to view the Hebrew verb form as causative and translate as such: “and the darkness will cause people to feel,” meaning people will have to feel where they are going because they will not be able to see. A final option would be a personification of darkness such that the darkness gropes around, filling in every place in the land. Alternate translation: “Egypt — an extremely oppressive darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 10 22 z4ge יָד֖וֹ 1 See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 10 22 vbzj translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת 1 “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 10 23 jmd8 figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗יו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their brother. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 10 22 vbzj translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 10 23 jmd8 figs-metonymy לֹֽא־רָא֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ אֶת־אָחִ֗יו 1 This phrase means that people could not see the people who lived closest to them, whether or not that person was literally their **brother**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “No one could see the people who lived with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 23 o572 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ…אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** refers to any human in general. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -EXO 10 23 qstu translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 1 “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 10 23 qstu translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “for 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 10 24 vfo4 figs-quotemarks לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה רַ֛ק צֹאנְכֶ֥ם וּבְקַרְכֶ֖ם יֻצָּ֑ג גַּֽם־טַפְּכֶ֖ם יֵלֵ֥ךְ עִמָּכֶֽם 1 This is a direct quote of what the king said. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 10 24 vp7b figs-youdual לְכוּ֙ עִבְד֣וּ…צֹאנְכֶ֥ם וּבְקַרְכֶ֖ם…טַפְּכֶ֖ם…עִמָּכֶֽם 1 Every instance of **you** and **your**, as well as the imperative verb forms in this verse, are plural. They refer to the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 10 25 hnt5 figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [10:26](10:26). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 10 25 rsr4 figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְעֹל֑וֹת 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְעֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 10 25 rsr4 figs-metonymy גַּם־אַתָּ֛ה תִּתֵּ֥ן בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ זְבָחִ֣ים וְעֹל֑וֹת 1 The construction here is difficult. Based on context, Moses is probably not saying that Pharaoh needs to provide his own animals to the Israelites. He is asking Pharaoh to let the Israelites take their own animals. **Give in our hands** means to take with them, by whatever means, which may include holding a rope in the hand to lead the animals or any other means of herding the animals. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 10 25 cj78 figs-metonymy זְבָחִ֣ים וְעֹל֑וֹת 1 Here, **sacrifices and burnt offerings** refers to the animals of their flocks and herds that they must take. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “animals for sacrifices and burnt offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 10 25 bjy0 וְעָשִׂ֖ינוּ לַיהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 Here, **do** means “do the sacrifices and burnt offerings.” Alternate translation: “and we will make those sacrifices and burnt offerings to Yahweh our God” EXO 10 25 ixo7 figs-exclusive בְּיָדֵ֖נוּ…וְעָשִׂ֖ינוּ…אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 Here, **we** and **us** refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) EXO 10 26 k0pi figs-exclusive מִקְנֵ֜נוּ…עִמָּ֗נוּ…נִקַּ֔ח…אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ וַאֲנַ֣חְנוּ…נֵדַ֗ע…נַּעֲבֹד֙…בֹּאֵ֖נוּ 1 Here, **we, our,** and **us** each refers to the Israelites (same group as the speaker’s) while excluding Pharaoh and the Egyptians (listeners’ group). If your language distinguishes between forms of we, our, and us based on who is included, be sure to use the one appropriate to the described group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) @@ -965,7 +964,7 @@ EXO 10 26 ys4v figs-activepassive לֹ֤א תִשָּׁאֵר֙ פַּרְסָ֔ EXO 10 26 v9uc figs-synecdoche פַּרְסָ֔ה 1 a hoof Here the word **hoof** refers to the entire animal. Alternate translation: “a single animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) EXO 10 26 uiom שָֽׁמָּה 1 The destination is unspecified. Previous context suggests it would be at the mountain of God (see [3:1](../03/01.md), especially [3:12](../03/12.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md)) which would take three days to travel to (see [3:18](../03/18.md) and [5:3](../05/03.md)). EXO 10 27 n588 figs-metaphor וַיְחַזֵּ֥ק יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֑ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 10 27 mv8t וְלֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְשַׁלְּחָֽם 1 he would not let them go “and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go” +EXO 10 27 mv8t וְלֹ֥א אָבָ֖ה לְשַׁלְּחָֽם 1 he would not let them go Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh would not consent to let them go” EXO 10 28 di6g figs-rpronouns הִשָּׁ֣מֶר לְךָ֗ 1 Here, the listener, Moses, fills two different roles in the sentence. He is the person told to look (subject) and he himself is what he is told to look at (object). Different languages have different methods of marking this. Alternate translation: “You watch yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 10 28 lcz2 figs-explicit תָּמֽוּת 1 Be careful about one thing Pharaoh means he will have Moses killed. You may choose to make this explicit as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 10 28 te45 figs-synecdoche פָּנַ֔י…פָנַ֖י 1 you see my face Here, **face** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -978,7 +977,7 @@ EXO 11 1 iocd כָּלָ֕ה גָּרֵ֛שׁ יְגָרֵ֥שׁ 1 The wording EXO 11 1 i87h figs-youdual אֶתְכֶ֖ם…אֶתְכֶ֖ם 1 he will let you go from here Each occurrence of the word **you** in this verse is plural and refers to Moses and the rest of the Israelites. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 11 2 x83s figs-aside דַּבֶּר־נָ֖א בְּאָזְנֵ֣י הָעָ֑ם וְיִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵאֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗הוּ וְאִשָּׁה֙ מֵאֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּכְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 In this verse the author interjects a comment about the situation. Some translations choose to put the verse in parenthesis to indicate this. You may mark it in a way that is natural to your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) EXO 11 2 t14c נָ֖א 1 Here, **now** conveys urgency, indicating that Moses should speak soon, without delaying for other things. If you have a way of giving a command that shows that it is important for someone to do it quickly, it would be better to translate in that way than in a way that means “now” in a time sense (versus earlier or later). -EXO 11 2 nlsk בְּאָזְנֵ֣י הָעָ֑ם 1 “so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening” +EXO 11 2 nlsk בְּאָזְנֵ֣י הָעָ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “so the people hear you” or “when all the people are listening” EXO 11 2 jl6w כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּכְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 These could be any sort of thing made from silver or gold (for instance: utensils, cups, pitchers, plates, candleholders), not just jewelry. EXO 11 2 ddej וְיִשְׁאֲל֞וּ אִ֣ישׁ׀ מֵאֵ֣ת רֵעֵ֗הוּ וְאִשָּׁה֙ מֵאֵ֣ת רְעוּתָ֔הּ כְּלֵי־כֶ֖סֶף וּכְלֵ֥י זָהָֽב 1 [Exodus 3:22](../03/22.md) contains similar instructions; see how you translated there. EXO 11 2 jyqa figs-quotemarks זָהָֽב 1 At the end of this verse, the direct quote of Yahweh that started in the previous verse ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) @@ -990,7 +989,7 @@ EXO 11 4 kpb5 כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 midnight This quotation EXO 11 4 vyvr figs-quotemarks כֹּ֖ה אָמַ֣ר יְהוָ֑ה 1 After this phrase, a second-level direct quote begins which continues until the end of [11:7](../11/07.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 5 hv8k בְּכוֹר֮…מִבְּכ֤וֹר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר 1 All the firstborn … the firstborn of Pharaoh … the firstborn of the slave girl … the firstborn of the cattle The “firstborn” always refers to the oldest male offspring. EXO 11 5 k42h figs-merism מִבְּכ֤וֹר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַיֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַשִּׁפְחָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָרֵחָ֑יִם וְכֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 who sits on his throne This is a merism. First, two extremes are mentioned: the highest of society (**Pharaoh, who sits on his throne**) and the lowest (**the slave girl who is behind the mill**). Then the animals (**beasts**) are added making it a three- item list of parts of society and even economy to show the totality of the coming judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 11 5 hr1x אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָרֵחָ֑יִם 1 who is behind the handmill grinding it “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain” +EXO 11 5 hr1x אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַחַ֣ר הָרֵחָ֑יִם 1 who is behind the handmill grinding it Alternate translation: “who is grinding at the handmill” or “who is behind the handmill grinding grain” EXO 11 6 hui7 figs-merism אֲשֶׁ֤ר כָּמֹ֨הוּ֙ לֹ֣א נִהְיָ֔תָה וְכָמֹ֖הוּ לֹ֥א תֹסִֽף 1 This is a merism that uses the extremes of past and future to emphasize the concept of “never.” Alternate translation: “such as has never been and never will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 11 7 b60a figs-idiom לֹ֤א יֶֽחֱרַץ…לְשֹׁנ֔וֹ 1 This means make an unfriendly noise. Alternate translation: “will not growl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 11 7 t61i figs-youdual תֵּֽדְע֔וּן 1 Here, **you** is plural. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -1005,32 +1004,32 @@ EXO 11 8 milu figs-idiom בָּחֳרִי־אָֽף 1 This is an idiom meani EXO 11 9 xk4l figs-quotemarks לֹא־יִשְׁמַ֥ע אֲלֵיכֶ֖ם פַּרְעֹ֑ה לְמַ֛עַן רְב֥וֹת מוֹפְתַ֖י בְּאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 11 10 h5g7 writing-endofstory וּמֹשֶׁ֣ה וְאַהֲרֹ֗ן עָשׂ֛וּ אֶת־כָּל־הַמֹּפְתִ֥ים הָאֵ֖לֶּה לִפְנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֑ה וַיְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וְלֹֽא־שִׁלַּ֥ח אֶת־בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵאַרְצֽוֹ 1 This verse is summarizing and wrapping up the story of the plagues. If your language has a way of summarizing information at the end of a story, try to translate this verse (and possibly verse 9 - see the the introductory notes to this chapter) in this way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) EXO 11 10 um4u figs-metaphor וַיְחַזֵּ֤ק יְהוָה֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב פַּרְעֹ֔ה 1 Yahweh hardened Pharaoh’s heart This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br>1. Instruction v. 1-28<br> - v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions<br> - v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover<br> - v. 12-13: description of the plague<br> - v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover<br> - v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites<br>2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus<br>3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover<br>4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unleavened bread<br>The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])<br><br>### Ethnic segregation<br>The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br><br>## Potential translation issues:<br><br>### Passover<br><br><br>### Pronoun usage<br>In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.<br><br><br>### You plural<br>In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +EXO 12 intro fd2f 0 # Exodus 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are known as the Passover. They are remembered in the celebration of Passover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br>1. Instruction v. 1-28<br> - v. 1-20: Yahweh gives instructions<br> - v. 1-11: how to eat this Passover<br> - v. 12-13: description of the plague<br> - v. 14-20: directions for future celebration of Passover<br> - v. 21-28: Moses repeats Yahweh’s instructions to Israelites<br>2. Narrative v. 29-42: Passover and Exodus<br>3. Instruction v. 43-49: which foreigners may eat Passover<br>4. Summary Narrative v. 50-51<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Unleavened bread<br><br>The concept of unleavened bread is introduced in this chapter. Its significance stems from its connection to the events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/unleavenedbread]])<br><br>### Ethnic segregation<br><br>The Hebrew people were to be separate from the rest of the world. Because of this, they separated themselves from other people groups. At this time, these foreigners were looked upon as unholy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br><br>## Potential translation issues:<br><br>### Passover<br><br><br>### Pronoun usage<br><br>In the long quotation (verses 3-20) that Yahweh tells Moses and Aaron to convey to the Israelites, he speaks of them in the third person (“they must”) in [verses 3](../12/03.md)–4 and [verses 7](../12/07.md)–8 and to them in the second person (“you must”) for all the rest of the instruction. Some languages may need to keep the pronoun person consistent throughout the quotation.<br><br><br>### You plural<br><br>In this chapter, almost every occurrence of “you” or “your” is plural. Each one refers to all the Israelites. Those that are not will be marked. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form throughout unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 2 z785 figs-quotemarks הַחֹ֧דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֛ה לָכֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים 1 For you, this month will be the start of months, the first month of the year to you The start of this verse is the beginning of a direct quote which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])<br> EXO 12 2 gtgb figs-parallelism הַחֹ֧דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֛ה לָכֶ֖ם רֹ֣אשׁ חֳדָשִׁ֑ים רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָכֶ֔ם לְחָדְשֵׁ֖י הַשָּׁנָֽה 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the month in which the events of this chapter take place will be the beginning of their calendar year. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 12 2 uy4w translate-hebrewmonths רִאשׁ֥וֹן הוּא֙ לָכֶ֔ם לְחָדְשֵׁ֖י הַשָּׁנָֽה 1 the first month of the year The first month of the Hebrew calendar includes the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. It marks when Yahweh rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 12 3 lv6s figs-youdual דַּבְּר֗וּ 1 The command here is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 3 nu6r figs-quotemarks לֵאמֹ֔ר בֶּעָשֹׂ֖ר 1 After **saying**, a second level direct quotation begins which continues until the end of [verse 20](../12/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening second-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation within a quotation. **Saying** is used to mark the beginning of a quote. Many times it can be omitted in translation if the target language does not use a similar structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 12 3 jjw0 וְיִקְח֣וּ לָהֶ֗ם אִ֛ישׁ שֶׂ֥ה לְבֵית־אָבֹ֖ת שֶׂ֥ה לַבָּֽיִת 1 This seems to be indicating that if multiple families live in one house, the man who is the leader of the family group that lives there should take one lamb for that whole household. Alternate translation: “the father of each household must take a lamb for his household, one per household” -EXO 12 3 d1f5 שֶׂ֥ה לַבָּֽיִת 1 “one lamb per house” +EXO 12 3 d1f5 שֶׂ֥ה לַבָּֽיִת 1 Alternate translation: “one lamb per house” EXO 12 3 qzct שֶׂ֥ה…שֶׂ֥ה 1 This word literally means, “of the flock,” and could also be translated as a sheep or a goat. Here, the ULT uses **lamb** (a young sheep), because [verse 5](../12/05.md) specifies that it must be one year old. “Kid” (a young goat) would be equally valid as verse 5 also says that it could be either a sheep or a goat. You may translate it as whatever would be most familiar of sheep or goat—preferably a word that means a young sheep or goat. EXO 12 4 xzn3 figs-explicit וְאִם־יִמְעַ֣ט הַבַּיִת֮ מִהְיֹ֣ת מִשֶּׂה֒ 1 If the household is too small for a lamb This means that there are not enough people in the family to eat an entire lamb. Alternate translation: “If there are not enough people in the household to eat an entire lamb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 12 4 o258 וּשְׁכֵנ֛וֹ הַקָּרֹ֥ב אֶל־בֵּית֖וֹ בְּמִכְסַ֣ת נְפָשֹׁ֑ת 1 This phrase could either mean simply a neighbor that lives nearby or it could refer to a family of similar size, or of the right size to split a lamb with. EXO 12 4 fu2g figs-gendernotations אִ֚ישׁ 1 the man and his next door neighbor This refers to each person, whether man, woman, or child. Alternate translation: “each family member” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 12 6 lz76 בֵּ֥ין הָעַרְבָּֽיִם 1 twilight This refers to the time of evening after the sun has set but while there is still some light. -EXO 12 7 cjt7 עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַמְּזוּזֹ֖ת וְעַל־הַמַּשְׁק֑וֹף עַ֚ל הַבָּ֣תִּ֔ים 1 on the two side doorposts and on the tops of the doorframes of the houses “on the sides and top of the way into the house” +EXO 12 7 cjt7 עַל־שְׁתֵּ֥י הַמְּזוּזֹ֖ת וְעַל־הַמַּשְׁק֑וֹף עַ֚ל הַבָּ֣תִּ֔ים 1 on the two side doorposts and on the tops of the doorframes of the houses Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house” EXO 12 8 uxn6 מְרֹרִ֖ים 1 bitter herbs These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste. -EXO 12 9 ny3a אַל־תֹּאכְל֤וּ מִמֶּ֨נּוּ֙ נָ֔א 1 Do not eat it raw “Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked” +EXO 12 9 ny3a אַל־תֹּאכְל֤וּ מִמֶּ֨נּוּ֙ נָ֔א 1 Do not eat it raw Alternate translation: “Do not eat the lamb or goat uncooked” EXO 12 11 ks7d חֲגֻרִ֔ים 1 belt **Belts** are strips of leather or fabric for tying around the waist. -EXO 12 11 nzw2 וַאֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹתוֹ֙ בְּחִפָּז֔וֹן 1 eat it hurriedly “And you must eat it quickly” +EXO 12 11 nzw2 וַאֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם אֹתוֹ֙ בְּחִפָּז֔וֹן 1 eat it hurriedly Alternate translation: “And you must eat it quickly” EXO 12 11 r789 figs-explicit פֶּ֥סַח ה֖וּא לַיהוָֽה 1 It is Yahweh’s Passover Here the word **it** refers to eating the animal on the tenth day of the month. Alternate translation: “This observance is Yahweh’s Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 12 12 sa5n figs-abstractnouns וּבְכָל־אֱלֹהֵ֥י מִצְרַ֛יִם אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה שְׁפָטִ֖ים 1 I will bring punishment on all the gods of Egypt This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 12 13 tywz figs-abstractnouns לְמַשְׁחִ֔ית 1 This can be stated with a verbal form as in the UST. Alternate translation: “to destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 12 13 bnoe figs-activepassive וְלֹֽא־יִֽהְיֶ֨ה בָכֶ֥ם נֶ֨גֶף֙ 1 This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “and I will not put the plague on you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahweh is going to strike the people and animals who live in **the land of Egypt**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “on everything living in the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 12 14 fa9q וְהָיָה֩ הַיּ֨וֹם הַזֶּ֤ה 1 Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application. EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַיּ֨וֹם הַזֶּ֤ה 1 **This day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 12 15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 “Surely” or “Indeed” +EXO 12 15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “Surely” or “Indeed” EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֞ה הַנֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַהִוא֙ מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 that person must be cut off from Israel The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “he must be sent away” or (2) “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 12 15 enw3 figs-activepassive וְנִכְרְתָ֞ה הַנֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַהִוא֙ מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 15 eqzu grammar-collectivenouns מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) @@ -1050,10 +1049,10 @@ EXO 12 20 dj1c figs-quotemarks מַצּֽוֹת 1 After this phrase, the direct EXO 12 21 y9qt writing-newevent 0 summoned A new scene begins at this verse, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 12 21 exy0 figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֣אמֶר אֲלֵהֶ֑ם 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:27](../12/27.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])<br> EXO 12 22 qwv1 translate-unknown אֲגֻדַּ֣ת אֵז֗וֹב 1 hyssop **Hyssop** is a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids. If this plant is unknown, you can use a descriptor phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 12 22 c1cf אֶל־הַמַּשְׁקוֹף֙ וְאֶל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַמְּזוּזֹ֔ת 1 the top of the doorframe and the two doorposts “on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). +EXO 12 22 c1cf אֶל־הַמַּשְׁקוֹף֙ וְאֶל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַמְּזוּזֹ֔ת 1 the top of the doorframe and the two doorposts Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). EXO 12 22 vdlj figs-gendernotations לֹ֥א…אִ֥ישׁ 1 Here, **man** includes women and children. Alternate translation: “no person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) EXO 12 23 uu61 figs-synecdoche וּפָסַ֤ח יְהוָה֙ עַל־הַפֶּ֔תַח 1 pass over your door Here the word **door** implies the entire house. This means that God will spare the Israelites in houses with blood on the door frames. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will pass over the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 12 23 onpu עַל־הַמַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְעַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַמְּזוּזֹ֑ת 1 “on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). +EXO 12 23 onpu עַל־הַמַּשְׁק֔וֹף וְעַ֖ל שְׁתֵּ֣י הַמְּזוּזֹ֑ת 1 Alternate translation: “on the sides and top of the way into the house” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:7](../12/07.md). EXO 12 24 v7z5 הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֑ה 1 this event These words refer to the Passover or Festival of Unleavened Bread. Observing the Passover was an act of worshiping Yahweh. EXO 12 24 bzm0 figs-youcrowd לְךָ֥ וּלְבָנֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, **you** and **your** are singular but they refer to the whole nation. You may need to continue to use a plural form of “you,” if your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) EXO 12 24 ch73 figs-gendernotations וּלְבָנֶ֖יךָ 1 Here, **sons** includes everyone. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -1062,25 +1061,25 @@ EXO 12 26 hbh4 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵיכֶ֑ם 1 This refers to al EXO 12 26 odj0 figs-quotesinquotes אֲלֵיכֶ֖ם…מָ֛ה הָעֲבֹדָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את לָכֶֽם 1 After **you**, a second-level quotation begins. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.<br>However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “to you what this ritual means to you,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 12 27 qft1 figs-quotemarks זֶֽבַח־פֶּ֨סַח ה֜וּא לַֽיהוָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר פָּ֠סַח עַל־בָּתֵּ֤י בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם בְּנָגְפּ֥וֹ אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם וְאֶת־בָּתֵּ֣ינוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 12 27 t779 figs-explicit וְאֶת־בָּתֵּ֣ינוּ הִצִּ֑יל 1 He set our households free This means that Yahweh spared the Israelites’ firstborn sons. Alternate translation: “He did not kill the firstborn sons in our houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 12 28 r5cj כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses and Aaron “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do” +EXO 12 28 r5cj כַּאֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה וְאַהֲרֹ֖ן כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses and Aaron Alternate translation: “everything that Yahweh told Moses and Aaron to do” EXO 12 29 rvg9 0 The next few verses are the climax of this part of Exodus. A number of literary features mark it out. First, it is specially introduced with **and so it happened,** which is used to mark major breaks in the narrative. Second, it uses repetition: **firstborn** is repeated four times in verse 29 so that the reader cannot possibly miss what is happening. **Night** is repeated in verse 29, 30, and 31. **Got up/get up** is repeated in verse 30 and 31. In verses 31 and 32 “also” occurs five times (it is translated as “both” once in the ULT). Third, the places of both **Pharaoh** and **the captive** are elaborated on to slow the pace and create a vivid mental image for the reader. In verse 30 there is the listing of sorts of people who got up; note the use of the double negative for emphasis. Your translation should attempt to use the same or similar literary features of your own language that slow down the pace, create vivid imagery, and emphasize that this is a climax point. EXO 12 29 zm1l figs-merism מִבְּכֹ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ הַיֹּשֵׁ֣ב עַל־כִּסְא֔וֹ עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַשְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּבֵ֣ית הַבּ֑וֹר וְכֹ֖ל בְּכ֥וֹר בְּהֵמָֽה 1 at midnight This is a merism used to indicate that there was no person or household excluded from Yahweh’s judgment. It both speaks of extreme parts of society and then makes this into a list by including the animals. Alternate translation: “the firstborn of Pharaoh who sits on the throne and the firstborn of the captive who was in the house of the pit and the firstborn of everyone in between was struck; even all the firstborn of the beasts were struck” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 12 29 uj6u בְּכוֹר֮…מִבְּכֹ֤ר…בְּכ֣וֹר…בְּכ֥וֹר 1 all the firstborn in the land of Egypt…all the firstborn of cattle In theses usages, **firstborn** always refers to the oldest male offspring. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 11:5](../11/05.md). -EXO 12 29 g9z1 עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַשְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּבֵ֣ית הַבּ֑וֹר 1 the firstborn of the person in prison “to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison. +EXO 12 29 g9z1 עַ֚ד בְּכ֣וֹר הַשְּׁבִ֔י אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּבֵ֣ית הַבּ֑וֹר 1 the firstborn of the person in prison Alternate translation: “to the firstborn of people in the house of the pit” This refers to prisoners in general and not to a specific person in prison. EXO 12 30 gt4w figs-doublenegatives כִּֽי־אֵ֣ין בַּ֔יִת אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־שָׁ֖ם מֵֽת׃ 1 for there was not a house where there was not someone dead This double negative emphasizes the positive. Alternate translation: “because someone was dead in every house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 12 31 j8k5 figs-youdual אַתֶּ֖ם…כְּדַבֶּרְכֶֽם 1 Here, Pharaoh speaking is to both Moses and Aaron. If your language uses a different form if two are people addressed, use a dual form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) EXO 12 33 j5u4 figs-explicit כֻּלָּ֥נוּ מֵתִֽים 1 We will all die The Egyptians were afraid that they would die if the Israelites did not leave Egypt. Alternate translation: “We will all die if you do not leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 12 34 diw8 figs-activepassive מִשְׁאֲרֹתָ֛ם צְרֻרֹ֥ת בְּשִׂמְלֹתָ֖ם עַל־שִׁכְמָֽם 1 Their kneading bowls were already tied up in their clothes and on their shoulders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They tied up their bread- making bowls in their clothes and placed them on their shoulders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 36 nvmo figs-idiom אֶת־חֵ֥ן הָעָ֛ם בְּעֵינֵ֥י מִצְרַ֖יִם 1 Here, **in the eyes of the Egyptians** is an idiom for the Egyptian’s feelings or opinion. **Favor** means that those feelings are positive. Taken together, this means that when the Egyptians saw the Israelites leaving Egypt, they gladly helped them (because they wanted them to leave so badly due to the Egyptians suffering under God’s judgment). If your language has the same or a similar idiom, you can translate or use it. Otherwise, you can translate the meaning. See how you translated this in [3:21](../03/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 12 37 n1ha translate-names מֵרַעְמְסֵ֖ס 1 Rameses **Rameses** was a major Egyptian city where grain was stored. See how you translated this in [Exodus 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 12 37 u81l translate-numbers כְּשֵׁשׁ־מֵא֨וֹת אֶ֧לֶף 1 They numbered about 600,000 men “about six hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 12 37 u81l translate-numbers כְּשֵׁשׁ־מֵא֨וֹת אֶ֧לֶף 1 They numbered about 600,000 men Alternate translation: “about six hundred thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 12 39 pva6 figs-activepassive כִּֽי־גֹרְשׁ֣וּ מִמִּצְרַ֗יִם 1 they had been driven out of Egypt This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the Egyptians had driven them out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 12 40 qsi5 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 430 years “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 12 41 d8yh translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 430 years “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 12 40 qsi5 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 12 41 d8yh translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים…וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת 1 430 years Alternate translation: “four hundred thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 12 41 xlf4 translate-unknown צִבְא֥וֹת 1 Yahweh’s armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people, often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 12 42 w6mj לַֽיהוָ֔ה שִׁמֻּרִ֛ים לְכָל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לְדֹרֹתָֽם 1 all the Israelites throughout their people’s generations You could combine **for all the sons of Israel to observe for Yahweh throughout their generations** into one noun phrase as subject. Alternate translation: “for all the sons of Israel throughout their generations to observe for Yahweh” EXO 12 43 zwac figs-quotemarks וְאַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [12:49](../12/49.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 12 44 n9wn וְכָל־עֶ֥בֶד אִ֖ישׁ 1 every Israelite’s slave “But any slave of an Israelite” +EXO 12 44 n9wn וְכָל־עֶ֥בֶד אִ֖ישׁ 1 every Israelite’s slave Alternate translation: “But any slave of an Israelite” EXO 12 44 qabi grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וּמַלְתָּ֣ה אֹת֔וֹ אָ֖ז 1 This is a hypothetical situation. You will need to use whatever form your language uses to mark something as potentially true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 12 44 jqs8 figs-yousingular וּמַלְתָּ֣ה 1 Here **you** is singular. It refers to a specific man and his slave. It might make more sense to use the third person here. Alternate translation: “if he circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) EXO 12 46 j242 figs-activepassive בְּבַ֤יִת אֶחָד֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל 1 The food must be eaten in one house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat it in one house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1089,7 +1088,7 @@ EXO 12 48 j7ob grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical וְכִֽי־יָג֨ EXO 12 48 va2p figs-youcrowd אִתְּךָ֜ 1 Here, **you** is singular, however it is used to address a crowd, so you may need to translate it using a plural form if your languages uses one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) EXO 12 48 h7k9 figs-activepassive הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר 1 all his male relatives must be circumcised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone must circumcise all males in his household” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 12 48 n3fz grammar-connect-logic-goal הִמּ֧וֹל ל֣וֹ כָל־זָכָ֗ר וְאָז֙ יִקְרַ֣ב לַעֲשֹׂת֔וֹ 1 The sojourner will be circumcised in order to **draw near to keep** the Passover. Some languages may need to place the purpose clause first. Alternate translation: “in order draw near to keep it all his males must be circumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) -EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּאֶזְרַ֣ח הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 the people who were born in the land Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 12 48 hi4z figs-metonymy כְּאֶזְרַ֣ח הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 the people who were born in the land Here, **land** refers to Canaan—which is the land that the Israelites will soon live in. The expression **a native of the land** means a person who is a native Israelite. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “those who are Israelites by birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 12 48 f9ti figs-doublenegatives וְכָל־עָרֵ֖ל לֹֽא־יֹ֥אכַל בּֽוֹ 1 no uncircumcised person may eat This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: “And only a circumcised person may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 12 51 e3z3 וַיְהִ֕י בְּעֶ֖צֶם הַיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֑ה 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. EXO 12 51 tyj3 translate-unknown צִבְאֹתָֽם 1 by their armed groups The term **hosts** refers to a large group of people often organized into groups for war. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:26](../06/26.md). Alternate translation: “your groups” or “your divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1104,25 +1103,25 @@ EXO 13 4 atab translate-names הָאָבִֽיב 1 **Aviv** is the name of t EXO 13 5 x89s וְהָיָ֣ה כִֽי־יְבִֽיאֲךָ֣ יְהוָ֡ה אֶל־אֶ֣רֶץ…וְעָבַדְתָּ֛ אֶת־הָעֲבֹדָ֥ה הַזֹּ֖את בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַזֶּֽה 1 you must observe this act of worship When the Israelites live in Canaan, they must celebrate the Passover on this day each year. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:25](../12/25.md). EXO 13 5 u37l figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 13 5 ueej אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּדְבָ֑שׁ 1 The same description occurs in [Exodus 3:8](../03/08.md). See how you translated it there and in the several notes for it. -EXO 13 6 vwy9 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 For seven days “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 13 6 mde6 translate-ordinal הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 “7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 13 6 vwy9 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 For seven days Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 13 6 mde6 translate-ordinal הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 Alternate translation: “7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 13 7 n41m figs-activepassive מַצּוֹת֙ יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 Bread without yeast must be eaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must eat unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 13 7 zm8p translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 13 7 zm8p translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 13 7 le33 figs-activepassive וְלֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֨ה לְךָ֜ חָמֵ֗ץ 1 no bread with yeast may be seen among you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you may not have any bread with yeast among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 13 7 c9kr figs-activepassive וְלֹֽא־יֵרָאֶ֥ה לְךָ֛ שְׂאֹ֖ר 1 No yeast may be seen with you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You may not have any yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 13 7 dmv1 בְּכָל־גְּבֻלֶֽךָ 1 within any of your borders “inside any of the borders of your land” +EXO 13 7 dmv1 בְּכָל־גְּבֻלֶֽךָ 1 within any of your borders Alternate translation: “inside any of the borders of your land” EXO 13 8 qum9 figs-quotesinquotes בַּיּ֥וֹם הַה֖וּא לֵאמֹ֑ר בַּעֲב֣וּר זֶ֗ה עָשָׂ֤ה יְהוָה֙ לִ֔י בְּצֵאתִ֖י מִמִּצְרָֽיִם 1 On that day you are to say to your children, ‘This is because of what Yahweh did for me when I came out of Egypt.’ The quotation can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “on that day that this is because of what Yahweh did for you when you came out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 13 9 p21h figs-parallelism וְהָיָה֩ לְךָ֨ לְא֜וֹת עַל־יָדְךָ֗ וּלְזִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔יךָ 1 This will be a reminder for you on your hand, and a reminder on your forehead These are two different types of physical reminders so people will not forget something important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 13 9 s7zg figs-metaphor לְךָ֨ לְא֜וֹת עַל־יָדְךָ֗ 1 a reminder for you on your hand Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie around their hands to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “like something you tie around your hand as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 13 9 mru4 figs-metaphor וּלְזִכָּרוֹן֙ בֵּ֣ין עֵינֶ֔יךָ 1 a reminder on your forehead Moses speaks of celebrating the festival as if it were an object one could tie on their foreheads to remind them of what Yahweh had done. Alternate translation: “and like something you tie around your head as a reminder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּפִ֑יךָ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 13 9 b6ny figs-metonymy לְמַ֗עַן תִּהְיֶ֛ה תּוֹרַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה בְּפִ֑יךָ 1 so the law of Yahweh may be in your mouth Here, **in your mouth** refers to the words that they speak. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “so you may always be speaking of the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 9 w5rm figs-metonymy בְּיָ֣ד חֲזָקָ֔ה 1 strong hand Here, **hand** refers to power. See how you translated “strong hand” in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 13 10 rxel figs-merism מִיָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָה 1 “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +EXO 13 10 rxel figs-merism מִיָּמִ֖ים יָמִֽימָה 1 Alternate translation: “for all time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) EXO 13 11 e886 figs-metaphor וְלַֽאֲבֹתֶ֑יךָ 1 Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “to your ancestors” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 13 11 iqh5 וּנְתָנָ֖הּ לָֽךְ 1 when he gives the land to you “when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you” +EXO 13 11 iqh5 וּנְתָנָ֖הּ לָֽךְ 1 when he gives the land to you Alternate translation: “when he gives the land of the Canaanites to you” EXO 13 12 mqgs וְהַעֲבַרְתָּ֥ 1 This is a deliberate word-play with [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) and [Exodus 12:23](../12/23.md) because these memorial sacrifices are to be reminders of what happened at the first Passover. It would be good to make a similar word-play in your translation, if possible, but following the meaning as in the UST is fine. EXO 13 13 lwv5 figs-explicit בְשֶׂ֔ה…וַעֲרַפְתּ֑וֹ 1 Every firstborn of a donkey You may need to make explicit that either the **lamb** or **donkey** must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 13 13 ew26 לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה 1 “you do not ransom the donkey” +EXO 13 13 ew26 לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “you do not ransom the donkey” EXO 13 14 s8cm figs-quotesinquotes כִּֽי־יִשְׁאָלְךָ֥ בִנְךָ֛ מָחָ֖ר לֵאמֹ֣ר מַה־זֹּ֑את וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ אֵלָ֔יו 1 When your son asks you later, ‘What does this mean?’ then you are to tell him The first quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “when your son asks you later what this means, then you are to tell him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 13 14 qr7q figs-metonymy בְּחֹ֣זֶק יָ֗ד 1 strong hand Here, **hand** represents God’s actions or works. See how you translated this in [Exodus 6:1](../06/01.md). Alternate translation: “With his powerful works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 13 14 rcz7 figs-metaphor מִבֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 the house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1133,19 +1132,19 @@ EXO 13 16 xfag figs-metonymy בְּחֹ֣זֶק יָ֔ד 1 Here, **hand** re EXO 13 17 cv8n writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י 1 This marks the transition from instruction to narrative. You should mark the resumption of the narrative in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 13 17 pum6 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְלֹא־נָחָ֣ם אֱלֹהִ֗ים דֶּ֚רֶךְ אֶ֣רֶץ פְּלִשְׁתִּ֔ים כִּ֥י קָר֖וֹב ה֑וּא 1 The route on which God took the Israelites was not the expected route. In some languages you may need to put the portion that describes the expectation first. Alternate translation: “although it was nearby, God did not lead them by way of the land of the Philistines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) EXO 13 17 upop grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical פֶּֽן־יִנָּחֵ֥ם הָעָ֛ם בִּרְאֹתָ֥ם מִלְחָמָ֖ה וְשָׁ֥בוּ מִצְרָֽיְמָה 1 In some languages you may need to put the reason before the hypothetical result. Alternate translation: “When they see war, they may repent and return to Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -EXO 13 17 fjvz יִנָּחֵ֥ם 1 “turn back” +EXO 13 17 fjvz יִנָּחֵ֥ם 1 Alternate translation: “turn back” EXO 13 18 c4tw וַחֲמֻשִׁ֛ים 1 The meaning of this term (**by fives**) is uncertain. Many English translations opt for something like “prepared for battle” because this seems to be the meaning in Numbers 32:17 and the related verses in Joshua 1:14 and 4:12. Because of what the previous verse said about war, it may mean that they went out in formation—like an army would march—but perhaps not armed. Alternate translation: “And … in formation like an army” EXO 13 19 cxyk וַיִּקַּ֥ח מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־עַצְמ֥וֹת יוֹסֵ֖ף עִמּ֑וֹ 1 See Joshua 24:32 regarding the burial of Jospeh’s bones. EXO 13 19 dnlp פָּקֹ֨ד יִפְקֹ֤ד אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶתְכֶ֔ם וְהַעֲלִיתֶ֧ם אֶת־עַצְמֹתַ֛י מִזֶּ֖ה אִתְּכֶֽם 1 This is an almost exact quote of what Joseph said in Genesis 50:25; reference your translation there when translating this. -EXO 13 20 qob9 מִסֻּכֹּ֑ת וַיַּחֲנ֣וּ בְאֵתָ֔ם 1 “from a place named Succoth and they camped at a place named Etham” +EXO 13 20 qob9 מִסֻּכֹּ֑ת וַיַּחֲנ֣וּ בְאֵתָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “from a place named Succoth and they camped at a place named Etham” EXO 13 20 xq5d translate-names בְאֵתָ֔ם 1 camped at Etham Etham was possibly located south of the route heading towards the Philistines, at the border of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 13 21 yi2p figs-metonymy וַֽיהוָ֡ה הֹלֵךְ֩ לִפְנֵיהֶ֨ם 1 Here, **before their faces** means “in front of the people.” Alternate translation: “And Yahweh led them by going in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 13 21 jnv8 בְּעַמּ֤וּד עָנָן֙…בְּעַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ 1 pillar of cloud…pillar of fire “in a cloud in the shape of a column … in a fire in the shape of a column” -EXO 13 21 nr02 לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֑ם 1 “to be light for them” +EXO 13 21 jnv8 בְּעַמּ֤וּד עָנָן֙…בְּעַמּ֥וּד אֵ֖שׁ 1 pillar of cloud…pillar of fire Alternate translation: “in a cloud in the shape of a column … in a fire in the shape of a column” +EXO 13 21 nr02 לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “to be light for them” EXO 13 21 i7yl grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֖שׁ לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֑ם לָלֶ֖כֶת יוֹמָ֥ם וָלָֽיְלָה 1 They could travel by either day or night because God provided light at night. You could reorder the cause and effect if that is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fire. They could go by day or by night because he was light to them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])<br><br><br> -EXO 13 22 iiuj עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽעָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְעַמּ֥וּד הָאֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה 1 “the pillar of cloud by day or the pillar of fire by night” +EXO 13 22 iiuj עַמּ֤וּד הֶֽעָנָן֙ יוֹמָ֔ם וְעַמּ֥וּד הָאֵ֖שׁ לָ֑יְלָה 1 Alternate translation: “the pillar of cloud by day or the pillar of fire by night” EXO 13 22 qxks figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י הָעָֽם 1 Here, **from the face of the people** means “from in front of the people” where they could see it. Alternate translation: “from where they could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”<br>Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.<br><br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pharaoh’s hard heart<br><br>Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.<br><br>### Pharaoh’s chariots<br>These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) +EXO 14 intro jq4u 0 # Exodus 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains an important event in the history of Israel known as the “parting of the sea of reeds (Red Sea).”<br>Throughout this chapter and chapter 15, the word “sea” is used. The context shows that this is the sea of reeds (Red Sea). Since the text does not explicitly say that though, the ULT will only say “sea.” In your translation, it may help people to be more specific than the text, if just using “sea” is confusing.<br><br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pharaoh’s hard heart<br><br>Pharaoh’s heart is often described as hard in this chapter. This means that his heart was not open or willing to understand Yahweh’s instructions. When his heart was hardened, it became less and less receptive to Yahweh.<br><br>### Pharaoh’s chariots<br><br>These chariots were a fighting force. Pharaoh took an army to kill the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>The Israelites asked a few rhetorical questions of Moses. These questions were not really directed at Moses, but at Yahweh. This showed their lack of faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) EXO 14 2 b5qq figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֮ 1 This verse begins a direct quote which continues into [verse 4](../13/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 14 2 mb4e translate-names פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת…מִגְדֹּ֖ל…בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Migdol…Baal Zephon These are locations on Egypt’s eastern border. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 14 2 ue2o figs-quotations בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵל֒ וְיָשֻׁ֗בוּ וְיַחֲנוּ֙ לִפְנֵי֙ פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת בֵּ֥ין מִגְדֹּ֖ל וּבֵ֣ין הַיָּ֑ם לִפְנֵי֙ בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֔ן 1 The portion after **that** could be translated as a direct quotation. That would make a second-level direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the sons of Israel, ‘Turn and camp before the face of Pi Hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before the face of Baal Zephon.’ ” <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) @@ -1153,27 +1152,27 @@ EXO 14 2 c9r8 figs-youdual תַחֲנ֖וּ 1 You are to camp Here, **you** is p EXO 14 3 c81b figs-quotations וְאָמַ֤ר פַּרְעֹה֙ לִבְנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל נְבֻכִ֥ים הֵ֖ם בָּאָ֑רֶץ סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם הַמִּדְבָּֽר 1 Pharaoh will say about the Israelites, ‘They are wandering in the land. The wilderness has closed in on them.’ This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Pharaoh will say that the Israelites are confused in the land and the wilderness has closed in on them” <br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 14 3 tz6j figs-personification סָגַ֥ר עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם הַמִּדְבָּֽר 1 The wilderness has closed in on them Pharaoh speaks of **the wilderness** as a person who has trapped the Israelites. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is as if the wilderness is closing in on them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 14 4 dv62 figs-metaphor וְחִזַּקְתִּ֣י אֶת־לֵב־פַּרְעֹה֮ 1 I will harden Pharaoh’s heart This means God will make him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “But I will cause Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 14 4 tw2m וְרָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵיהֶם֒ 1 he will pursue them “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites” +EXO 14 4 tw2m וְרָדַ֣ף אַחֲרֵיהֶם֒ 1 he will pursue them Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh will pursue the Israelites” EXO 14 4 d5x1 figs-activepassive וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 I will get honor If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 4 a7m2 figs-ellipsis וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּפַרְעֹה֙ וּבְכָל־חֵיל֔וֹ 1 Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh and to all his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 14 4 dms1 figs-explicit וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־כֵֽן 1 So the Israelites camped as they were instructed This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “So the Israelites turned and camped as Yahweh had instructed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 14 5 t4cn figs-activepassive וַיֻּגַּד֙ לְמֶ֣לֶךְ מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 When the king of Egypt was told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone told the king of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 14 5 it5s בָרַ֖ח 1 had fled “had run away” -EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַעֲבָדָיו֙ אֶל־הָעָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 14 5 it5s בָרַ֖ח 1 had fled Alternate translation: “had run away” +EXO 14 5 k67b figs-metonymy וַ֠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַעֲבָדָיו֙ אֶל־הָעָ֔ם 1 the minds of Pharaoh and his servants turned against the people Here, **heart** refers to their attitudes towards the Israelites. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants changed their attitude about the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 14 5 go8u figs-activepassive וַ֠יֵּהָפֵךְ לְבַ֨ב פַּרְעֹ֤ה וַעֲבָדָיו֙ אֶל־הָעָ֔ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and Pharaoh and his servants turned their hearts to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 14 5 wljw אֶל־הָעָ֔ם 1 “against the Israelites” +EXO 14 5 wljw אֶל־הָעָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “against the Israelites” EXO 14 5 v236 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵעָבְדֵֽנוּ 1 What have we done? We have released Israel from serving us. They asked this question to show they thought they had done a foolish thing. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “We should not have let the Israelites go free from working for us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 14 5 kw4x figs-quotemarks מַה־זֹּ֣את עָשִׂ֔ינוּ כִּֽי־שִׁלַּ֥חְנוּ אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל מֵעָבְדֵֽנוּ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 14 5 dnj3 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 14 7 ry11 translate-numbers וַיִּקַּ֗ח שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת רֶ֨כֶב֙ בָּח֔וּר 1 He took six hundred chosen chariots “He took 600 of his best chariots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 14 7 ry11 translate-numbers וַיִּקַּ֗ח שֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת רֶ֨כֶב֙ בָּח֔וּר 1 He took six hundred chosen chariots Alternate translation: “He took 600 of his best chariots” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 14 7 g2d9 וְשָׁלִשִׁ֖ם 1 The precise meaning of this term is not known. Alternate translations: “and officers” or “and shield-bearers” or “and three men” EXO 14 8 a1r1 figs-metaphor וַיְחַזֵּ֣ק יְהֹוָ֗ה אֶת־לֵ֤ב פַּרְעֹה֙ 1 Yahweh hardened the heart of Pharaoh This means God made him stubborn. His stubborn attitude is spoken of as if his heart were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “And Yahweh caused Pharaoh to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 14 8 doa5 בְּיָ֥ד רָמָֽה 1 “boldly” or “defiantly” +EXO 14 8 doa5 בְּיָ֥ד רָמָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “boldly” or “defiantly” EXO 14 9 x9x0 כָּל־סוּס֙ רֶ֣כֶב פַּרְעֹ֔ה וּפָרָשָׁ֖יו וְחֵיל֑וֹ 1 It is unclear exactly what the groupings here are. **Horses of the chariots** (probably meaning “horse-drawn chariots”) and **horsemen** could be two groups or two references to the same group. **Army** could mean another group, perhaps on foot (see [15:19](../15/19.md)), or it could be a summary grouping. Furthermore, most translations render **horses of the chariots** as “horses and chariots,” suggesting four total groups (possibly because of [v. 23](../14/23.md)). Alternate translation: “all the horse-drawn chariots of Pharaoh, and his horsemen, and his foot soldiers” -EXO 14 9 q0jo writing-pronouns אוֹתָם֙ 1 “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 14 9 q0jo writing-pronouns אוֹתָם֙ 1 Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 14 9 sb7x translate-names פִּי֙ הַֽחִירֹ֔ת…בַּ֥עַל צְפֹֽן 1 Pi Hahiroth…Baal Zephon These are places on Egypt’s eastern border. See how you translated them in [Exodus 14:2](../14/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 14 10 s1xa figs-synecdoche וּפַרְעֹ֖ה הִקְרִ֑יב 1 When Pharaoh came close Here, **Pharaoh** represents the entire Egyptian army. Alternate translation: “Then Pharaoh and his army approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 14 10 vyp9 וַיִּשְׂאוּ֩ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת־עֵינֵיהֶ֜ם 1 “and the sons of Israel looked up” or “and the sons of Israel looked back” +EXO 14 10 vyp9 וַיִּשְׂאוּ֩ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֨ל אֶת־עֵינֵיהֶ֜ם 1 Alternate translation: “and the sons of Israel looked up” or “and the sons of Israel looked back” EXO 14 10 qcy1 וְהִנֵּ֥ה 1 they were terrified **Behold** is used to draw attention to surprising information that follows. Use a word, phrase, or structure in your language that indicates that the next information is very surprising. EXO 14 11 vzw5 figs-rquestion הַֽמִבְּלִ֤י אֵין־קְבָרִים֙ בְּמִצְרַ֔יִם לְקַחְתָּ֖נוּ לָמ֣וּת בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 Is it because there were no graves in Egypt, that you have taken us away to die in the wilderness? The Israelites ask this question to express their frustration and fear of dying. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There were plenty of graveyards in Egypt for us to be buried in. You did not have to take us into the wilderness to die!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 14 11 x4n2 figs-rquestion מַה־זֹּאת֙ עָשִׂ֣יתָ לָּ֔נוּ לְהוֹצִיאָ֖נוּ מִמִּצְרָֽיִם 1 Why have you treated us like this, bringing us out of Egypt? The Israelites ask this question to rebuke Moses for bringing them to the desert to die. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not have treated us like this by bringing us out of Egypt!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1187,10 +1186,10 @@ EXO 14 14 hx1f תַּחֲרִישֽׁוּן 1 Here, **silent** could mean EXO 14 15 zsgk figs-quotemarks אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me? After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [verse 18](../14/18.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 14 15 a727 figs-rquestion מַה־תִּצְעַ֖ק אֵלָ֑י 1 Why are you, Moses, continuing to call out to me? Moses apparently had been praying to God for help, so God uses this question to compel Moses to act. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Do not call out to me any longer, Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 14 16 stla הָרֵ֣ם אֶֽת־מַטְּךָ֗ וּנְטֵ֧ה אֶת־יָדְךָ֛ 1 divide it in two See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding **hand** and **staff**. -EXO 14 16 t3e4 וּבְקָעֵ֑הוּ 1 divide it in two “and divide the sea into two parts” +EXO 14 16 t3e4 וּבְקָעֵ֑הוּ 1 divide it in two Alternate translation: “and divide the sea into two parts” EXO 14 17 z5ub וַאֲנִ֗י הִנְנִ֤י 1 Be aware **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. In this case Yahweh is drawing attention to his next actions. Alternate translation: “Look at what I will do” EXO 14 17 qd3l figs-metaphor מְחַזֵּק֙ אֶת־לֵ֣ב מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 I will harden the Egyptians’ hearts This means God will make them stubborn. Their stubborn attitude is spoken of as if their hearts were strong. If the heart is not the body part your culture uses to refer to a person’s will, consider using whichever organ your culture would use for this image. See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will cause the Egyptians to be stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 14 17 asz9 וְיָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם 1 so they will go after them “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites” +EXO 14 17 asz9 וְיָבֹ֖אוּ אַחֲרֵיהֶ֑ם 1 so they will go after them Alternate translation: “so that the Egyptians will go into the sea after the Israelites” EXO 14 17 hjyh figs-ellipsis וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה בְּפַרְעֹה֙ וּבְכָל־חֵיל֔וֹ בְּרִכְבּ֖וֹ וּבְפָרָשָֽׁיו 1 so they will go after them Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 4](../14/04.md) Alternate translation: “And I will be glorified because of what I do to Pharaoh, all his army, his chariots, and his horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 14 17 asfq figs-activepassive וְאִכָּבְדָ֤ה 1 so they will go after them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “And people will glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 18 ytnm figs-activepassive בְּהִכָּבְדִ֣י 1 so they will go after them If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “when I cause people to glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1198,36 +1197,36 @@ EXO 14 18 cji1 figs-ellipsis בְּהִכָּבְדִ֣י בְּפַר EXO 14 19 hsih figs-metonymy לִפְנֵי֙ מַחֲנֵ֣ה…מִפְּנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 so they will go after them Here, **face** means “front.” Alternate translation: “in front of the camp of … from in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 14 19 ysv9 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so they will go after them This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 20 jyz2 grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 so one side did not come near the other This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 14 20 c4u5 וַיְהִ֤י הֶֽעָנָן֙ וְהַחֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַיָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַלָּ֑יְלָה 1 so one side did not come near the other “and the cloud became dark and light all night” +EXO 14 20 c4u5 וַיְהִ֤י הֶֽעָנָן֙ וְהַחֹ֔שֶׁךְ וַיָּ֖אֶר אֶת־הַלָּ֑יְלָה 1 so one side did not come near the other Alternate translation: “and the cloud became dark and light all night” EXO 14 21 qbzp וַיֵּ֨ט מֹשֶׁ֣ה אֶת־יָדוֹ֮ עַל־הַיָּם֒ 1 east wind See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 14 21 dfx5 בְּר֨וּחַ קָדִ֤ים 1 east wind An **east wind** originates in the east and blows towards the west. EXO 14 21 f9zh figs-activepassive וַיִּבָּקְע֖וּ הַמָּֽיִם 1 the waters were divided This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh divided the waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 14 24 iz9t translate-unknown בְּאַשְׁמֹ֣רֶת הַבֹּ֔קֶר 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians This is the last third of the night. It is approximately the three hours before sunrise. Alternate translation: “very early in the morning” or “in the time before the sun rises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 14 24 zyp4 מַחֲנֵ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יִם…מַחֲנֵ֥ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians “the army of the Egyptians … the army of the Egyptians” +EXO 14 24 zyp4 מַחֲנֵ֣ה מִצְרַ֔יִם…מַחֲנֵ֥ה מִצְרָֽיִם 1 He caused panic among the Egyptians Alternate translation: “the army of the Egyptians … the army of the Egyptians” EXO 14 25 qdp8 figs-quotemarks אָנ֨וּסָה֙ מִפְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֣י יְהוָ֔ה נִלְחָ֥ם לָהֶ֖ם בְּמִצְרָֽיִם 1 Their chariot wheels were clogged This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 14 25 qzkw figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their chariot wheels were clogged Here, **the face of Israel** means the presence of Israel. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 14 25 qzkw figs-metonymy מִפְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their chariot wheels were clogged Here, **the face of Israel** means the presence of Israel. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 14 26 dfg1 figs-quotemarks נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ עַל־הַיָּ֑ם וְיָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַמַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖וֹ וְעַל־פָּרָשָֽׁיו 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 14 26 p5ds figs-quotations וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ עַל־הַיָּ֑ם וְיָשֻׁ֤בוּ הַמַּ֨יִם֙ עַל־מִצְרַ֔יִם עַל־רִכְבּ֖וֹ וְעַל־פָּרָשָֽׁיו׃ 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to reach out with his hand over the sea so that the waters would come back onto the Egyptians, their chariots, and their horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 14 26 pw8g נְטֵ֥ה אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ עַל־הַיָּ֑ם 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. EXO 14 26 d46y writing-pronouns עַל־רִכְבּ֖וֹ וְעַל־פָּרָשָֽׁיו 1 Yahweh said to Moses, “Reach out with your hand…and their horsemen.” Here, **his** refers to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. Alternate translation: “on Pharaoh’s chariots, and on Pharaoh’s horsemen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 14 27 wn3q וַיֵּט֩ מֹשֶׁ֨ה אֶת־יָד֜וֹ עַל־הַיָּ֗ם 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea See note in the [introduction to chapter 8](../08/intro.md) regarding the hand and staff. -EXO 14 27 cosa figs-metonymy לִפְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 14 27 cosa figs-metonymy לִפְנ֥וֹת בֹּ֨קֶר֙ 1 The Egyptians fled into the sea Here, **before the face of** means “before the occurrence of.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “before it was morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 14 27 h64r figs-metaphor וַיְנַעֵ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מִצְרַ֖יִם בְּת֥וֹךְ הַיָּֽם 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians Here, Yahweh is pictured as acting towards the Egyptians as if they were dirt or dust on his clothing that he shakes to be rid of them. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh threw the Egyptians back into the middle of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 14 28 o9qo figs-litotes לֹֽא־נִשְׁאַ֥ר בָּהֶ֖ם עַד־אֶחָֽד 1 Yahweh drove the Egyptians This negative statement is meant to strongly convey the idea that all the Egyptians were gone. Alternate translation: “Every one of them was gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) EXO 14 30 zvbe grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 30 e2lf figs-metonymy מִיַּ֣ד מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 out of the hand of the Egyptians Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “from the Egyptians’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 14 30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַיָּֽם 1 on the seashore “on the land along the edge of the sea” +EXO 14 30 p5zw עַל־שְׂפַ֥ת הַיָּֽם 1 on the seashore Alternate translation: “on the land along the edge of the sea” EXO 14 31 o1oc grammar-collectivenouns יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 on the seashore This is a collective singular noun. If your language would not refer to a group of people in this way, you may need to translate it as plural. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 14 31 np6s figs-metonymy אֶת־הַיָּ֣ד הַגְּדֹלָ֗ה 1 on the seashore Here, **hand** refers to power. Alternate translation: “the great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.<br><br>### Structure<br><br>This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:<br><br>* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)<br>* B - because he defeats our enemies<br><br>The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.<br><br>Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:<br><br>* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):<br> * 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”<br> * 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”<br> * 2-3: a<br> * 4-5: b<br>* Section 2:<br> * 6a: A<br> * 6b: B<br> * 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”<br> * 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”<br>* Section 3:<br> * 11: A<br> * 12: B<br> * 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”<br> * 13a-17: b<br>* 18: finale<br><br>Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:<br><br>* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”<br>* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”<br>* 2c-3: a<br>* 4-5: b<br><br>### Themes:<br><br>There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.<br><br>* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.<br> * The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.<br> * In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).<br>* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).<br>* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy's hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).<br>* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.<br>* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.<br>* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.<br>* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).<br>* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).<br>* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section. <br> * **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)<br> * **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)<br> * Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people<br>* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:<br> * A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid<br> * B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid<br> * C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid<br> * C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid<br> * B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid<br> * A’: 16a: people *become* afraid<br>* In section three, there is another parallel structure:<br> * [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by<br> * v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)<br> * v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made<br> * v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Israelite’s discontent<br>In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.<br><br>### Yahweh’s laws<br><br>In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) +EXO 15 intro ni4b 0 # Exodus 15 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1b-18 and 21b of chapter 15 verses are poetry. They are a song of praise to Yahweh because he defeated and destroyed the Egyptian army ([Exodus 14:26-28](../14/26.md).). Translating poetry should be done by someone who is a skilled poet in the target language. Because the forms of poetry are so different in different languages, a translation that is good poetry in the target language may seem very different from the original poem. The structure may look quite different. The poet will be well served by looking at the entire poem from multiple perspectives. He will need to know the meaning of the poem, the themes and discourse structure of the poem, and the feelings that the poem is supposed to create in the reader at each point (UST, tNotes). He will need to understand how that was accomplished by the original form and structure (ULT). Then he will need to compose the translated poem using forms and structures that have the same or similar meaning, themes, discourse elements, and feelings.<br><br>### Structure<br><br>This song follows a basic AB structure which is given to us in verse 1b-c and 21b-c:<br><br>* A - praise to Yahweh - he is magnificent (expressed in various words)<br>* B - because he defeats our enemies<br><br>The song can be divided into three major sections, each of which is patterned as: AB(a)b. Each section starts with an AB portion which is characterized by fewer verbs (or participles, how to express) (especially the A portion). The section then elaborates on each. Note that there are other possible analyses of the structure of the poem.<br><br>Here is an outline of the structure according to this model:<br><br>* Section 1 (see alternate breakdown below):<br> * 1b: A “Let me sing to Yahweh, for he has triumphantly triumphed;”<br> * 1c: B “the horse and the one riding it he threw into the sea.”<br> * 2-3: a<br> * 4-5: b<br>* Section 2:<br> * 6a: A<br> * 6b: B<br> * 7a: a “And in the abundance of your majesty”<br> * 7a-10: b “you overthrow those who rise up against you … ”<br>* Section 3:<br> * 11: A<br> * 12: B<br> * 13a: a (possibly) “In your covenant loyalty”<br> * 13a-17: b<br>* 18: finale<br><br>Alternate breakdown of section 1: it is possible to view 1b-c as the introduction and divide verse 2 such that:<br><br>* 2a: A “Yah is my strength and my song”<br>* 2b: B “and he has become my salvation”<br>* 2c-3: a<br>* 4-5: b<br><br>### Themes:<br><br>There are several images and themes that are throughout the song as well as some that are throughout an individual section.<br><br>* “High” versus “low”: Yahweh is high, while his enemies are low.<br> * The following words are all related to the idea of being high or rising up: **triumph** ([v1](../15/01.md)), **exalt** ([v2](../15/02.md)), **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v11](../15/11.md)), **majesty** ([v7](../15/07.md)), and **the mountain of** \[Yahweh’s\] **possession** ([v17](../15/17.md)). In the last case Yahweh’s people are brought to a high place with him.<br> * In contrast, his enemies are low. Note in [verse 7](../15/07.md), Yahweh overthrows those who **rise up against** \[him\]. Ideas of being low are as follows: **sank** ([v4](../15/04.md), [v10](../15/19.md)), **deeps** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **descended into the depths** ([v5](../15/05.md)), **melted away** ([v15](../15/15.md)), and **fall on them** ([v16](../15/16.md)).<br>* The strength of Yahweh in [verses 2](../15/02.md), [6](../15/06.md), and [13](../15/13.md).<br>* The effectiveness of Yahweh’s hand versus the enemy's hand. Yahweh’s hand (and arm) is effective in [verses 6](../15/06.md), [12](../15/12.md), [16](../15/16.md), and [17](../15/17.md) but the enemy’s hand is ineffective despite his boasting in [verse 9](../15/09.md).<br>* There is parallel imagery near the end of each section. The enemy is compared three times by simile to a heavy, inert object. In [verses 5](../15/05.md) and [16](../15/16.md) that is a **stone**, in [verse 10](../15/10.md) that is **lead**.<br>* More parallel imagery occurs at the end of sections one ([v5](../15/05.md)) and two ([v10](../15/10.md)): that of the enemy sinking in the water and being covered by it.<br>* In sections two and three the water ([v8](../15/08.md)) and the other peoples ([v16](../15/16.md)) are made still by Yahweh.<br>* Section two begins and ends with **majestic** ([v6](../15/06.md), [v10](../15/10.md)) and that word is picked up in the beginning of section three ([v11](../15/11.md)).<br>* In section two ([v9](../15/09.md)), the enemies seek to **dispossess** (or disinherit) the Israelites; in section three ([v16](../15/16.md)), the Israelites come to live in the land of Yahweh’s **possession** (or inheritance).<br>* In [verse 11](../15/11.md), three themes for the third section are introduced. These are each expanded on in that section. <br> * **Holiness** occurs again in [verses 13](../15/13.md) and [16](../15/16.md)<br> * **Fear** is vividly described in [verses 14-16](../15/14.md) (shake, terror, panic, trembling, melted away, dread)<br> * Yahweh **does miracles** to protect and build a home for his people<br>* [Verses 14](../15/14.md)-16a are a chiasm, a complex parallel structure where concepts are repeated in reverse order:<br> * A: 14a: peoples (nations) *become* afraid<br> * B: 14b: *inhabitants* of Philistia are afraid<br> * C: 15a: *rulers* of Edom are afraid<br> * C’: 15b: *rulers* of Moab are afraid<br> * B’: 15c: *inhabitants* of Canaan are afraid<br> * A’: 16a: people *become* afraid<br>* In section three, there is another parallel structure:<br> * [v13](../15/13.md): you led this people => [v16](../15/16.md): your people pass by<br> * v13: this people you redeemed => v16: this people you acquired (or purchased or ransomed)<br> * v13: you led them to the home => [v17](../15/17.md): you will bring them … \[to\] the place … you made<br> * v13: of your holiness => v17: the holy place<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Israelite’s discontent<br><br>In [verse 24](../15/24.md) the word **murmur** is introduced for the first time. This is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers.<br><br>### Yahweh’s laws<br><br>In verses [24-26](../15/24.md), there is an introductory revelation of the requirement that Israel keep the covenant by obeying the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) EXO 15 1 kw29 figs-explicit גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously It can be stated explicitly over whom Yahweh triumphed. Alternate translation: “he has achieved a glorious victory over the army of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 15 1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted” +EXO 15 1 bpyj גָאֹ֣ה גָּאָ֔ה 1 he has triumphed gloriously Alternate translation: “he is highly exalted” or “he is extremely high” or “he is exaltedly exalted” EXO 15 1 f6ue figs-metaphor ס֥וּס וְרֹכְב֖וֹ רָמָ֥ה בַיָּֽם 1 the horse and its rider he has thrown into the sea Moses sang about God causing the sea to cover and drown the horse and rider as if God had thrown them into the sea. Alternate translation: “he has made the horse and rider drown in the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 1 cr5u figs-genericnoun ס֥וּס וְרֹכְב֖וֹ 1 the horse and its rider This refers to all or many of the Egyptian horses and riders that were chasing the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the horses and their riders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) EXO 15 1 ex3p וְרֹכְב֖וֹ 1 rider Here, **rider** could either refer to a person who sits on a horse or who travels in a chariot that a horse is pulling. -EXO 15 2 pb23 figs-metonymy עָזִּ֤י…יָ֔הּ 1 Yahweh is my strength Possible meanings are (1) “Yahweh is the one who gives me strength” or (2) “Yahweh is the strong one who protects me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 2 vk6l figs-metonymy וְזִמְרָת֙ יָ֔הּ 1 song Moses calls Yahweh his song because Yahweh is the one he sings about. Alternate translation: “the one I sing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 2 kbv7 figs-metonymy וַֽיְהִי־לִ֖י לִֽישׁוּעָ֑ה 1 he has become my salvation Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 15 2 pb23 figs-metaphor עָזִּ֤י…יָ֔הּ 1 Yahweh is my strength Moses is expressing the help that he gets from Yahweh by equating Yahweh with **strength**. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh’s strengthening help. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yah is the one who gives me strength” or “Yah is the strong one who protects me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 2 vk6l figs-metaphor וְזִמְרָת֙ יָ֔הּ 1 song Moses calls Yahweh his **song** because Yahweh is the one he sings about or because Yahweh causes him to sing. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh being a song of joy. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Yah is … the one I sing about” or “Yah makes … me sing joyfully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 15 2 kbv7 figs-metaphor וַֽיְהִי־לִ֖י לִֽישׁוּעָ֑ה 1 he has become my salvation Moses calls Yahweh his salvation because Yahweh saved him. Use a form or metaphor from your language that would express Yahweh’s saving power. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he has saved me” or “he is the one who saves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 2 rgtu figs-parallelism זֶ֤ה אֵלִי֙ וְאַנְוֵ֔הוּ אֱלֹהֵ֥י אָבִ֖י וַאֲרֹמְמֶֽנְהוּ 1 he has become my salvation These lines are expressing very similar ideas for emphasis. If that is a normal way to make an emphatic (poetic) statement or if it would be understood in your language you can translate in a similar way. If, however, repetition like this would create a different meaning, find a structure in your language that would fit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 3 p1d5 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֖ה אִ֣ישׁ מִלְחָמָ֑ה 1 Yahweh is a warrior Moses calls Yahweh a **man of war** because he powerfully fought against the Egyptians and won. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is like a warrior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 4 pc8d figs-parallelism מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְחֵיל֖וֹ יָרָ֣ה בַיָּ֑ם וּמִבְחַ֥ר שָֽׁלִשָׁ֖יו טֻבְּע֥וּ בְיַם־סֽוּף 1 He has thrown Pharaoh’s chariots and army into the sea These lines are synonymous parallels where the second strengthens what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “He threw all of Pharaoh’s army into the sea, including the chariots; even his chosen officers sank in the sea of reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1235,13 +1234,12 @@ EXO 15 4 p8w6 figs-metaphor מַרְכְּבֹ֥ת פַּרְעֹ֛ה וְח EXO 15 5 yefe figs-parallelism תְּהֹמֹ֖ת יְכַסְיֻ֑מוּ יָרְד֥וּ בִמְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן׃ 1 they went down into the depths like a stone These lines are synonymous parallels where the second clarifies what is said in the first. Alternate translation: “The deeps covered them; because they had descended into the depths like a stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 5 nqe4 figs-simile יָרְד֥וּ בִמְצוֹלֹ֖ת כְּמוֹ־אָֽבֶן 1 they went down into the depths like a stone Just ***like a stone*** does not float but sinks to the bottom of the sea, the enemy soldiers sank to the bottom of the sea. Alternate translation: “they went down into the deep water like a stone sinking to the bottom of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 6 jx52 figs-parallelism יְמִֽינְךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּכֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב׃ 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you show how majestic in power your right hand is by shattering the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 15 6 x1fz figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּכֹּ֑חַ 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 6 p1u6 figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 your right hand, Yahweh, has shattered the enemy Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 15 6 x1fz figs-metonymy יְמִֽינְךָ֣ יְהוָ֔ה נֶאְדָּרִ֖י בַּכֹּ֑חַ יְמִֽינְךָ֥ יְהוָ֖ה תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 Your right hand, Yahweh, is glorious in power Moses speaks of Yahweh as if Yahweh had hands. The **right hand** refers to Yahweh’s power or the things Yahweh does powerfully. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, your power is glorious; Yahweh, your power has shattered the enemy” or “Yahweh, what you do is gloriously powerful; Yahweh, by your power you have shattered the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 6 rmd4 figs-metaphor תִּרְעַ֥ץ אוֹיֵֽב 1 has shattered the enemy Moses speaks of the enemy as if it were fragile and could be **shattered** like glass or pottery. Alternate translation: “completely destroys the enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 i2x4 figs-parallelism תַּהֲרֹ֣ס קָמֶ֑יךָ תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְךָ֔ יֹאכְלֵ֖מוֹ כַּקַּֽשׁ 1 those who rose up against you These lines are synonymous parallels where the second takes the abstract idea in the first portion (**you overthrow those who rise up against you**) and makes it concrete (though still with poetic imagery). Alternate translation: “you overthrow those who rise up against you by sending out your heat to devour them like stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 15 7 kmv4 figs-abstractnouns וּבְרֹ֥ב גְּאוֹנְךָ֖ 1 those who rose up against you If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **abundance** and **majesty** as an adverb and adjective respectively. Alternate translation: “You are abundantly majestic and” or “Because you are abundantly majestic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 15 7 nd3t figs-metaphor קָמֶ֑יךָ 1 those who rose up against you Rebelling against Yahweh is spoken of as rising up against him. Alternate translation: “those who rebel against you” or “your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 7 kst4 חֲרֹ֣נְךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath “your wrath” or “your fury” +EXO 15 7 kst4 חֲרֹ֣נְךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Alternate translation: “your wrath” or “your fury” EXO 15 7 glq7 figs-personification תְּשַׁלַּח֙ חֲרֹ֣נְךָ֔ 1 You sent out your wrath Moses speaks of Yahweh’s wrath (literally **heat**) as if it were a servant that Yahweh sent out to do something. Alternate translation: “You show your wrath” or “You acted according to your wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 15 7 a5x7 figs-metaphor יֹאכְלֵ֖מוֹ כַּקַּֽשׁ׃ 1 it consumed them like stubble Moses speaks of God’s wrath as if it were fire that could completely burn up things. His enemies were completely destroyed like stubble in a fire. Alternate translation: “it completely destroys your enemies like a fire that burns up straw” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 7 guap figs-simile יֹאכְלֵ֖מוֹ כַּקַּֽשׁ 1 By the blast of your nostrils Here the enemies (or **those who rise up against** Yahweh) are pictured as if they were a highly flammable piece of dried grass. Alternate translation: “it devoured the enemy as if they were stubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1251,7 +1249,7 @@ EXO 15 8 tguh figs-parallelism נֶ֣עֶרְמוּ מַ֔יִם נִצְּב֥ EXO 15 8 uevt figs-metaphor בְּלֶב־יָֽם 1 By the blast of your nostrils The center or deepest part of the sea is spoken of as if the sea had a **heart**. Alternate translation: “in the center of the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 9 d8nk figs-activepassive תִּמְלָאֵ֣מוֹ נַפְשִׁ֔י 1 my desire will be satisfied on them This can be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will satisfy my desire on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 15 9 lu0e תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖מוֹ יָדִֽי 1 my hand will destroy them The meaning of this phrase is unclear. The word translated **dispossess** could also mean ”possess” or ”inherit.” What seems clear is that the Egyptians plan to use their power to prevent the Israelites from possessing good things. Whether this is a reference back to **plunder** earlier in the verse, or to recapturing them as slaves, or to taking over the Israelites’ place in the land of Goshen, or of keeping them from reaching the promised land (of Yahweh’s possession, see [verse 17](../15/17.md) regarding where Yahweh will bring his people), or something else is not so clear. **Dispossess** was chosen rather than another term because the verb is in a causative form here. Alternate translation: “my hand will possess them” or “my hand will inherit them” -EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖מוֹ יָדִֽי 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 15 9 sm77 figs-metonymy תּוֹרִישֵׁ֖מוֹ יָדִֽי 1 my hand will destroy them Here **hand** is used figuratively of the Egyptians’ power (that is, their military strength). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “my power will dispossess them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 10 yrj5 figs-metaphor נָשַׁ֥פְתָּ בְרוּחֲךָ֖ 1 But you blew with your wind Moses spoke about God making the wind blow as if God blew the wind through his nose or mouth. Alternate translation: “But you made the wind blow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 10 f7d3 figs-simile צָֽלֲלוּ֙ כַּֽעוֹפֶ֔רֶת בְּמַ֖יִם אַדִּירִֽים 1 sank like lead in the mighty waters **Lead** is a heavy metal that is commonly used to make things sink in water. It is used here to show how fast God’s enemies were destroyed. Alternate translation: “sank as fast as a heavy piece of metal in the deep turbulent waters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 11 wq2s figs-rquestion מִֽי־כָמֹ֤כָה בָּֽאֵלִם֙ יְהוָ֔ה 1 Who is like you, Yahweh, among the gods? Moses uses this question to show how great God is. Alternate translation: “O Yahweh, no one is like you among the gods!” or “Yahweh, none of the gods is like you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1267,7 +1265,7 @@ EXO 15 15 qyix figs-personification אֵילֵ֣י מוֹאָ֔ב יֹֽאחֲז EXO 15 15 ya48 figs-metaphor נָמֹ֕גוּ 1 will melt away Moses uses the phrase, **melted away,** to speak of people becoming weak because of their fear. Alternate translation: “became weak from fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 16 nk67 figs-doublet תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָה֙ וָפַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 15 16 kbt5 figs-metaphor תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָה֙ וָפַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 15 16 t2yp figs-metonymy בִּגְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲךָ֖ 1 Because of your arm’s power God’s arm represents his great strength. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 15 16 t2yp figs-metonymy בִּגְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲךָ֖ 1 Because of your arm’s power Yahweh’s **arm** represents his great strength. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 16 umm7 figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּאָ֑בֶן 1 they will become as still as a stone Possible meanings are (1) “They will be silent like stone” or (2) “They will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 15 17 n5i5 figs-explicit תְּבִאֵ֗מוֹ וְתִטָּעֵ֨מוֹ֙ 1 You will bring them Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 15 17 u26j figs-go תְּבִאֵ֗מוֹ 1 You will bring them Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) @@ -1275,7 +1273,7 @@ EXO 15 17 t6wg figs-metaphor וְתִטָּעֵ֨מוֹ֙ בְּהַ֣ EXO 15 17 p7kb בְּהַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְךָ֔ 1 the mountain of your inheritance This refers to Mount Zion in the land of Canaan. EXO 15 17 ie26 figs-metaphor בְּהַ֣ר נַחֲלָֽתְךָ֔ 1 of your inheritance Moses speaks about God promising to give his people **the mountain** forever as if he were giving it to them as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “on the mountain that you have given them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 17 ytz3 figs-metonymy כּוֹנְנ֥וּ יָדֶֽיךָ׃ 1 that your hands have built The phrase **your hands** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “that you have built by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 15 18 ue6p יְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְעֹלָ֥ם וָעֶֽד 1 that your hands have built “Yahweh reigns forever and ever” +EXO 15 18 ue6p יְהוָ֥ה׀ יִמְלֹ֖ךְ לְעֹלָ֥ם וָעֶֽד 1 that your hands have built Alternate translation: “Yahweh reigns forever and ever” EXO 15 20 g7s6 translate-names מִרְיָ֨ם 1 Miriam…Aaron Miriam was the older sister of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 20 gam2 translate-unknown הַתֹּ֖ף…בְּתֻפִּ֖ים 1 tambourine This is a musical instrument like a small drum that also has pieces of metal around the side that make a sound when shaken. Alternate translation: “timbrel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 15 20 hut1 figs-hyperbole וַתֵּצֶ֤אןָ כָֽל־הַנָּשִׁים֙ אַחֲרֶ֔יהָ בְּתֻפִּ֖ים וּבִמְחֹלֹֽת 1 tambourine Here, **all** may be a generalization, it may not have been every woman. It could be better to translate as a restrictive clause as in the UST. Alternate translation: “and every woman who went out after her had a tambourine and danced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -1286,24 +1284,24 @@ EXO 15 22 c7pe translate-names מִדְבַּר־שׁ֑וּר 1 wilderness of Sh EXO 15 23 a9pv translate-names מָרָ֔תָה 1 Marah We do not know the exact locations of this place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 15 24 n64m וַיִּלֹּ֧נוּ הָעָ֛ם עַל־מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 complained to Moses and said **Murmur** is a very strong term for “grumble” or “complain” that is used to describe the Israelites’ attitude throughout their time in the wilderness. It occurs several times in Exodus and Numbers. Alternate translation: “And the people were unhappy and told Moses” or “And the people angrily told Moses” EXO 15 26 l2hx figs-123person לְק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh is speaking about his own voice. Alternate translation: “to my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 15 26 oh8c figs-metonymy לְק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 15 26 oh8c figs-metonymy לְק֣וֹל׀ יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֗יךָ 1 the voice of Yahweh your God Yahweh’s voice represents what he says. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language.Alternate translation: “to what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 15 26 sq5x figs-metaphor וְהַיָּשָׁ֤ר בְּעֵינָיו֙ תַּעֲשֶׂ֔ה 1 do what is right in his eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “and do what Yahweh considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 26 bgcf figs-metaphor וְהַֽאֲזַנְתָּ֙ לְמִצְוֺתָ֔יו 1 do what is right in his eyes The **ear** represents listening and listening represents obeying. Alternate translation: “and you carefully obey his commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 26 m4cn figs-metaphor כָּֽל־הַמַּֽחֲלָ֞ה אֲשֶׁר־שַׂ֤מְתִּי בְמִצְרַ֨יִם֙ לֹא־אָשִׂ֣ים עָלֶ֔יךָ 1 I will put on you none of the diseases God speaks of causing people to have diseases as putting diseases on them. Alternate translation: “I will not cause any of you to have the diseases that I cause the Egyptians to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 15 27 did8 translate-names אֵילִ֔מָה 1 Elim This is an oasis in the desert, a place with water and shade trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 15 27 p64y translate-numbers וְשִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaints<br>After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Prohibition against storing food<br>The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Sabbath<br>This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Bread as food<br>Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Chronology<br>[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 15 27 p64y translate-numbers וְשִׁבְעִ֣ים 1 seventy Alternate translation: “and seventy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 16 intro nkd7 0 # Exodus 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaints<br><br>After complaining about the water, the Israelites complained that they had less food than in Egypt. This is intended to show their ungratefulness and their sinful view of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Prohibition against storing food<br><br>The people were not allowed to store the food, called manna, that Yahweh provided to them. This is because they were to trust in Yahweh to provide for their needs every day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>This is the first recorded celebration of the Sabbath rest. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Bread as food<br><br>Yahweh speaks of the food that he will send as if it were bread. The manna he gave them was perhaps not literally bread. The Israelites would eat this food every day, just as they had eaten bread every day before this. Alternate translations: “food” or “food like bread” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/bread]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Chronology<br><br>[Verses 34](../../exo/16/34.md)-36 are written from a much later perspective. Translators will need to find a way to show that this portion gives background information from a much later point (at least 40 years).<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br><br>Related to the chronology issue, although the covenant has not yet been made, it is referenced in [Exodus 16:34](../../exo/16/34.md). This is probably an editorial comment made after these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br><br>Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 16 1 gw67 translate-names סִ֔ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word **Sin** here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 16 1 h44x translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month This time coincides with the end of April and the beginning of May on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 16 1 u2aq translate-ordinal בַּחֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month “on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 16 1 u2aq translate-ordinal בַּחֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on the fifteenth day of the second month Alternate translation: “on day 15 of the second month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 16 2 h938 figs-hyperbole וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֧ת בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 The whole community of Israelites complained Here, **all** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “And many of the community of the sons of Israel murmured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -EXO 16 2 nx6f וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ 1 complained “And … were angry and spoke” +EXO 16 2 nx6f וַיִּלּ֜וֹנוּ 1 complained Alternate translation: “And … were angry and spoke” EXO 16 3 nwy6 figs-hypo מִֽי־יִתֵּ֨ן מוּתֵ֤נוּ 1 If only we had died This is a way of saying that they wished that they had died. It is a hypothetical past statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) -EXO 16 3 g1n1 figs-metonymy בְיַד־יְהוָה֙ 1 by Yahweh’s hand The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 16 3 g1n1 figs-metonymy בְיַד־יְהוָה֙ 1 by Yahweh’s hand The phrase **the hand of Yahweh** represents Yahweh’s action. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by Yahweh’s action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 16 4 kls5 figs-metaphor מַמְטִ֥יר לָכֶ֛ם לֶ֖חֶם מִן־הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 I will rain down bread from heaven for you God speaks of food coming down from heaven as if it were rain. Alternate translation: “make bread come down from heaven like rain” or “make bread fall to you from the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 16 4 yew5 בְּתוֹרָתִ֖י 1 my law “in my instruction” -EXO 16 5 p1f6 וְהָיָה֙ בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְהֵכִ֖ינוּ 1 It will come about on the sixth day, that they “It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare” -EXO 16 5 cl74 translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֔י 1 on the sixth day “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 16 4 yew5 בְּתוֹרָתִ֖י 1 my law Alternate translation: “in my instruction” +EXO 16 5 p1f6 וְהָיָה֙ בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֔י וְהֵכִ֖ינוּ 1 It will come about on the sixth day, that they Alternate translation: “It will happen on the sixth day that they will prepare” or “On the sixth day they will prepare” +EXO 16 5 cl74 translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֔י 1 on the sixth day Alternate translation: “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 16 5 t5il מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 twice two times EXO 16 7 zb21 figs-rquestion וְנַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה כִּ֥י תלונו עָלֵֽינוּ 1 Who are we for you to complain against us? Moses and Aaron used this question to show the people that it was foolish to complain against them. Alternate translation: “We are not powerful enough for you to complain against us.” or “It is foolish to complain against us, because we cannot do what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 16 8 pn4e figs-rquestion וְנַ֣חְנוּ מָ֔ה 1 Who are Aaron and I? Moses used this question to show the people that he and Aaron did not have the power to give them what they wanted. Alternate translation: “Aaron and I cannot give you what you want.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1315,27 +1313,27 @@ EXO 16 13 aas8 וַיְהִ֣י 1 It came about…that This phrase is used h EXO 16 13 eu1x translate-unknown הַשְּׂלָ֔ו 1 quails These are small, plump birds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 16 14 k5lb translate-unknown כַּכְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost Frost is frozen dew that forms on the ground. It is very fine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 16 14 jern figs-simile כַּכְּפֹ֖ר 1 like frost The original readers knew what frost is like, so this phrase would help them understand what the flakes were like. Alternate translation: “that looked like frost” or “that was fine like frost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 16 16 gotf אִ֖ישׁ לְפִ֣י אָכְל֑וֹ 1 omer “according to how much each will eat” +EXO 16 16 gotf אִ֖ישׁ לְפִ֣י אָכְל֑וֹ 1 omer Alternate translation: “according to how much each will eat” EXO 16 16 fqp9 translate-bvolume עֹ֣מֶר 1 omer 2 liters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -EXO 16 16 mnwy עֹ֣מֶר לַגֻּלְגֹּ֗לֶת מִסְפַּר֙ נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם אִ֛ישׁ לַאֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּאָהֳל֖וֹ תִּקָּֽחוּ 1 omer “take an omer per person according to how many people are in the gatherer’s tent” -EXO 16 20 itjo וַיָּ֥רֻם תּוֹלָעִ֖ים 1 omer “and it decayed with worms” -EXO 16 21 jd5t אִ֖ישׁ כְּפִ֣י אָכְל֑וֹ 1 omer “everyone according to how much they would eat” or “everyone according to how many people they had to feed” +EXO 16 16 mnwy עֹ֣מֶר לַגֻּלְגֹּ֗לֶת מִסְפַּר֙ נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם אִ֛ישׁ לַאֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּאָהֳל֖וֹ תִּקָּֽחוּ 1 omer Alternate translation: “take an omer per person according to how many people are in the gatherer’s tent” +EXO 16 20 itjo וַיָּ֥רֻם תּוֹלָעִ֖ים 1 omer Alternate translation: “and it decayed with worms” +EXO 16 21 jd5t אִ֖ישׁ כְּפִ֣י אָכְל֑וֹ 1 omer Alternate translation: “everyone according to how much they would eat” or “everyone according to how many people they had to feed” EXO 16 22 nrx8 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֣י 1 It came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. Verses 16:22-30 tell about what the people did concerning the manna on the sixth and seventh days of the week. If your language has a way for marking this as a new part of the story, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -EXO 16 22 xk6x translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֗י 1 on the sixth day “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 16 22 zj1u מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 twice “two times as much” +EXO 16 22 xk6x translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֗י 1 on the sixth day Alternate translation: “on day 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 16 22 zj1u מִשְׁנֶ֔ה 1 twice Alternate translation: “two times as much” EXO 16 22 f4j9 לֶ֨חֶם֙ 1 bread This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. -EXO 16 23 wc4a שַׁבָּת֧וֹן שַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 a solemn rest “is a day to stop working completely and dedicate to Yahweh” -EXO 16 24 y4d9 וְלֹ֣א הִבְאִ֔ישׁ 1 did not become foul “And it did not smell rotten” -EXO 16 25 pr1p כִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַיּ֖וֹם לַיהוָ֑ה 1 today is a day reserved as a Sabbath to honor Yahweh “today is a Sabbath, a day to honor Yahweh by not working” -EXO 16 26 jv77 translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֛י 1 but the seventh day “but on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 16 27 qf14 וְלֹ֖א מָצָֽאוּ 1 they found none “but they did not find any manna” +EXO 16 23 wc4a שַׁבָּת֧וֹן שַׁבַּת־קֹ֛דֶשׁ לַֽיהוָ֖ה 1 a solemn rest Alternate translation: “is a day to stop working completely and dedicate to Yahweh” +EXO 16 24 y4d9 וְלֹ֣א הִבְאִ֔ישׁ 1 did not become foul Alternate translation: “And it did not smell rotten” +EXO 16 25 pr1p כִּֽי־שַׁבָּ֥ת הַיּ֖וֹם לַיהוָ֑ה 1 today is a day reserved as a Sabbath to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “today is a Sabbath, a day to honor Yahweh by not working” +EXO 16 26 jv77 translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֛י 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “but on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 16 27 qf14 וְלֹ֖א מָצָֽאוּ 1 they found none Alternate translation: “but they did not find any manna” EXO 16 28 e1vx figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם לִשְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖י וְתוֹרֹתָֽי 1 How long will you refuse to keep my commandments and my laws? God used this question to scold the people because they did not obey his laws. Alternate translation: “You people still do not keep my commandments and laws!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 16 28 q41d figs-youcrowd מֵֽאַנְתֶּ֔ם 1 General Information: Yahweh speaks to Moses, but the word **you** refers to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) -EXO 16 28 vnq7 לִשְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖י וְתוֹרֹתָֽי 1 to keep my commandments and my laws “to obey my commandments and my laws” +EXO 16 28 vnq7 לִשְׁמֹ֥ר מִצְוֺתַ֖י וְתוֹרֹתָֽי 1 to keep my commandments and my laws Alternate translation: “to obey my commandments and my laws” EXO 16 29 p22l figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יְהוָה֮ נָתַ֣ן לָכֶ֣ם הַשַּׁבָּת֒ 1 Yahweh has given you the Sabbath Yahweh speaks about teaching people to rest on the Sabbath as if the Sabbath were a gift. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, have taught you to rest on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 16 29 dt58 translate-ordinal בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֖י…בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 sixth day…two days…seventh day “on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 16 29 dt58 translate-ordinal בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשִּׁשִּׁ֖י…בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 sixth day…two days…seventh day Alternate translation: “on day 6 … on day 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 16 29 y8wf לֶ֣חֶם 1 bread This refers to the bread that appeared as thin flakes on the ground each morning. -EXO 16 29 x6gh יוֹמָ֑יִם 1 bread “for 2 days” +EXO 16 29 x6gh יוֹמָ֑יִם 1 bread Alternate translation: “for 2 days” EXO 16 31 r1a5 translate-unknown כְּזֶ֤רַע גַּד֙ לָבָ֔ן 1 coriander seed **Coriander** is an herb also known as cilantro. People eat both the leaves and seeds. People dry the seeds and grind them into a powder and put it in food to give it flavor. Alternate translation: “like a small white seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 16 31 vrl4 כְּצַפִּיחִ֥ת 1 wafers **Wafers** are very thin biscuits or crackers. EXO 16 33 ggba figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br> @@ -1343,10 +1341,10 @@ EXO 16 34 x9vr writing-background 0 wafers Verses 34-36 provide a later comment EXO 16 34 jzcz figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י הָעֵדֻ֖ת 1 wafers Here, **face** figuratively represents being near the **Covenant.** Alternate translation: “near the Covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 16 36 g8ns translate-bvolume וְהָעֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָאֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah An omer and an ephah are both containers for measuring volume. The original readers would have known how much an ephah was. This sentence would help them know how much an omer was. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) EXO 16 36 a9uh translate-fraction וְהָעֹ֕מֶר עֲשִׂרִ֥ית הָאֵיפָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 Now an omer is a tenth of an ephah For languages that do not use fractions, this can be reworded. Alternate translation: “Now ten omers equal one ephah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br><br>### Naming<br>As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an alter named “Yahweh is my Banner” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever. +EXO 17 intro f12q 0 # Exodus 17 General Notes<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince people of their sin. Likewise, the people’s rhetorical question showed their ignorance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wilderness of Sin<br><br>Sin is the name of a part of the Sinai Wilderness. It is not the description of a place, and it has nothing to do with sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br><br>### Naming<br><br>As in the last couple of chapters, places and things are named for what happens in that location. In this chapter is Massah (which means “test”), Meribah (“arguing”), and an alter named “Yahweh is my Banner” because Yahweh will be at war with the Amalekites forever. EXO 17 1 jzz5 writing-newevent וַ֠יִּסְעוּ כָּל־עֲדַ֨ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 wilderness of Sin A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 17 1 h1li translate-names סִ֛ין 1 wilderness of Sin The word “Sin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. It is not the English word “sin.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 16:1](../16/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** is a refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 17 1 e7jv figs-metonymy עַל־פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 wilderness of Sin Here, **mouth** is a refers figuratively to Yahweh’s commands (that is, what he says to do). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “at the command of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 17 1 j1fm translate-names בִּרְפִידִ֔ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** means “the resting place,” a place to rest on long journeys through the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 2 hr9b figs-rquestion מַה־תְּרִיבוּן֙ עִמָּדִ֔י מַה־תְּנַסּ֖וּן אֶת־יְהוָֽה 1 Why do you quarrel with me? Why do you test Yahweh? Moses uses these questions to scold the people. Alternate translation: “You should not quarrel with me! You should not test Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 17 3 cz24 figs-rquestion לָ֤מָּה זֶּה֙ הֶעֱלִיתָ֣נוּ מִמִּצְרַ֔יִם לְהָמִ֥ית אֹתִ֛י וְאֶת־בָּנַ֥י וְאֶת־מִקְנַ֖י בַּצָּמָֽא 1 To kill us and our children and our cattle with thirst? The people use this question to accuse Moses of wanting to kill them. Alternate translation: “You only brought us out here to kill us and our children and cattle by not letting us have any water to drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) @@ -1364,61 +1362,61 @@ EXO 17 10 ca3g figs-synecdoche וַיַּ֣עַשׂ יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ כ EXO 17 10 wy51 translate-names וְח֔וּר 1 Hur Hur was a friend of Moses and Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 17 10 itcx writing-participants וְח֔וּר 1 Hur **Hur** is a new participant in the story which you may need to point out in your translation. However, he is a very minor character. He only appears in this passage and once much later in the book, so you may not need to highlight him at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 17 11 x5ex figs-synecdoche וְגָבַ֣ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל…וְגָבַ֥ר עֲמָלֵֽק 1 Israel was winning…Amalek would begin to win The words “Israel” and “Amalek” represent the fighters from those groups. Alternate translation: “the Israelite fighters were winning … the Amalekite fighters would begin to win” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 17 12 hxt8 figs-metonymy וִידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים 1 hands became heavy The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands became heavy. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 12 js2p מִזֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּמִזֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד 1 hands became heavy “one on one side, and one on the other” -EXO 17 13 plp3 figs-metonymy לְפִי־חָֽרֶב 1 with the sword The sword represents battle. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 17 12 hxt8 figs-idiom וִידֵ֤י מֹשֶׁה֙ כְּבֵדִ֔ים 1 hands became heavy The author writes of Moses’ arms becoming tired as if his hands **became heavy**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And Moses’ arms became tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +EXO 17 12 js2p מִזֶּ֤ה אֶחָד֙ וּמִזֶּ֣ה אֶחָ֔ד 1 hands became heavy Alternate translation: “one on one side, and one on the other” +EXO 17 13 plp3 figs-metonymy לְפִי־חָֽרֶב 1 with the sword The **sword** represents battle. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in the battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 17 14 c5rl figs-metaphor מָחֹ֤ה אֶמְחֶה֙ אֶת־זֵ֣כֶר עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 I will completely blot out the memory of Amalek God speaks of destroying Amalek as if he were removing people’s memory of Amalek. When a group of people is completely destroyed, there is nothing to remind people about them. Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy Amalek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 Amalek This refers to the Amalekites. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 17 14 n42j figs-metonymy מִתַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase is used to represent all people everywhere. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 17 14 jm77 figs-metonymy עֲמָלֵ֔ק 1 Amalek The Amalekites are referred to by naming their ancestor. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: Amalekites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 17 14 n42j figs-hyperbole מִתַּ֖חַת הַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 Amalek This phrase makes an intentionally broad image and represents all people everywhere. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from all people every where” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 17 15 fneg נִסִּֽי 1 Amalek **Banner** is something lifted up high, perhaps like a flag, that people can see from a distance and follow. Alternate translation: “is my military standard” or “is my guidon” EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The Hebrew here is very difficult and there are a variety of opinions regarding the meaning. Questions include: (1) Whose hand is referred to? Amalek’s, Yahweh’s, or Moses’? (2) What is the hand on (or against)? Yahweh’s throne or banner? (3) What is the meaning of the preposition meaning on, against, or above? What does that signify? Rebellion, or taking an oath, or holding onto a symbol of power? If there is another translation in your region, it may be best to simply follow the interpretation it gives. Alternate translation: “Because a hand was on the throne of Yah” or “Because a hand was on the banner of Yah” EXO 17 16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַיהוָ֖ה בַּֽעֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Amalek This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek” -EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Leadership lessons<br>Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br><br>## Possible translation difficulties<br>### Order of events<br>The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question is: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md). <br><br>### Verse 11<br>[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.<br><br>### God and Yahweh<br>For this chapter God, who is named Yahweh, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual in much of the rest of the book. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.<br><br>### Kinship: Father-in-law<br>Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])<br><br><br>### Participant reference<br>Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). This is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to use alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status). +EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Leadership lessons<br><br>Jethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br><br>## Possible translation difficulties<br><br>### Order of events<br><br>The timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question is: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md). <br><br>### Verse 11<br><br>[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.<br><br>### God and Yahweh<br><br>For this chapter God, who is named Yahweh, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual in much of the rest of the book. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.<br><br>### Kinship: Father-in-law<br><br>Jethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])<br><br><br>### Participant reference<br><br>Jethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). This is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to use alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status). EXO 18 1 nl86 translate-kinship חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses’ father-in-law This refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s, choose the appropriate one here. Note also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 18 2 zw6h וַיִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah. EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽיהָ 1 after he had sent her home This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of the can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 3 khs1 וְאֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑יהָ 1 and her two sons This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons. EXO 18 3 k4mb translate-names גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 Gershom This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “foreigner.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 18 4 xi35 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר 1 Eliezer This is a son of Moses and Zipporah, whose name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵחֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 5 zzab וּבָנָ֥יו 1 where he was camped “with his sons” +EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵחֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword This represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 5 zzab וּבָנָ֥יו 1 where he was camped Alternate translation: “with his sons” EXO 18 7 s5p2 translate-symaction וַיִּשְׁתַּ֨חוּ֙ וַיִּשַּׁק־ל֔וֹ 1 bowed down, and kissed him These symbolic acts were the normal way that people showed great respect and devotion in that culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 18 8 rkq2 figs-metonymy עַ֖ל אוֹדֹ֣ת יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 for Israel’s sake The word **Israel** represents the Israelite people. Alternate translation: “in order to help the Israelite people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 8 a1ra figs-metaphor כָּל־הַתְּלָאָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר מְצָאָ֣תַם 1 all the hardships that had come to them Moses writes of hardships happening to them as if hardships had come to them. Alternate translation: “all the hardships that had happened to them” or “how they had many hard experiences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִיַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִיַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּמִיַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִתַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The hand represents the power of someone to do something. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 9 wp1p figs-metonymy מִיַּ֥ד מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians were doing to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 10 nrv7 figs-metonymy מִיַּ֥ד מִצְרַ֖יִם וּמִיַּ֣ד פַּרְעֹ֑ה…מִתַּ֖חַת יַד־מִצְרָֽיִם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The hand represents the power of someone to do something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from the power of the Egyptians and from the power of Pharaoh … from the power of the Egyptians” or “from what the Egyptians and Pharaoh were doing to you … from what the Egyptians were doing to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 11 kmk7 כִּ֣י בַדָּבָ֔ר 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh **Because of the matter** probably refers back to Yahweh’s rescue of Israel. Alternate translation: “because of what he did” EXO 18 11 ljj6 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר זָד֖וּ עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh The most natural referent for **they** is **the gods**, who, perhaps through their agents (Pharaoh and the Egyptians), fought against Yahweh and oppressed the Israelites. This would connect back to [Exodus 12:12](../12/12.md) where Yahweh declares that he is bring judgment on the gods of Egypt. You may need to make some part of this explicit. Alternate translation: “in which they proudly fought Yahweh by oppressing Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 12 voi9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֥י הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of God. In this case it likely means that this was a worship event. Alternate translation: “in the presence of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 13 ni2b writing-newevent וַיְהִי֙ מִֽמָּחֳרָ֔ת 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 18 13 ano2 translate-symaction וַיֵּ֥שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֖ה לִשְׁפֹּ֣ט 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Sitting was symbolic of having a position of authority. Alternate translation: “Moses sat down as a judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 18 13 wzea מִן־הַבֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָעָֽרֶב 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh “all day” +EXO 18 13 wzea מִן־הַבֹּ֖קֶר עַד־הָעָֽרֶב 1 the hand of the Egyptians…the hand of Pharaoh Alternate translation: “all day” EXO 18 14 bax5 figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אַתָּ֤ה עֹשֶׂה֙ לָעָ֔ם 1 What is this that you are doing with the people? Jethro uses this question to show Moses that what he was doing was not good. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be doing all of this for the people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 18 14 b5wj figs-rquestion מַדּ֗וּעַ אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְבַדֶּ֔ךָ וְכָל־הָעָ֛ם נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖יךָ מִן־בֹּ֥קֶר עַד־עָֽרֶב 1 Why is it that you sit alone…from morning until evening? Jethro used this question to show Moses that he was doing too much. This rhetorical question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not sit alone, and all the people position themselves next to you from morning till evening!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְבַדֶּ֔ךָ 1 you sit alone The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 18 14 cfd1 figs-metonymy אַתָּ֤ה יוֹשֵׁב֙ לְבַדֶּ֔ךָ 1 you sit alone The word **sit** here is a metonym for “judge.” Judges would sit while they listened to people’s complaints. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “do you judge alone” or “are you the only one who judges the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 18 14 tiqs figs-explicit נִצָּ֥ב עָלֶ֖יךָ 1 you sit alone The people came to be near Moses so that they could get a chance for him to hear their petitions. You could state that explicitly if it would be more clear. Alternate translation: “petition you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 18 18 jtd2 נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל 1 You will surely wear yourselves out “You will surely make yourself very tired” +EXO 18 18 jtd2 נָבֹ֣ל תִּבֹּ֔ל 1 You will surely wear yourselves out Alternate translation: “You will surely make yourself very tired” EXO 18 18 h91b figs-metaphor כָבֵ֤ד מִמְּךָ֙ 1 This burden is too heavy for you Jethro speaks of the hard work that Moses is doing as if it were a physical burden that Moses was carrying. Alternate translation: “is too hard for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 19 pug7 אִיעָ֣צְךָ֔ 1 you advice “I will guide you” or “I will instruct you” +EXO 18 19 pug7 אִיעָ֣צְךָ֔ 1 you advice Alternate translation: “I will guide you” or “I will instruct you” EXO 18 19 v8i9 figs-metaphor וִיהִ֥י אֱלֹהִ֖ים עִמָּ֑ךְ 1 God will be with you Jethro speaks of God helping Moses as if God would be with Moses. Alternate translation: “God will help you” or “God will give you wisdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 19 w4r8 figs-metaphor וְהֵבֵאתָ֥ אַתָּ֛ה אֶת־הַדְּבָרִ֖ים אֶל־הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 you bring their disputes to him Jethro speaks of Moses telling God about their disputes as if they were something that Moses was bringing to God. Alternate translation: “and you tell God about their disputes” or and “you tell God what they are arguing about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 20 w3vf figs-metaphor וְהוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָהֶ֗ם אֶת־הַדֶּ֨רֶךְ֙ יֵ֣לְכוּ בָ֔הּ 1 You must show them the way to walk Jethro speaks of living or behaving like walking. Alternate translation: “You must show them how to live” or “You must show them how to behave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 21 p5ap וְאַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה 1 Furthermore, you must choose “As for you, search out” or “You must also search out” +EXO 18 21 p5ap וְאַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה 1 Furthermore, you must choose Alternate translation: “As for you, search out” or “You must also search out” EXO 18 21 n936 figs-metaphor וְשַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵהֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 21 xprc writing-pronouns וְשַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵהֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is placing the good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 18 21 d2hv translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְשָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 18 22 y5n2 figs-metaphor כָּל־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַגָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔יךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 22 vnvh וְהָקֵל֙ מֵֽעָלֶ֔יךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you This is a command. Alternate translation: “Make your work less” or “Lessen your work” EXO 18 22 u42p figs-metaphor וְהָקֵל֙ מֵֽעָלֶ֔יךָ וְנָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽךְ 1 they will carry the burden with you Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry and make lighter for Moses by helping him. Alternate translation: “Lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “Make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 23 wyq4 וְיָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד 1 endure “then you will not wear yourself out” +EXO 18 23 wyq4 וְיָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד 1 endure Alternate translation: “then you will not wear yourself out” EXO 18 23 bt5p כָּל־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְשָׁלֽוֹם 1 endure Here, getting **to their place** could mean each person’s home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony” EXO 18 25 n2ws figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָעָ֑ם 1 heads over the people Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the head of a body. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 18 25 tb18 figs-explicit אַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙ 1 capable men What sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְשָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 18 26 abx4 וְשָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם בְּכָל־עֵ֑ת 1 judged the people in normal circumstances “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances” +EXO 18 26 abx4 וְשָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם בְּכָל־עֵ֑ת 1 judged the people in normal circumstances Alternate translation: “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances” EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַקָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 18 26 ve8h הַדָּבָ֥ר הַקָּטֹ֖ן 1 the small cases “easy case” -EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “A kingdom of priests”<br>The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Revealing the Law<br>The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br><br>### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people<br>Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code. +EXO 18 26 ve8h הַדָּבָ֥ר הַקָּטֹ֖ן 1 the small cases Alternate translation: “easy case” +EXO 19 intro ck7e 0 # Exodus 19 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “A kingdom of priests”<br><br>The function of the priests was to intercede for the people. The Levites were the only priests in Israel; this is a metaphor indicating that the nation was to intercede for the world as a whole. They were also to be holy, or set apart, from the rest of the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Revealing the Law<br><br>The events of this chapter are concerned with preparing the people to receive the law of Moses. The people go through all of this to prepare themselves for the law, which shows the great importance of this event for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br><br>### Boundaries between Yahweh and the people<br><br>Moses is told to make the people holy in preparation for meeting Yahweh, then boundaries are set up to keep the people separate from Yahweh, then the priests are told to make themselves holy. The theme of a holy separation is beginning to be developed that will become much of the law code. EXO 19 1 r5tj translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֔י…בַּיּ֣וֹם הַזֶּ֔ה 1 In the third month…on the same day This means they arrived at the wilderness on the first day of the month just as they left Egypt on the first day of the month. The first day of the third month on the Hebrew calendar is near the middle of May on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the third month … on the first day of the month” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 19 2 nk51 translate-names מֵרְפִידִ֗ים 1 Rephidim **Rephidim** is an area on the edge of the wilderness of Sinai where the people of Israel had been camping. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:1](../17/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 19 3 kgev figs-parallelism תֹאמַר֙ לְבֵ֣ית יַעֲקֹ֔ב וְתַגֵּ֖יד לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 the house of Jacob, the people of Israel These two phrases have exactly the same meaning. This may be for poetic effect as Yahweh’s statement here through [verse 6](../19/06.md) is somewhat artfully crafted. You may need to use a strategy other than parallelism to achieve a similar poetic effect in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -1426,130 +1424,130 @@ EXO 19 4 z9i6 figs-you אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם 1 You have seen The wor EXO 19 4 l1do figs-quotemarks 0 You have seen A second-level direct quotation begins with this verse and continues until the middle of [verse 6](../19/06.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 19 4 b7ph figs-metaphor וָאֶשָּׂ֤א אֶתְכֶם֙ עַל־כַּנְפֵ֣י נְשָׁרִ֔ים 1 I carried you on eagles’ wings God speaks of caring for his people while they traveled as if he were an eagle and carried them on his wings. Alternate translation: “I helped you travel like an eagle that carries her babies on her wings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 5 c767 figs-metonymy בְּקֹלִ֔י 1 my voice God’s voice represents what he says. Alternate translation: “to what I say” or “to my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 5 fh8e וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֑י 1 keep my covenant “and do what my covenant requires you to do” -EXO 19 5 ifv6 סְגֻלָּה֙ 1 special possession “treasure” +EXO 19 5 fh8e וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּרִיתִ֑י 1 keep my covenant Alternate translation: “and do what my covenant requires you to do” +EXO 19 5 ifv6 סְגֻלָּה֙ 1 special possession Alternate translation: “treasure” EXO 19 6 gm9s figs-metaphor לִ֛י מַמְלֶ֥כֶת כֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 a kingdom of priests God speaks of his people as if they were priests. Alternate translation: “my kingdom of people who are like priests” or “my kingdom of people who do what priests do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 7 c5tq figs-metaphor וַיָּ֣שֶׂם לִפְנֵיהֶ֗ם אֵ֚ת כָּל־הַדְּבָרִ֣ים 1 set before them all these words The author writes of Moses telling people things as if he were setting the words before them. Alternate translation: “And he told them all these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 19 7 xjbb figs-metonymy לִפְנֵיהֶ֗ם 1 set before them all these words **Face** means the person. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 7 zqk1 כָּל־הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֖הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 all these words that Yahweh had commanded him “all that Yahweh had commanded him” +EXO 19 7 xjbb figs-metonymy לִפְנֵיהֶ֗ם 1 set before them all these words Here, **face** means the person. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 19 7 zqk1 כָּל־הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוָּ֖הוּ יְהוָֽה 1 all these words that Yahweh had commanded him Alternate translation: “all that Yahweh had commanded him” EXO 19 8 ljf5 figs-explicit וַיָּ֧שֶׁב מֹשֶׁ֛ה אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָעָ֖ם 1 Moses came to report Where Moses went can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “Moses went back up the mountain to report the words of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 19 8 rwx6 figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָעָ֖ם 1 the people’s words **Words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 19 9 ih2h figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָעָ֖ם 1 the people’s words **Words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 19 8 rwx6 figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָעָ֖ם 1 the people’s words Here, **words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 19 9 ih2h figs-metonymy אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הָעָ֖ם 1 the people’s words Here, **words** refers to what the people said. Alternate translation: “what the people said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 10 ie7y וְקִדַּשְׁתָּ֥ם 1 you must set them apart to me This may mean instruct the people, or it may mean Moses will have a role as well. Alternate translation: “and tell them to dedicate themselves to me” or “and help them to purify themselves for me” -EXO 19 11 tdg9 figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י 1 Be ready **Before the eyes** means “so they can see.” Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 19 11 tdg9 figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י 1 Be ready Here, **before the eyes** means “so they can see.” If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 12 d48p וְהִגְבַּלְתָּ֤ 1 set boundaries The **boundary** was either a mark or some kind of barrier. EXO 19 12 hhv5 figs-quotesinquotes לֵאמֹ֔ר הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָכֶ֛ם 1 set boundaries A second-level direct quotation begins with **watch**. It is not clear where this command that Moses is to give the Israelites ends. Most English translations end it in [verse 13](../19/13.md) before the last sentence. For that reason, it may be most helpful to translate the instruction as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling them to watch themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 19 12 xct0 הִשָּׁמְר֥וּ לָכֶ֛ם עֲל֥וֹת בָּהָ֖ר וּנְגֹ֣עַ בְּקָצֵ֑הוּ 1 set boundaries Here, the negative command is implied from the **watch yourselves** command. Alternate translation: “Watch yourselves against climbing on the mountain or touching on its edge” EXO 19 12 kis1 figs-activepassive כָּל־הַנֹּגֵ֥עַ בָּהָ֖ר מ֥וֹת 1 Whoever touches the mountain will surely be put to death This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely put to death any person who touches the mountain” or “You must surely kill anyone who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 19 13 l9ak figs-metonymy בּ֜וֹ 1 such a person Here, **hand** is a metonym for any part of a person. Alternate translation: “a person who does that” or “a person who touches the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 19 13 l9ak figs-metonymy לֹא־תִגַּ֨ע בּ֜וֹ יָ֗ד 1 such a person Here, **hand** is a metonym for any part of a person. Alternate translation: “No person shall touch that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 13 k35k figs-activepassive סָק֤וֹל יִסָּקֵל֙ אוֹ־יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה 1 he must certainly be stoned or shot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly stone or shoot him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 19 13 vw19 יָרֹ֣ה יִיָּרֶ֔ה 1 shot This refers to being killed by someone who shoots arrows from a bow or stones from a slingshot. EXO 19 13 ezpm figs-go יַעֲל֥וּ 1 shot If you translate this with come or go, consider which would be the correct perspective for your language and the text context. Yahweh is speaking, so perhaps it would be best to say “come up,” however the people will be the ones moving so maybe it should be “go up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 19 15 bw2p figs-euphemism אַֽל־תִּגְּשׁ֖וּ אֶל־אִשָּֽׁה 1 do not go near your wives This is a polite way of talking about sexual relations. Alternate translation: “do not sleep with your wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 19 15 z0aq אִשָּֽׁה 1 do not go near your wives This word means both “woman” and “wife.” Context dictates the correct translation. Since wife would make it a narrower command, **woman** was chosen here. -EXO 19 18 m1b5 יָרַ֥ד…יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh descended “Yahweh came down” +EXO 19 18 m1b5 יָרַ֥ד…יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh descended Alternate translation: “Yahweh came down” EXO 19 18 a8p7 figs-simile כְּעֶ֣שֶׁן הַכִּבְשָׁ֔ן 1 like the smoke of a furnace This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 19 19 m8ae הוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְחָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד 1 grew louder and louder “continued to become louder and louder” +EXO 19 19 m8ae הוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְחָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד 1 grew louder and louder Alternate translation: “continued to become louder and louder” EXO 19 19 f5e6 figs-metonymy בְקֽוֹל 1 in a voice The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 19 20 zx5p figs-go וַיֵּ֧רֶד…וַיַּ֥עַל 1 in a voice You may need to consider your language’s rules for perspective regarding going or coming up or down in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) EXO 19 21 d2qm figs-metaphor פֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ 1 not to break through God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 21 oht2 figs-euphemism וְנָפַ֥ל 1 not to break through **Fall** is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 19 22 pq8j figs-metaphor יִפְרֹ֥ץ בָּהֶ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 not to break through Yahweh’s anger and judgement are pictured as something that will burst through a boundary. Alternate translation: “Yahweh kills them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 23 gagp figs-quotesinquotes בָּ֨נוּ֙ לֵאמֹ֔ר הַגְבֵּ֥ל אֶת־הָהָ֖ר וְקִדַּשְׁתּֽוֹ 1 not to break through This quoted command could be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “us to set boundaries on the mountain to keep it separate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -EXO 19 24 w8lx לֶךְ־רֵ֔ד 1 get down “go down” +EXO 19 24 w8lx לֶךְ־רֵ֔ד 1 get down Alternate translation: “go down” EXO 19 24 bk6p figs-metaphor אַל־יֶֽהֶרְס֛וּ 1 break through the barrier God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:21](../19/21.md). Alternate translation: “must not go beyond the boundary” or “must not go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 19 24 p1yq figs-metaphor יִפְרָץ־בָּֽם 1 break through the barrier Yahweh’s anger and judgement are pictured as something that will burst through a boundary. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 19:22](../19/22.md). Alternate translation: “he kill them in anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant<br>Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br><br>### Form of you<br>The singular form of you is used in the commandments, however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if you language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) +EXO 20 intro x7vt 0 # Exodus 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The instructions recorded in this chapter are commonly known as the “ten commandments.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant<br><br>Yahweh’s covenant faithfulness is now based on the covenant he made with Abraham as well as the covenant he is making with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br><br>### Form of you<br><br>The singular form of you is used in the commandments, however, the commandments applied to the whole Israelite community. There is both a singular and a corporate aspect to them. You may need to choose between singular and plural if you language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) EXO 20 2 qg71 figs-metaphor מִבֵּ֥ית עֲבָדִֽים 1 house of slavery Moses speaks of Egypt as if it were a house where people keep slaves. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:3](../13/03.md). Alternate translation: “from the place where you were slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 20 3 r9h3 לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽיַ 1 You must have no other gods before me “You must not worship any other gods besides me” +EXO 20 3 r9h3 לֹֽ֣א יִהְיֶֽה־לְךָ֛ אֱלֹהִ֥ים אֲחֵרִ֖ים עַל־פָּנָֽיַ 1 You must have no other gods before me Alternate translation: “You must not worship any other gods besides me” EXO 20 4 s7n3 figs-merism וְכָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר בַּשָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ מִמַּ֔עַל וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר בָּאָ֖רֶץ מִתָּ֑חַת וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר בַּמַּ֖יִם מִתַּ֥חַת לָאָֽרֶץ 1 nor the likeness This list means, all created things wherever they are. Alternate translation: “nor anything that looks like anything created whether that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -EXO 20 4 rkn1 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה 1 nor the likeness “nor anything looking like something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +EXO 20 4 rkn1 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־תְּמוּנָ֔ה 1 nor the likeness Alternate translation: “nor anything looking like something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 20 5 ka3i writing-pronouns לָהֶ֖ם 1 You must not bow down to them or worship them The word **them** refers to carved figures or idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 20 5 s2ia translate-ordinal עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation “to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 20 5 hx93 figs-ellipsis בָּנִ֛ים עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation “Generation” is implied by **sons**. Alternate translation: “the sons down to the third and fourth generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 20 5 s2ia translate-ordinal עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “to generations 3 and 4.” This refers to the grandchildren and great-grandchildren. Alternate translation: “even on the grandchildren and great-grandchildren (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 20 5 hx93 figs-ellipsis בָּנִ֛ים עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁ֥ים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִ֖ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “Generation” is implied by **sons**. Alternate translation: “the sons down to the third and fourth generations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 20 6 u9nc figs-abstractnouns חֶ֖סֶד 1 I show covenant faithfulness to thousands of those who love me The abstract noun **faithfulness** can be stated as “faithfully” or “faithful.” Alternate translation: “I am faithful to the covenant with thousands of those who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 20 6 oyh7 figs-ellipsis לַאֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation “Generation” is implied by the previous verse. However, this may not be the case, therefore two notes following deal with either possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 20 6 k52w לַאֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation “to the thousandth generation” or “for a thousand generations” +EXO 20 6 oyh7 figs-ellipsis לַאֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “Generation” is implied by the previous verse. However, this may not be the case, therefore two notes following deal with either possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 20 6 k52w לַאֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Alternate translation: “to the thousandth generation” or “for a thousand generations” EXO 20 6 xp5k figs-hyperbole לַאֲלָפִ֑ים 1 to the third and the fourth generation Option 1: This large number is used to mean “forever” or “to all descendants forever.” Alternate translation: “for every generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) EXO 20 6 yw38 figs-metonymy לַאֲלָפִ֑ים לְאֹהֲבַ֖י 1 to thousands of those who love me Option 2: The word **thousands** is a metonym for a number too many to count. Alternate translation: “forever to innumerable people who love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 20 7 o96b תִשָּׂ֛א…יִשָּׂ֥א 1 take the name of Yahweh your God To **lift up**, take, or use the name of Yahweh (with emptiness, i.e. improperly) covers many sorts of speaking or invoking his name, or making a claim to him, or attempting to manipulate him, or misrepresenting him. A broad word should be used in translation of this term. -EXO 20 7 t3k2 לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 take the name of Yahweh your God “You must not use the name of Yahweh your God” -EXO 20 7 gcz2 לַשָּׁ֑וְא…לַשָּֽׁוְא 1 in vain “carelessly” or “without proper respect” +EXO 20 7 t3k2 לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֛א אֶת־שֵֽׁם־יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ 1 take the name of Yahweh your God Alternate translation: “You must not use the name of Yahweh your God” +EXO 20 7 gcz2 לַשָּׁ֑וְא…לַשָּֽׁוְא 1 in vain Alternate translation: “carelessly” or “without proper respect” EXO 20 7 sl6g figs-doublenegatives לֹ֤א יְנַקֶּה֙ 1 I will not hold guiltless This double-negative can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: “I will certainly consider guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 20 8 kwn7 לְקַדְּשֽׁוֹ 1 set it apart “to make it holy to me” or “to consecrate it to me” -EXO 20 9 sad1 מְלַאכְתֶּֽךָ 1 do all your work “your occupation” or “your livelihood” -EXO 20 10 t1ky figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 within your gates Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 20 11 vw1f translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֑י 1 on the seventh day “on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 20 14 wyv9 לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף 1 You must not commit adultery “You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse” -EXO 20 16 zix8 לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְרֵעֲךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁקֶר 1 must not give false testimony “You must not speak a false report against your neighbor” -EXO 20 17 vt9t לֹ֥א תַחְמֹ֖ד 1 must not covet “You must not strongly want to have” or “You must not want to take” -EXO 20 18 nm52 הָהָ֖ר עָשֵׁ֑ן 1 the mountain smoking “the smoky mountain” -EXO 20 18 lmt5 וַיָּנֻ֔עוּ 1 they trembled “they shook with fear” -EXO 20 18 h53m וַיַּֽעַמְד֖וּ מֵֽרָחֹֽק 1 stood far off “stood far away” -EXO 20 20 slb8 וּבַעֲב֗וּר תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛וֹ עַל־פְּנֵיכֶ֖ם לְבִלְתִּ֥י תֶחֱטָֽאוּ 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin “so that you will honor him and not sin” +EXO 20 8 kwn7 לְקַדְּשֽׁוֹ 1 set it apart Alternate translation: “to make it holy to me” or “to consecrate it to me” +EXO 20 9 sad1 מְלַאכְתֶּֽךָ 1 do all your work Alternate translation: “your occupation” or “your livelihood” +EXO 20 10 t1ky figs-metonymy בִּשְׁעָרֶֽיךָ 1 within your gates Cities often had walls around them to keep out enemies, and gates for people to go in and out. Anyone who was inside the gates was part of the community. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “within your community” or “inside your city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 20 11 vw1f translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֑י 1 on the seventh day Alternate translation: “on day seven.” Here “seventh” is the ordinal number for “7.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 20 14 wyv9 לֹ֖א תִּנְאָֽף 1 You must not commit adultery Alternate translation: “You must not have sex with anyone other than your spouse” +EXO 20 16 zix8 לֹֽא־תַעֲנֶ֥ה בְרֵעֲךָ֖ עֵ֥ד שָֽׁקֶר 1 must not give false testimony Alternate translation: “You must not speak a false report against your neighbor” +EXO 20 17 vt9t לֹ֥א תַחְמֹ֖ד 1 must not covet Alternate translation: “You must not strongly want to have” or “You must not want to take” +EXO 20 18 nm52 הָהָ֖ר עָשֵׁ֑ן 1 the mountain smoking Alternate translation: “the smoky mountain” +EXO 20 18 lmt5 וַיָּנֻ֔עוּ 1 they trembled Alternate translation: “they shook with fear” +EXO 20 18 h53m וַיַּֽעַמְד֖וּ מֵֽרָחֹֽק 1 stood far off Alternate translation: “stood far away” +EXO 20 20 slb8 וּבַעֲב֗וּר תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛וֹ עַל־פְּנֵיכֶ֖ם לְבִלְתִּ֥י תֶחֱטָֽאוּ 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin Alternate translation: “so that you will honor him and not sin” EXO 20 20 hocw figs-metaphor תִּהְיֶ֧ה יִרְאָת֛וֹ עַל־פְּנֵיכֶ֖ם 1 so that the honor of him may be in you, and so that you do not sin Here, **fear** is spoken of as something that could be on their faces. It may mean they would have such a fear that their attitude could be seen on their faces. Alternate translation: “reverence for him will show on your faces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 20 21 lts1 וּמֹשֶׁה֙ נִגַּ֣שׁ 1 Moses approached “and Moses went closer to” +EXO 20 21 lts1 וּמֹשֶׁה֙ נִגַּ֣שׁ 1 Moses approached Alternate translation: “and Moses went closer to” EXO 20 22 ayom figs-quotemarks אַתֶּ֣ם רְאִיתֶ֔ם 1 Moses approached A second-level direct quotation begins here that continues until the [end of the chapter](../20/26.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 20 23 qm44 אֱלֹ֤הֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ וֵאלֹהֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 gods of silver or gods of gold “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold” +EXO 20 23 qm44 אֱלֹ֤הֵי כֶ֨סֶף֙ וֵאלֹהֵ֣י זָהָ֔ב 1 gods of silver or gods of gold Alternate translation: “gods made out of silver or gold” or “idols made out of silver or gold” EXO 20 24 pf1i מִזְבַּ֣ח אֲדָמָה֮ 1 earthen altar An altar made of materials from the ground, such as stone, soil, or clay. -EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔י 1 cause my name to be honored Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s being. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 20 24 ge89 figs-metonymy אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔י 1 cause my name to be honored Here, **name** is a metonym for God’s being. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I cause myself to be remembered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 20 24 zmc4 figs-activepassive אַזְכִּ֣יר אֶת־שְׁמִ֔י 1 cause my name to be honored This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “choose for you to remember me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 20 26 qm1b figs-explicit וְלֹֽא־תַעֲלֶ֥ה בְמַעֲלֹ֖ת עַֽל־מִזְבְּחִ֑י 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps If you need to connect this statement more explicitly to the previous statements regarding building the alter you could add a phrase about building steps. Alternate translation: “Do not build steps up to the altar and go up to it on those steps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 20 26 e28y figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תִגָּלֶ֥ה עֶרְוָתְךָ֖ עָלָֽיו 1 You must not go up to my altar on steps This could be stated in an active manner. Alternate translation: “so that you do not expose your nakedness over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 20 26 h2qd עֶרְוָתְךָ֖ 1 your nakedness “your private parts” -EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes<br><br>This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.<br><br>## Structure:<br>- 1: Introduction<br>- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves<br>- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves<br>- 12-17: Capital crimes<br>- 18-36: Liability laws<br> - 18-27: Regarding human violence<br> - 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals<br><br>## Translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br>Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).<br><br><br>### Passive construction<br>Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].<br><br><br>### Daughters sold as servants<br>The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be some what confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife.<br><br>### Ransom payment<br>In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear. +EXO 20 26 h2qd עֶרְוָתְךָ֖ 1 your nakedness Alternate translation: “your private parts” +EXO 21 intro dnd3 0 # Exodus 21 General Notes<br><br>This chapter begins to give the Israelite civil case law, that is, the explanation of how to apply the principles condensed in the ten commandments.<br><br>## Structure:<br><br>- 1: Introduction<br>- 2-6: Laws regarding male slaves<br>- 7-11: Laws regarding female slaves<br>- 12-17: Capital crimes<br>- 18-36: Liability laws<br> - 18-27: Regarding human violence<br> - 28-36: Regarding damage done by or to animals<br><br>## Translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br><br>Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).<br><br><br>### Passive construction<br><br>Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]].<br><br><br>### Daughters sold as servants<br><br>The section from [verses 7-11](../21/07.md) may be some what confusing because a daughter that is sold as a servant is seamlessly connected to her becoming someone’s wife.<br><br>### Ransom payment<br><br>In [verse 30](../21/30.md) a man whose bull killed someone may evade the death penalty by paying a ransom price, but the conditions for that happening are not clear. EXO 21 1 xxf4 0 you must set before them Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. There is no quote break between chapters. -EXO 21 1 hhf7 תָּשִׂ֖ים 1 you must set before them “you must give” or “you must tell” +EXO 21 1 hhf7 תָּשִׂ֖ים 1 you must set before them Alternate translation: “you must give” or “you must tell” EXO 21 1 ddql figs-metonymy לִפְנֵיהֶֽם 1 you must set before them Here, **faces** figuratively represents the presence of the nation. Alternate translation: “before them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 21 2 di5z 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Moses his laws for the people of Israel. EXO 21 2 wj0e grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י תִקְנֶה֙ עֶ֣בֶד עִבְרִ֔י 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction to chapter 21](../21/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 21 3 ln3r figs-explicit אִם־בְּגַפּ֥וֹ יָבֹ֖א בְּגַפּ֣וֹ יֵצֵ֑א 1 If he came by himself, he must go free by himself What “by himself” means can be stated clearly. Some languages require that the additional condition, that he marries while a slave, be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If he became a slave while he had no wife, and if he marries while he is a slave, the master need only free the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 3 pfn3 בְּגַפּ֥וֹ…בְּגַפּ֣וֹ 1 by himself “alone” or “without a wife” -EXO 21 3 e467 אִם־בַּ֤עַל אִשָּׁה֙ ה֔וּא 1 if he is married “if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man” -EXO 21 5 yj8x אָמֹ֤ר יֹאמַר֙ 1 plainly says “makes a statement” -EXO 21 5 jqh4 לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א חָפְשִֽׁי 1 I will not go out free “I do not want my master to set me free” +EXO 21 3 pfn3 בְּגַפּ֥וֹ…בְּגַפּ֣וֹ 1 by himself Alternate translation: “alone” or “without a wife” +EXO 21 3 e467 אִם־בַּ֤עַל אִשָּׁה֙ ה֔וּא 1 if he is married Alternate translation: “if he was married when he became a slave” or “if he came as a married man” +EXO 21 5 yj8x אָמֹ֤ר יֹאמַר֙ 1 plainly says Alternate translation: “makes a statement” +EXO 21 5 jqh4 לֹ֥א אֵצֵ֖א חָפְשִֽׁי 1 I will not go out free Alternate translation: “I do not want my master to set me free” EXO 21 6 vnjk figs-metonymy הָ֣אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 bore his ear through The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. Texts other than the standard Hebrew text support this reading. See [Exodus 22:8-9](../22/08.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 21 6 z8x1 וְרָצַ֨ע…אֶת־אָזְנוֹ֙ 1 bore his ear through “will put a hole in his ear” +EXO 21 6 z8x1 וְרָצַ֨ע…אֶת־אָזְנוֹ֙ 1 bore his ear through Alternate translation: “will put a hole in his ear” EXO 21 6 xpd3 בַּמַּרְצֵ֔עַ 1 awl a pointed tool used to make a hole -EXO 21 6 k6ev לְעֹלָֽם 1 for life “until the end of his life” or “until he dies” +EXO 21 6 k6ev לְעֹלָֽם 1 for life Alternate translation: “until the end of his life” or “until he dies” EXO 21 8 lpqh 0 has designated This verse is the first of three possible situations between a master and his female slave. -EXO 21 8 p8se יְעָדָ֖הּ 1 has designated “has chosen” +EXO 21 8 p8se יְעָדָ֖הּ 1 has designated Alternate translation: “has chosen” EXO 21 8 t2zf figs-activepassive וְהֶפְדָּ֑הּ 1 he must let her be bought back This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he must allow her father to buy her back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 8 h7f7 בְּבִגְדוֹ־בָֽהּ 1 he has treated her deceitfully “since he has deceived her” +EXO 21 8 h7f7 בְּבִגְדוֹ־בָֽהּ 1 he has treated her deceitfully Alternate translation: “since he has deceived her” EXO 21 9 h9ni 0 he has treated her deceitfully This verse is the second of three possible situations between a master and his female slave. -EXO 21 9 w99z לִבְנ֖וֹ יִֽיעָדֶ֑נָּה 1 designates her as a wife for his son “he decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife” -EXO 21 9 suz0 כְּמִשְׁפַּ֥ט הַבָּנ֖וֹת יַעֲשֶׂה־לָּֽהּ 1 designates her as a wife for his son “he must do to her according to the manner that daughters are customarily treated” +EXO 21 9 w99z לִבְנ֖וֹ יִֽיעָדֶ֑נָּה 1 designates her as a wife for his son Alternate translation: “he decides that she is the one who will be his son’s wife” +EXO 21 9 suz0 כְּמִשְׁפַּ֥ט הַבָּנ֖וֹת יַעֲשֶׂה־לָּֽהּ 1 designates her as a wife for his son Alternate translation: “he must do to her according to the manner that daughters are customarily treated” EXO 21 10 i0xh 0 designates her as a wife for his son This verse and the next are the third of three possible situations between a master and his female slave. EXO 21 10 rxk4 figs-doublenegatives שְׁאֵרָ֛הּ כְּסוּתָ֥הּ וְעֹנָתָ֖הּ לֹ֥א יִגְרָֽע 1 he must not diminish her food, clothing, or her marital rights This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he must give the first wife the same food, clothing, and marital rights she had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 21 10 np9b figs-euphemism וְעֹנָתָ֖הּ 1 or her marital rights This term only occurs here in the Bible. It probably means things that a husband must do for his wife. Most commentators believe it specifically means having sexual relations with her, possibly so that she can bear children. Alternate translation: “or her right to intimacy” or “or her childbearing rights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 21 12 gks4 מַכֵּ֥ה אִ֛ישׁ 1 strikes a man “Whoever attacks a man” +EXO 21 12 gks4 מַכֵּ֥ה אִ֛ישׁ 1 strikes a man Alternate translation: “Whoever attacks a man” EXO 21 12 su6b figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 that person must surely be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly execute that person” or “you must certainly kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 13 h4ka וַאֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א צָדָ֔ה 1 did not do it with premeditation “but if he did not plan to do it” or “but if he did not do it on purpose” +EXO 21 13 h4ka וַאֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א צָדָ֔ה 1 did not do it with premeditation Alternate translation: “but if he did not plan to do it” or “but if he did not do it on purpose” EXO 21 13 gme9 figs-explicit וְשַׂמְתִּ֤י לְךָ֙ מָק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֥ר יָנ֖וּס שָֽׁמָּה 1 I will fix a place to where he can flee The purpose of choosing a place can be stately clearly here. Alternate translation: “I will choose a place that he can run away to be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 14 st5h בְעָרְמָ֑ה 1 according to a cunning plan “after thinking carefully about it” +EXO 21 14 st5h בְעָרְמָ֑ה 1 according to a cunning plan Alternate translation: “after thinking carefully about it” EXO 21 14 abx6 תִּקָּחֶ֖נּוּ 1 must take him The word “him” refers to the one who killed his neighbor. -EXO 21 14 mvpx לָמֽוּת 1 must take him “to execute him” +EXO 21 14 mvpx לָמֽוּת 1 must take him Alternate translation: “to execute him” EXO 21 15 y3hd figs-activepassive וּמַכֵּ֥ה אָבִ֛יו וְאִמּ֖וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever hits his father or mother must surely be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone hits his father or mother, you must surely put him to death” or “You must surely kill anyone who hits his father or mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 15 qh2j מ֥וֹת 1 must surely “must certainly” +EXO 21 15 qh2j מ֥וֹת 1 must surely Alternate translation: “must certainly” EXO 21 16 iu81 figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 that kidnapper must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill that kidnapper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 17 h8qf figs-activepassive וּמְקַלֵּ֥ל אָבִ֛יו וְאִמּ֖וֹ מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely kill anyone who curses his father or his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 17 kvbc וּמְקַלֵּ֥ל 1 Whoever curses his father or his mother must surely be put to death The word translated **acts contemptuously** means the opposite of “honor” (as in the commandment to honor one’s parents). Alternate translation: “Whoever acts dishonorably towards” -EXO 21 19 c7rv יָק֞וּם 1 he recovers “he gets better” -EXO 21 19 tv0z וְנִקָּ֣ה 1 he recovers “then … is innocent” +EXO 21 19 c7rv יָק֞וּם 1 he recovers Alternate translation: “he gets better” +EXO 21 19 tv0z וְנִקָּ֣ה 1 he recovers Alternate translation: “then … is innocent” EXO 21 19 xg6c figs-explicit שִׁבְתּ֛וֹ 1 the loss of his time This refers to a situation when someone cannot work to earn money. You can express this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “for the time he could not work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 19 ws14 וְרַפֹּ֥א יְרַפֵּֽא 1 pay for his complete recovery “and for his medical costs” or “and for his costs for healing” -EXO 21 20 te41 תַּ֣חַת יָד֑וֹ 1 as a result of the blow “because of the injury” or “because his master hit him” +EXO 21 19 ws14 וְרַפֹּ֥א יְרַפֵּֽא 1 pay for his complete recovery Alternate translation: “and for his medical costs” or “and for his costs for healing” +EXO 21 20 te41 תַּ֣חַת יָד֑וֹ 1 as a result of the blow Alternate translation: “because of the injury” or “because his master hit him” EXO 21 20 h4eg figs-activepassive נָקֹ֖ם יִנָּקֵֽם 1 that man must surely be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly punish that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 21 r65u figs-explicit כִּ֥י כַסְפּ֖וֹ הֽוּא 1 for he will have suffered the loss of the servant A common view is that the loss of the valuable property, the slave, is itself a punishment. It may be that the master loses the slave for a time and also has to pay for his healing, or it may be that the slave dies after a few days. You can express clearly in the translation that the servant was valuable to his master. Alternate translation: “because he has already lost his servant who was valuable to him” or “because he has already lost his servant’s work for a time and had to pay for his healing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 22 a6av וְיָצְא֣וּ יְלָדֶ֔יהָ וְלֹ֥א יִהְיֶ֖ה אָס֑וֹן 1 she miscarries It is not clear in the passage what happens to the child. The text is simply as in the ULT. Some have taken it to mean that the child dies because of premature birth and the **serious injury** only relates to the woman. In this case, a fine is imposed for the loss of the child. However, the text could also mean that the child is born at least mostly safely. A fine is still imposed because of the great danger to the two lives. Then the next few verses give consequences for any injury either to mother or child. -EXO 21 22 w4p3 אָס֑וֹן 1 she miscarries “hurt” +EXO 21 22 w4p3 אָס֑וֹן 1 she miscarries Alternate translation: “hurt” EXO 21 22 cn4h figs-activepassive עָנ֣וֹשׁ יֵעָנֵ֗שׁ 1 the guilty man must surely be fined This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must certainly fine the guilty man” or “the guilty man must pay a fine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 22 v5ye בִּפְלִלִֽים 1 as the judges determine “what the judges decide” +EXO 21 22 v5ye בִּפְלִלִֽים 1 as the judges determine Alternate translation: “what the judges decide” EXO 21 23 ya82 figs-explicit וְנָתַתָּ֥ה נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ 1 as the judges determine This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “you must take the killer’s life for the murdered person’s life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 24 c5bq figs-explicit עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן 1 an eye for an eye This means that if someone is hurt, the person who caused the hurt must be hurt in the same way. Alternate translation: “the striker’s eye for the injured person’s eye” (and etc throughout this and the next verse) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 26 i8cg אִ֜ישׁ 1 If a man Here, **man** refers to the owner of a slave. -EXO 21 26 bmc1 תַּ֥חַת 1 in compensation “as payment for” -EXO 21 28 sp6w יִגַּ֨ח שׁ֥וֹר 1 an ox gores “an ox injures with its horns” +EXO 21 26 bmc1 תַּ֥חַת 1 in compensation Alternate translation: “as payment for” +EXO 21 28 sp6w יִגַּ֨ח שׁ֥וֹר 1 an ox gores Alternate translation: “an ox injures with its horns” EXO 21 28 qk3u figs-activepassive סָק֨וֹל יִסָּקֵ֜ל הַשּׁ֗וֹר 1 the ox must surely be stoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely stone the ox to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 28 q2gv figs-activepassive וְלֹ֤א יֵאָכֵל֙ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֔וֹ 1 its flesh must not be eaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and you must not eat its flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 29 zgll figs-activepassive וְהוּעַ֤ד בִּבְעָלָיו֙ 1 its owner also must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and someone warned its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -1557,129 +1555,129 @@ EXO 21 29 x2y0 figs-explicit וְהוּעַ֤ד בִּבְעָלָיו EXO 21 29 nzn1 figs-activepassive וְגַם־בְּעָלָ֖יו יוּמָֽת 1 its owner also must be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must also kill its owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 21 30 t5rs figs-explicit אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑יו וְנָתַן֙ פִּדְיֹ֣ן נַפְשׁ֔וֹ כְּכֹ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽיו 1 If a payment is required for his life The text does not specify who will impose a ransom on the ox’s owner. Since other texts indicate that justice is retributive and performed by the dead person’s family, that is one option. Another is that the judges will impose it. One of these can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 30 py37 figs-activepassive אִם־כֹּ֖פֶר יוּשַׁ֣ת עָלָ֑יו…יוּשַׁ֖ת עָלָֽיו 1 If a payment is required for his life These statements can be made active rather than passive. However, you must make a decision regarding who is imposing the ransom, or use an unspecified pronoun if that is possible in your language (this second option would not make sense in English). Alternate translation: “If the judges impose a ransom on him … they impose on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 31 kg25 יִגָּ֖ח…יִגָּ֑ח 1 has gored “it injures with its horns … it injures with its horns” +EXO 21 31 kg25 יִגָּ֖ח…יִגָּ֑ח 1 has gored Alternate translation: “it injures with its horns … it injures with its horns” EXO 21 31 to8k writing-pronouns לּֽוֹ 1 has gored Here, **him** probably refers to the ox’s owner. Alternate translation: “to the owner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 21 32 qzv3 translate-bmoney כֶּ֣סֶף׀ שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים שְׁקָלִ֗ים 1 thirty shekels of silver A **shekel** weighed 11 grams. Alternate translation: “330 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) EXO 21 32 qy0g figs-explicit אִם־עֶ֛בֶד יִגַּ֥ח הַשּׁ֖וֹר 1 thirty shekels of silver Because they are to kill the ox, the slave must have died. You can make this explicit. Alternate translation: “If an ox kills a male servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 32 wm9a figs-activepassive וְהַשּׁ֖וֹר יִסָּקֵֽל 1 the ox must be stoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must kill the ox by stoning it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 33 fd4p יִפְתַּ֨ח…בּ֗וֹר 1 opens a pit “uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground” +EXO 21 33 fd4p יִפְתַּ֨ח…בּ֗וֹר 1 opens a pit Alternate translation: “uncovers a hole in the ground” or “takes a cover off a hole in the ground” EXO 21 34 b48a figs-explicit כֶּ֖סֶף יָשִׁ֣יב לִבְעָלָ֑יו 1 repay the loss The owner must be paid for the loss of his animal. Alternate translation: “he must pay the owner for the dead animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 34 ip1n יְשַׁלֵּ֔ם 1 repay the loss “must make restitution” +EXO 21 34 ip1n יְשַׁלֵּ֔ם 1 repay the loss Alternate translation: “must make restitution” EXO 21 34 j8qz figs-explicit וְהַמֵּ֖ת יִֽהְיֶה־לּֽוֹ 1 will become his The one who paid for the loss of the animal will become the owner of the dead animal and can do what he wants with it. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “will belong to the owner of the pit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 21 35 z9ug וְחָצ֣וּ אֶת־כַּסְפּ֔וֹ 1 divide its price “and divide the money” or “and divide the money they receive” +EXO 21 35 z9ug וְחָצ֣וּ אֶת־כַּסְפּ֔וֹ 1 divide its price Alternate translation: “and divide the money” or “and divide the money they receive” EXO 21 36 fkx2 figs-activepassive א֣וֹ נוֹדַ֗ע 1 if it was known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 21 36 v64b נַגָּ֥ח הוּא֙ מִתְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 a habit of goring in time past “had gored other animals before” +EXO 21 36 v64b נַגָּ֥ח הוּא֙ מִתְּמ֣וֹל שִׁלְשֹׁ֔ם 1 a habit of goring in time past Alternate translation: “had gored other animals before” EXO 21 36 ix8h figs-explicit וְלֹ֥א יִשְׁמְרֶ֖נּוּ בְּעָלָ֑יו 1 its owner has not kept it in This means that the owner did not keep his ox safely where it could not wander to hit other animals. This can be clearly stated in the translation. Alternate translation: “and its owner did not keep it inside a fence” or “and its owner did not tie it securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 21 36 dcv2 figs-explicit שַׁלֵּ֨ם יְשַׁלֵּ֥ם שׁוֹר֙ תַּ֣חַת הַשּׁ֔וֹר 1 he must surely pay ox for ox The owner of the ox that killed must give an ox to the man who lost his ox. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the owner of the ox that killed must surely give a living ox to the owner of the ox that died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br>This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. Any attempt to outline structure would have almost as many sections as there are verses.<br><br>## Translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br>Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).<br><br><br>### Passive construction<br>Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]. +EXO 22 intro f9vb 0 # Exodus 22 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. Any attempt to outline structure would have almost as many sections as there are verses.<br><br>## Translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Hypothetical situations<br><br>Throughout the case law a hypothetical situation is introduced with “when” or “if,” then there is a description of the situation, then there is the penalty or action to be taken in those situations. A hypothetical person may be introduced with “anyone” or “whoever.” Most verses for the next several chapters will have these hypothetical situations. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]] Translators familiar with Hebrew may want to notice that, generally, major divisions are introduced by כִּי (ki) and minor divisions within a topic are introduced by אִם (’im).<br><br><br>### Passive construction<br><br>Many portions of these situations are written in the passive voice. Some languages may have to change all or some of these to active voice. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]. EXO 22 1 syx5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. EXO 22 1 onm0 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical כִּ֤י יִגְנֹֽב־אִישׁ֙ שׁ֣וֹר אוֹ־שֶׂ֔ה וּטְבָח֖וֹ א֣וֹ מְכָר֑וֹ 1 General Information: This is the first of many hypothetical situations in this chapter, introduced by “when” or **if,** which you will encounter over the next several chapters. See the [introduction](../22/intro.md). You will need to translate these consistently in a manner that expresses that these situations have not happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) EXO 22 1 bc03 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֣ה…וְאַרְבַּע 1 General Information: 5 … 4 (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 22 2 mt43 figs-activepassive אִם־בַּמַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת יִמָּצֵ֥א הַגַּנָּ֖ב 1 If a thief is found This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If anyone finds a thief while he is breaking in” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 2 e98x בַּמַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת 1 breaking in “while using force to come into a house” +EXO 22 2 e98x בַּמַּחְתֶּ֛רֶת 1 breaking in Alternate translation: “while using force to come into a house” EXO 22 2 gt5f figs-activepassive וְהֻכָּ֣ה וָמֵ֑ת 1 if he is struck so that he dies This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes the thief so that he dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 2 fq57 אֵ֥ין ל֖וֹ דָּמִֽים 1 no guilt for murder will attach to anyone on his account “no one will be guilty of murdering him” -EXO 22 3 vym5 אִם־זָרְחָ֥ה הַשֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ עָלָ֖יו 1 if the sun has risen before he breaks in “if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise” +EXO 22 2 fq57 אֵ֥ין ל֖וֹ דָּמִֽים 1 no guilt for murder will attach to anyone on his account Alternate translation: “no one will be guilty of murdering him” +EXO 22 3 vym5 אִם־זָרְחָ֥ה הַשֶּׁ֛מֶשׁ עָלָ֖יו 1 if the sun has risen before he breaks in Alternate translation: “if it is light before he breaks in” or “if he breaks in and it is after sunrise” EXO 22 3 c5yl figs-activepassive וְנִמְכַּ֖ר בִּגְנֵבָתֽוֹ 1 he must be sold for his theft This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “you must sell him as a slave in order to pay for what he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 4 k926 figs-activepassive אִֽם־הִמָּצֵא֩ תִמָּצֵ֨א בְיָד֜וֹ הַגְּנֵבָ֗ה…חַיִּ֑ים 1 If the stolen animal is found alive in his possession This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If they find that he still has the live animal that he stole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 4 g5kg שְׁנַ֖יִם יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 pay back double The meaning of **compensate double** is not entirely clear. Most interpretations follow the UST, that is, two animals total must be given, the stolen one and one more. Some interpret double to mean the thief must pay two animals for every animal that he took, so three total. It would be best to leave double as ambiguous as possible. Alternate translation: “he must compensate twice what he stole” -EXO 22 5 j24t יַבְעֶר…וּבִעֵ֖ר 1 If a man grazes his livestock “causes to eat plants … and it eats plants” +EXO 22 5 j24t יַבְעֶר…וּבִעֵ֖ר 1 If a man grazes his livestock Alternate translation: “causes to eat plants … and it eats plants” EXO 22 5 nlxc grammar-collectivenouns בְּעִיר֔וֹ 1 If a man grazes his livestock **Livestock** is a collective singular noun that could refer to cows, goats, sheep, or basically any domesticated animals. In some languages you will need to translate it as a plural. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -EXO 22 5 jrb3 יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 he must make restitution “he must pay back the owner of that field” +EXO 22 5 jrb3 יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 he must make restitution Alternate translation: “he must pay back the owner of that field” EXO 22 6 x6aj figs-activepassive כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֨א אֵ֜שׁ וּמָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ וְנֶאֱכַ֣ל 1 If a fire breaks out and spreads in thorns **Breaks out** and **consumes** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If someone starts a fire and it spreads in thorns and it consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 6 i4ma וּמָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ 1 spreads in thorns “and moves along the ground through dry plants” +EXO 22 6 i4ma וּמָצְאָ֤ה קֹצִים֙ 1 spreads in thorns Alternate translation: “and moves along the ground through dry plants” EXO 22 6 u1pa translate-unknown גָּדִ֔ישׁ 1 stacked grain This is grain that has been cut and tied in bundles. Alternate translation: “bundled grain” or “harvested grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 22 6 r2cf translate-unknown הַקָּמָ֖ה 1 standing grain This is grain that has not been cut, but it is ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “the grain still in the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 22 7 jw3v לִשְׁמֹ֔ר 1 for safe keeping “to watch over it” or “to keep it safe” +EXO 22 7 jw3v לִשְׁמֹ֔ר 1 for safe keeping Alternate translation: “to watch over it” or “to keep it safe” EXO 22 7 na9h figs-activepassive וְגֻנַּ֖ב 1 if it is stolen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone steals it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 7 x2sh figs-activepassive אִם־יִמָּצֵ֥א הַגַּנָּ֖ב 1 if the thief is found This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if you find the thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 8 lwg5 figs-activepassive אִם־לֹ֤א יִמָּצֵא֙ הַגַּנָּ֔ב וְנִקְרַ֥ב בַּֽעַל־הַבַּ֖יִת אֶל־הָֽאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 come before the judges to see whether You may need to translate these in an active voice if your language does not use passive in this way. Alternate translation: “If no one finds the thief, bring the owner of the house to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 8 c812 figs-metonymy הָֽאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 come before the judges to see whether The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the [next verse](../22/09.md) it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See [Exodus 21:6](../21/06.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 22 8 f774 figs-idiom שָׁלַ֛ח יָד֖וֹ בִּמְלֶ֥אכֶת רֵעֵֽהוּ 1 has put his own hand on his neighbor’s property This is an idiom for stealing. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you can use it here. Alternate translation: “he has stolen his neighbor’s property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 22 9 p7ab דְּבַר…דְּבַר 1 “dispute” -EXO 22 9 fgz1 כִּי־ה֣וּא זֶ֔ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges “This is mine” or “This is my missing property” +EXO 22 9 p7ab דְּבַר…דְּבַר 1 Alternate translation: “dispute” +EXO 22 9 fgz1 כִּי־ה֣וּא זֶ֔ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges Alternate translation: “This is mine” or “This is my missing property” EXO 22 9 m31k figs-metonymy הָֽאֱלֹהִ֔ים…אֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges The word for **God** at its most literal means “great ones.” Here and in the [previous verse](../22/08.md) it may have this basic meaning and refer to human judges or other leaders in Israel. It may also be a metonym and refer to the judges because they represent God to the people and have his authority. See [Exodus 21:6](../21/06.md) for another example of this. Alternate translation: “the judges” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 22 10 h7ms figs-activepassive נִשְׁבַּ֥ר אוֹ־נִשְׁבָּ֖ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 10 hzow נִשְׁבָּ֖ה 1 the claim of both parties must come before the judges This means something more like a wild animal takes the ox or sheep away (to eat) than someone stealing it. See [verse 12](../22/12.md) for cases where the animal is stolen while in another’s care. EXO 22 11 gl7t figs-activepassive שְׁבֻעַ֣ת יְהוָ֗ה תִּהְיֶה֙ בֵּ֣ין שְׁנֵיהֶ֔ם…וְלָקַ֥ח בְּעָלָ֖יו 1 an oath to Yahweh must be taken by them both Only the man who is accused of stealing the animal must swear the oath. The owner of the lost animal must accept the oath that has been sworn. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man who was caring for the animal must swear an oath before Yahweh … and the owner must accept that oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 12 yw3w figs-activepassive וְאִם־גָּנֹ֥ב יִגָּנֵ֖ב מֵעִמּ֑וֹ 1 But if it was stolen from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if someone stole the animal from him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 13 b313 figs-activepassive אִם־טָרֹ֥ף יִטָּרֵ֖ף 1 If an animal was torn in pieces This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But if a wild beast tore the animal in pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 14 h8yw שַׁלֵּ֥ם יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 must surely make restitution “must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal” +EXO 22 14 h8yw שַׁלֵּ֥ם יְשַׁלֵּֽם 1 must surely make restitution Alternate translation: “must certainly repay with another animal” or “must certainly pay the owner for the animal” EXO 22 14 wu3u figs-activepassive וְנִשְׁבַּ֣ר אוֹ־מֵ֑ת 1 must surely make restitution These can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 15 g3zw figs-activepassive אִם־שָׂכִ֣יר 1 if the animal was hired This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if someone rented the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 15 r792 figs-explicit בָּ֖א בִּשְׂכָרֽוֹ 1 it will be paid for by its hiring fee The one who borrowed the animal will not have to pay the owner anything more than the hiring or rental fee. This fee will pay for the loss of the animal. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “the money that someone paid to rent the animal will cover the loss of the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 22 15 f9w9 בִּשְׂכָרֽוֹ 1 hiring fee “for its rental fee” or “for the money paid to rent the animal” -EXO 22 16 a8s8 וְכִֽי־יְפַתֶּ֣ה אִ֗ישׁ בְּתוּלָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה 1 a man seduces a virgin who is not engaged “a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him” -EXO 22 16 th2m לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה 1 not engaged “not promised to be married” +EXO 22 15 f9w9 בִּשְׂכָרֽוֹ 1 hiring fee Alternate translation: “for its rental fee” or “for the money paid to rent the animal” +EXO 22 16 a8s8 וְכִֽי־יְפַתֶּ֣ה אִ֗ישׁ בְּתוּלָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה 1 a man seduces a virgin who is not engaged Alternate translation: “a man persuades a virgin who is not engaged that she wants to sleep with him” +EXO 22 16 th2m לֹא־אֹרָ֖שָׂה 1 not engaged Alternate translation: “not promised to be married” EXO 22 16 g24h figs-euphemism וְשָׁכַ֣ב 1 if he lies with her Lying with someone is a euphemism for having sex. Alternate translation: “if he has sex with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 22 16 x33y מָהֹ֛ר יִמְהָרֶ֥נָּה 1 bride wealth The **bride price** was money paid to the family to compensate for the loss of their daughter. EXO 22 17 y2xz writing-pronouns ל֑וֹ…יִשְׁקֹ֔ל 1 him, he These pronouns refer back to the man who seduced the virgin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 22 19 y3qy figs-euphemism כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה 1 Whoever lies with an animal This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “Whoever has sexual relations with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) EXO 22 19 b807 figs-activepassive כָּל־שֹׁכֵ֥ב עִם־בְּהֵמָ֖ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever lies with an animal **Be put to death** can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute whoever lies with an animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 22 20 n4nh figs-activepassive יָֽחֳרָ֑ם…לְבַדּֽוֹ 1 Yahweh must be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “alone, you must completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 22 21 kr35 לֹא־תוֹנֶ֖ה 1 wrong a foreigner “You must not mistreat a foreigner” or “You must not cheat a foreigner” +EXO 22 21 kr35 לֹא־תוֹנֶ֖ה 1 wrong a foreigner Alternate translation: “You must not mistreat a foreigner” or “You must not cheat a foreigner” EXO 22 21 eoa5 figs-explicit כִּֽי־גֵרִ֥ים הֱיִיתֶ֖ם בְּאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 wrong a foreigner The Israelites are called to remember their previous condition, that they lived as foreign guests in Egypt. They came first to avoid the famine in Jacob and Joseph’s time and were dependent on the Egyptian hospitality. Later they were wronged and oppressed and they are not to do that to those who sojourn with them. You may need to make this explicit. Alternate translation: “for you were wronged and oppressed as sojourners in the land of Egypt” or “for you also depended on hospitality while you lived as sojourners in Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 22 22 djh3 figs-doublenegatives כָּל־אַלְמָנָ֥ה וְיָת֖וֹם לֹ֥א תְעַנּֽוּן׃ 1 You must not mistreat any widow or fatherless child This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “You must treat all widows and fatherless children fairly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -EXO 22 22 v3i8 אַלְמָנָ֥ה 1 widow “woman whose husband has died” -EXO 22 22 l2ih וְיָת֖וֹם 1 fatherless child “or child with no parents” +EXO 22 22 v3i8 אַלְמָנָ֥ה 1 widow Alternate translation: “woman whose husband has died” +EXO 22 22 l2ih וְיָת֖וֹם 1 fatherless child Alternate translation: “or child with no parents” EXO 22 24 zszz figs-idiom וְחָרָ֣ה אַפִּ֔י 1 fatherless child This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh will be angry. Alternate translation: “and I will became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy בֶּחָ֑רֶב 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 22 25 v5je כְּנֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 a moneylender “like one who lends money” -EXO 22 25 g3ry לֹֽא־תְשִׂימ֥וּן עָלָ֖יו נֶֽשֶׁךְ 1 charge him interest “you must not charge him extra money for borrowing” or “you must not charge him extra money for the loan” -EXO 22 27 wi2m כְסוּתוֹ֙ לְבַדָּ֔הּ 1 only covering “is his only coat” or “is his only garment to keep him warm” +EXO 22 24 sx9h figs-metonymy בֶּחָ֑רֶב 1 I will kill you with the sword To be killed **with the sword** is a metonym that means a person will die violently, or perhaps fighting in a war. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you will die a violent death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 22 25 v5je כְּנֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 a moneylender Alternate translation: “like one who lends money” +EXO 22 25 g3ry לֹֽא־תְשִׂימ֥וּן עָלָ֖יו נֶֽשֶׁךְ 1 charge him interest Alternate translation: “you must not charge him extra money for borrowing” or “you must not charge him extra money for the loan” +EXO 22 27 wi2m כְסוּתוֹ֙ לְבַדָּ֔הּ 1 only covering Alternate translation: “is his only coat” or “is his only garment to keep him warm” EXO 22 27 x7zb figs-rquestion בַּמֶּ֣ה יִשְׁכָּ֔ב 1 What else can he sleep in? This question adds emphasis. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “He will have nothing to wear while he sleeps!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -EXO 22 28 eel2 אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֹ֣א תְקַלֵּ֑ל 1 You must not blaspheme me, God “Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God” -EXO 22 28 tdj6 וְנָשִׂ֥יא בְעַמְּךָ֖ לֹ֥א תָאֹֽר 1 nor curse a ruler “and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler” +EXO 22 28 eel2 אֱלֹהִ֖ים לֹ֣א תְקַלֵּ֑ל 1 You must not blaspheme me, God Alternate translation: “Do not insult God” or “Do not speak evil about God” +EXO 22 28 tdj6 וְנָשִׂ֥יא בְעַמְּךָ֖ לֹ֥א תָאֹֽר 1 nor curse a ruler Alternate translation: “and do not ask God to do bad things to a ruler” EXO 22 29 p8nk figs-doublenegatives לֹ֣א תְאַחֵ֑ר 1 You must not hold back offerings This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “You must bring all of your offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 22 30 j345 translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֤ת 1 For seven days This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 22 30 m4wq translate-ordinal בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֖י 1 the eighth day This can be written as a numeral. Alternate translation: “on day number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br>This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths ([verses 10-12](../23/10.md)) and Festivals ([verses 14-19](../23/14.md)). At [verse 20](../23/20.md) Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebrations of feasts and festivals<br>The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them. +EXO 23 intro hk5t 0 # Exodus 23 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>This chapter continues the list of case laws for Israel. It also touches on the patterns of life regarding the Sabbaths ([verses 10-12](../23/10.md)) and Festivals ([verses 14-19](../23/14.md)). At [verse 20](../23/20.md) Yahweh begins telling them about their future as they go to and live in the promised land.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebrations of feasts and festivals<br><br>The people of Israel were required to celebrate certain feasts and festivals. These were part of the law of Moses and some are described in this chapter. Their purpose was to worship Yahweh and to remember the great things Yahweh has done for them. EXO 23 1 we1y 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses his laws for the people of Israel. EXO 23 1 eeoc figs-abstractnouns לֹ֥א תִשָּׂ֖א שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 dishonest witness This could be translated differently to avoid the abstract nouns **report** and **emptiness.** Alternate translation: “You must not report emptily” or “You must not report falsely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 23 1 fu5k figs-idiom אַל־תָּ֤שֶׁת יָֽדְךָ֙ עִם־רָשָׁ֔ע 1 dishonest witness Here, to **put your hand with the wicked** means to support the lies that he is telling in order to harm someone else. The image is of putting out your hand to help him, to make him stronger than he would be on his own. Alternate translation: “You must not assist the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 23 1 l4xr שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 General Information: “a false testimony” -EXO 23 1 y1a3 figs-metonymy עֵ֥ד חָמָֽס 1 dishonest witness Here, **violence** can also mean “wrong.” Either way, it means to harm another person by committing injustice (violence to justice) by lying. Alternate translation: “a false witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 2 nqz9 וְלֹא־תַעֲנֶ֣ה 1 nor may you bear witness “and you also must not speak” +EXO 23 1 l4xr שֵׁ֣מַע שָׁ֑וְא 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “a false testimony” +EXO 23 1 y1a3 figs-metonymy עֵ֥ד חָמָֽס 1 dishonest witness Here, **violence** can also mean “wrong.” Either way, it means to harm another person by committing injustice (violence to justice) by lying. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a false witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 2 nqz9 וְלֹא־תַעֲנֶ֣ה 1 nor may you bear witness Alternate translation: “and you also must not speak” EXO 23 2 z6ej figs-metaphor לֹֽא־תִהְיֶ֥ה אַחֲרֵֽי־רַבִּ֖ים לְרָעֹ֑ת 1 siding with the crowd This is a metaphor that describes one’s agreeing with a group of people as if he actually walked behind that group. Alternate translation: “You must not do the evil that the crowd wants” or “You must not agree with the majority for evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 23 2 nuag figs-ellipsis לִנְטֹ֛ת…לְהַטֹּֽת 1 siding with the crowd “From justice” is omitted but should be understood. Alternate translation: “to turn aside from justice … that turns aside from justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +EXO 23 2 nuag figs-ellipsis לִנְטֹ֛ת…לְהַטֹּֽת 1 siding with the crowd Alternate translation: “From justice” is omitted but should be understood. Alternate translation: “to turn aside from justice … that turns aside from justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 23 2 tnv2 לִנְטֹ֛ת…לְהַטֹּֽת 1 pervert justice This means to do illegal or immoral actions that result in a unjust ruling. Alternate translation: “to pervert justice … that perverts justice” -EXO 23 6 z2al לֹ֥א תַטֶּ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט אֶבְיֹנְךָ֖ בְּרִיבֽוֹ 1 Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters” +EXO 23 6 z2al לֹ֥א תַטֶּ֛ה מִשְׁפַּ֥ט אֶבְיֹנְךָ֖ בְּרִיבֽוֹ 1 Do not thrust aside justice for your poor in his lawsuit Alternate translation: “Do not decide to treat a poor man unjustly in legal matters” EXO 23 6 vh76 בְּרִיבֽוֹ 1 lawsuit Here, this refers to any matter that a court decides. EXO 23 7 ljdw figs-metaphor מִדְּבַר־שֶׁ֖קֶר תִּרְחָ֑ק 1 I will not acquit the wicked Here, distance is used figuratively to tell the Israelites to have no part in deception. Alternate translation: “Do not speak deceptively” or “Do not join a false matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 23 7 c6xl figs-doublet וְנָקִ֤י וְצַדִּיק֙ 1 I will not acquit the wicked These two terms mean very similar things, both of which contrast with “the wicked” later in the verse. Alternate translation: “person who has not done anything wrong or the person who always does what is right” or “person who does right and not wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -EXO 23 7 mf4w לֹא־אַצְדִּ֖יק רָשָֽׁע 1 I will not acquit the wicked “I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say that a wicked person is innocent” +EXO 23 7 mf4w לֹא־אַצְדִּ֖יק רָשָֽׁע 1 I will not acquit the wicked Alternate translation: “I will not find the wicked not guilty” or “I will not say that a wicked person is innocent” EXO 23 8 gh3v figs-personification כִּ֤י הַשֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽיסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts Here a “bribe” is described as if it could take action itself that negatively affects justice. Alternate translation: “for if you do, an evil person can give money to blind the clear-sighted and to pervert the words of the righteous ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 23 8 ai37 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י הַשֹּׁ֨חַד֙ יְעַוֵּ֣ר פִּקְחִ֔ים וִֽיסַלֵּ֖ף דִּבְרֵ֥י צַדִּיקִֽים 1 bribe blinds…perverts To **blind the clear-sighted** is a metaphor that means causing those who know what is right to act like they do not. And **pervert the words of the righteous** could mean causing those who would speak the truth (in court) to lie or causing the judge to give an evil judgement or causing those listening to **the words of the righteous** to choose to act as if they had heard something different. Alternate translation: “for a bribe causes those who understand the right thing to do not to do it and causes good men to speak lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 23 9 mzu9 אֶת־נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַגֵּ֔ר 1 the life of a foreigner “the feelings of the foreigner” -EXO 23 10 rt7h תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ 1 its produce “the food its plants produce” -EXO 23 10 gjya translate-numbers וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 1 its produce “And 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 23 11 waxp translate-ordinal וְהַשְּׁבִיעִ֞ת 1 unplowed “And the 7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 23 9 mzu9 אֶת־נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַגֵּ֔ר 1 the life of a foreigner Alternate translation: “the feelings of the foreigner” +EXO 23 10 rt7h תְּבוּאָתָֽהּ 1 its produce Alternate translation: “the food its plants produce” +EXO 23 10 gjya translate-numbers וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 1 its produce Alternate translation: “And 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 23 11 waxp translate-ordinal וְהַשְּׁבִיעִ֞ת 1 unplowed Alternate translation: “And the 7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 23 11 b5q6 translate-unknown תִּשְׁמְטֶ֣נָּה וּנְטַשְׁתָּ֗הּ 1 fallow This means to leave the land fallow, that is, in its natural state, not used for to grow food, unplowed, unplanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 23 11 s4wv figs-explicit וְאָֽכְלוּ֙ אֶבְיֹנֵ֣י עַמֶּ֔ךָ 1 so that the poor among your people may eat The poor can eat any food that grows on its own in a field that is not cultivated. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “so the poor among your people may harvest and eat any food that grows on its own in that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 23 12 ij92 שֽׁוֹרְךָ֙ וַחֲמֹרֶ֔ךָ 1 your ox and your donkey “your work animals” -EXO 23 12 tajk translate-numbers שֵׁ֤שֶׁת 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 23 12 u07q translate-ordinal הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed “the 7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 23 12 ij92 שֽׁוֹרְךָ֙ וַחֲמֹרֶ֔ךָ 1 your ox and your donkey Alternate translation: “your work animals” +EXO 23 12 tajk translate-numbers שֵׁ֤שֶׁת 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 23 12 u07q translate-ordinal הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed Alternate translation: “the 7th” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 23 12 gpu1 figs-activepassive וְיִנָּפֵ֥שׁ בֶּן־אֲמָתְךָ֖ וְהַגֵּֽר 1 any foreigner may rest and be refreshed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and the son of your female slave and the sojourner may refresh himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 23 13 ldn8 תִּשָּׁמֵ֑רוּ 1 Pay attention to “Do” or “Obey” +EXO 23 13 ldn8 תִּשָּׁמֵ֑רוּ 1 Pay attention to Alternate translation: “Do” or “Obey” EXO 23 13 va2j figs-parallelism וְשֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods These two instructions mean almost the same thing. It may be more clear to combine them in some languages. Alternate translation: “Be sure never to speak the names of other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy וְשֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods This probably means praying to other gods. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 13 apnw figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods To be **on your mouth** means to speak. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 13 x5tf figs-metonymy וְשֵׁ֨ם אֱלֹהִ֤ים אֲחֵרִים֙ לֹ֣א תַזְכִּ֔ירוּ לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods This probably means praying to other gods. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Do not pray to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 13 apnw figs-metonymy לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods To be **on your mouth** means to speak. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “nor speak them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 13 s86p figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִשָּׁמַ֖ע עַל־פִּֽיךָ 1 mention the names of other gods You could translate this in an active manner. Also see previous note. Alternate translation: “nor speak them so someone could hear them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 23 14 ezgh translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֣שׁ 1 mention the names of other gods “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 23 14 ezgh translate-numbers שָׁלֹ֣שׁ 1 mention the names of other gods Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 23 15 bu7n translate-hebrewmonths הָֽאָבִ֔יב 1 Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. Aviv is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) -EXO 23 15 i88n translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Aviv “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 23 15 i88n translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֣ת 1 Aviv Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 23 15 tx1v figs-doublenegatives וְלֹא־יֵרָא֥וּ פָנַ֖י רֵיקָֽם 1 not appear before me empty-handed Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 23 16 ybsb וְחַ֤ג הַקָּצִיר֙ 1 Festival of Ingathering Elsewhere this is called the “Festival of Weeks.” See [Exodus 34:22](../34/22.md) and Deuteronomy 16:9 and following. EXO 23 16 pnx4 וְחַ֤ג הָֽאָסִף֙ 1 Festival of Ingathering This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. See Deuteronomy 16:13. Alternate translation: “And the Festival of the Ingathering” EXO 23 16 wgxm figs-metaphor בְּצֵ֣את הַשָּׁנָ֔ה 1 Festival of Ingathering This means the end of the year. It is pictured as something that is leaving. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-metonymy יֵרָאֶה֙ 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 17 t5xj figs-metonymy יֵרָאֶה֙ 1 All your males must appear before the Lord Yahweh Here to **appear to the face of the Lord Yahweh** means to gather to worship. **To the face** is a metonym for Yahweh’s presence, referring to worship. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “must come to worship the Lord Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 20 bssx figs-metonymy לְפָנֶ֔יךָ 1 This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 21 mpfy figs-metonymy הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִפָּנָ֛יו 1 Be attentive to him This means to respect him. **From his face** refers to his person. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 21 mpfy figs-metonymy הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִפָּנָ֛יו 1 Be attentive to him This means to respect him; **from his face** refers to his person. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Show respect to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 21 pm7x figs-activepassive הִשָּׁ֧מֶר מִפָּנָ֛יו 1 Be attentive to him You could state this in an active manner. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 23 21 p5y3 grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תַּמֵּ֣ר בּ֑וֹ כִּ֣י לֹ֤א יִשָּׂא֙ לְפִשְׁעֲכֶ֔ם כִּ֥י שְׁמִ֖י בְּקִרְבּֽוֹ׃ 1 Do not provoke him, for he will not pardon There are two reasons given for the instruction **do not cause bitterness in him**. They are chained together such that you could say: “Because my name is within him, he will not forgive your transgressions, therefore do not cause bitterness in him.” The relation of the **name** and **forgiveness** is not explicit. Alternate translation: “If you provoke him, he will not pardon your sins for my name is within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖י בְּקִרְבּֽוֹ 1 My name is on him Here **name** refers to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 21 gt76 figs-metonymy וּשְׁמַ֥ע בְּקֹל֖וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 23 22 z1gn figs-metonymy אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּקֹל֔וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 21 p4jv figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖י בְּקִרְבּֽוֹ 1 My name is on him Here **name** refers to God’s authority. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “He has my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 21 gt76 figs-metonymy וּשְׁמַ֥ע בְּקֹל֖וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “and obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 23 22 z1gn figs-metonymy אִם־שָׁמֹ֤עַ תִּשְׁמַע֙ בְּקֹל֔וֹ 1 If you indeed obey his voice Here, **voice** represents what the angel says. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “if you carefully obey what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 22 y9bm figs-parallelism וְאָֽיַבְתִּי֙ אֶת־אֹ֣יְבֶ֔יךָ וְצַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־צֹרְרֶֽיךָ 1 an enemy to your enemies and an adversary to your adversaries These two phrases mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: see UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 23 23 x2nh figs-metonymy לְפָנֶיךָ֒ 1 This means “in front of you.” Alternate translation: “in front of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 24 a1d5 figs-explicit וְלֹ֥א תַעֲשֶׂ֖ה כְּמַֽעֲשֵׂיהֶ֑ם 1 You must not…do as they do The Israelites must not live as the people who worship other gods. Alternate translation: “You must not … live as the people who worship those gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1698,19 +1696,19 @@ EXO 23 29 i9aq figs-explicit פֶּן־תִּהְיֶ֤ה הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ EXO 23 30 mne7 figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 31 my2e figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶֽיךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְךָ֖ לְמוֹקֵֽשׁ 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshipping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. See UST. Alternate translation: “worshipping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes<br>## Structure<br>1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2<br>2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it, this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8<br>3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11<br>4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders and he goes v. 12-15<br>5. Description of Yahweh's glory and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18<br><br>## Potential translation issues<br>- there are a number of similes used to describe people's encounter with God<br>- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways<br>- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ covenant<br>The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### God’s holiness<br>Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2<br>2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it, this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8<br>3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11<br>4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders and he goes v. 12-15<br>5. Description of Yahweh's glory and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18<br><br>## Potential translation issues<br><br>- there are a number of similes used to describe people's encounter with God<br>- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways<br>- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ covenant<br><br>The people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### God’s holiness<br><br>Because Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 24 1 hji6 writing-newevent 0 Nadab…Abihu A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 24 1 c97i translate-names נָדָ֣ב וַאֲבִיה֔וּא 1 Nadab…Abihu These are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 24 1 zukb figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֗ה 1 Nadab…Abihu Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -EXO 24 1 nm3t translate-numbers וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים 1 seventy of Israel’s elders “and 70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 24 1 nm3t translate-numbers וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Alternate translation: “and 70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 24 1 ymip figs-explicit וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Here, “to me” is implied, you may make it explicit if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “and you shall bow down to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 24 2 p06o writing-pronouns וְהֵ֖ם 1 seventy of Israel’s elders This refers to all the other people mentioned in [verse 1](../24/01.md). Alternate translation: “and Aaron, Nadab, Abihu, and the elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 24 2 dqnp figs-123person אֶל־יְהוָ֔ה 1 seventy of Israel’s elders Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, you may change it to first person if it would be unclear in your language. Alternate translation: “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 24 3 sbc3 writing-newevent 0 with one voice Verses 3-8 are a different scene than the rest of the chapter, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. It seems that there were some preparations needed before Moses and the elders could go up to meet Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 24 3 nuqr 0 with one voice See [Exodus 19:8](../19/08.md) for how you translated a very similar event. EXO 24 3 cg32 figs-idiom ק֤וֹל אֶחָד֙ 1 with one voice This is an idiom that means the people were in complete agreement. Alternate translation: “together” or “in agreement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 24 4 h7gg תַּ֣חַת הָהָ֑ר 1 foot of the mountain “at the base of the mountain” -EXO 24 4 uipf translate-numbers וּשְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙…לִשְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר 1 foot of the mountain “and 12 … according to the 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 24 4 h7gg תַּ֣חַת הָהָ֑ר 1 foot of the mountain Alternate translation: “at the base of the mountain” +EXO 24 4 uipf translate-numbers וּשְׁתֵּ֤ים עֶשְׂרֵה֙…לִשְׁנֵ֥ים עָשָׂ֖ר 1 foot of the mountain Alternate translation: “and 12 … according to the 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 24 7 c9tm translate-unknown סֵ֣פֶר הַבְּרִ֔ית 1 foot of the mountain Here, **book** does not mean something in our modern format. It was likely a piece of papyrus (an early form of paper made from reeds) or animal skin that rolled up. Alternate translation: “the Covenant he had written down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 24 8 h9ff figs-explicit הַדָּ֔ם 1 Then Moses took the blood This refers to the blood that Moses had put into the bowls. This can be stated clearly. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 24 8 juxf figs-explicit עַ֥ל כָּל־הַדְּבָרִ֖ים הָאֵֽלֶּה׃ 1 Then Moses took the blood **These words** refers to what Moses just read aloud, that is, Yahweh’s commands. You can make this more clear. Alternate translation: “which I just read aloud to you and you agreed to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1721,23 +1719,23 @@ EXO 24 10 ic4s figs-personification וְתַ֣חַת רַגְלָ֗יו 1 EXO 24 10 q8sn לִבְנַ֣ת 1 pavement a hard surface for walking or riding EXO 24 10 pm87 translate-unknown הַסַּפִּ֔יר 1 sapphire stone This is a gemstone that is blue in color. If there is a blue gemstone that your people are familiar with you may use it here as the exact gemstone is not certain. You may also describe it. Alternate translation: “a blue gemstone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 24 10 zd6u figs-simile וּכְעֶ֥צֶם הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם לָטֹֽהַר 1 as clear as the sky itself This is a simile. Alternate translation: “and it was blue like the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -EXO 24 11 jds6 figs-metonymy וְאֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑וֹ 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders This means that God did not harm the leaders. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 24 11 jds6 figs-metonymy וְאֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑וֹ 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders Here, **his hand** refers to his judgement. This means that God did not harm the leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God did not harm the Israelite leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 24 11 b398 grammar-connect-condition-contrary וְאֶל־אֲצִילֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל לֹ֥א שָׁלַ֖ח יָד֑וֹ 1 God did not lay a hand on the Israelite leaders What would be expected is if they saw God they would die. The Israelite elders ability to see God and live is unexpected, be sure your translation conveys that. Alternate translation: “However, he did not send out his hand to the leaders of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) EXO 24 12 dx4f figs-explicit לְהוֹרֹתָֽם 1 tablets of stone and the law and commandments This means so that Moses and the other Israelite leaders could teach the laws and commandments to the Israelite people. You may need to make this clear. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 24 13 gv5e וִיהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ מְשָׁרְת֑וֹ 1 with his assistant Joshua The word translated **servant** here is usually associated with a higher position, like a government minister. Avoid using a word that implies a lower class serving role. Alternate translation: “with Joshua who assisted him” or “with Joshua who helped him” EXO 24 13 flw7 writing-participants וִיהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 with his assistant Joshua **Joshua** is introduced here again, if your language marks new participants in the narrative in a certain way, use that form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) EXO 24 14 mhvj grammar-connect-time-sequential וְאֶל־הַזְּקֵנִ֤ים אָמַר֙ 1 wait for us The structure of the Hebrew indicates but does not require that this speech by Moses happened before [verse 13](../24/13.md) (hence **had said**). The ULT takes this view, however, for languages where it is hard to express events out of order, the UST reflects the other grammatical possibility and says in [24:13](../24/13.md) that Moses started up the mountain and in [24:15](../24/15.md) that he went the rest of the way up the mountain. Following this you can view this verse as if Moses paused and gave these final instructions as he was leaving the elders behind, keeping a sequential structure. Either approach is permissible by the text, but the approach of the ULT is preferred if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) -EXO 24 14 qiy4 לָ֣נוּ 1 wait for us “Joshua and me” +EXO 24 14 qiy4 לָ֣נוּ 1 wait for us Alternate translation: “Joshua and me” EXO 24 14 uc7r translate-names וְחוּר֙ 1 Hur **Hur** was a man who was a friend of Moses and Aaron. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 17:10](../17/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 24 14 jyh8 וְהִנֵּ֨ה 1 Hur **Behold** is used to draw attention to important information that Moses is about to tell them. It is frequently omitted, if your language uses a statement to draw attention to important information you should consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Remember” EXO 24 14 dqhj figs-idiom מִי־בַ֥עַל דְּבָרִ֖ים 1 Hur This is an idiom that means that someone has a legal dispute or complaint. Alternate translation: “Whoever has a legal claim” or “Anyone with a law case” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy כְּבוֹד־יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of Yahweh’s presence. Alternate translation: “the brilliant light showing Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 24 16 sb1o translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 Yahweh’s glory “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 24 16 uwdd translate-ordinal בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 Yahweh’s glory “on day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 24 16 j2s5 figs-metonymy כְּבוֹד־יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh’s glory This was the brilliant light of Yahweh’s presence. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the brilliant light showing Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 24 16 sb1o translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 Yahweh’s glory Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 24 16 uwdd translate-ordinal בַּיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 Yahweh’s glory Alternate translation: “on day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 24 17 e4n6 figs-simile כְּאֵ֥שׁ אֹכֶ֖לֶת 1 like a devouring fire This means the glory of Yahweh was very large and seemed to burn brightly like a fire. Alternate translation: “like a big fire burning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 24 17 k5lj figs-metaphor לְעֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 in the eyes of the Israelites Their eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents their thoughts or judgment about they saw. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 24 18 h1wy translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְאַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה 1 forty days and forty nights “40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure:<br>- v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place they will worship God<br>- v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions<br>- v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony<br>- v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table<br>- v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand<br>- v. 40: Summary instruction<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>- The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.<br>- Translators will need to take care translating the concept of atonement.<br><br><br>## Potential translation issues in this chapter:<br>- There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.<br>- There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.<br>- From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30 almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].<br> +EXO 24 18 h1wy translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֣ים י֔וֹם וְאַרְבָּעִ֖ים לָֽיְלָה 1 forty days and forty nights Alternate translation: “40 days and 40 nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 25 intro t23a 0 # Exodus 25 General Notes<br><br>## Structure:<br><br>- v. 1-7: Instructions for gifts the Israelites may give to help build the place they will worship God<br>- v. 8-9: Introductory building instructions<br>- v. 10-22: Instructions for building the Box of the Testimony<br>- v. 23-30: Instructions for building the table<br>- v. 31-39: Instructions for building the lampstand<br>- v. 40: Summary instruction<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>- The tent of meeting and Box of the Testimony are introduced in this chapter.<br>- Translators will need to take care translating the concept of atonement.<br><br><br>## Potential translation issues in this chapter:<br><br>- There are many unfamiliar items in this chapter. Fortunately they are mostly all physical items. Translators will have to try to understand what each item is and translate it into the closest equivalent in their culture. It may be helpful for translators to try to find images depicting some of the items the Israelites were to make.<br>- There are some biblical weights and measurements that translators may not have encountered before.<br>- From [verse 11](../25/11.md) until the end of chapter 30 almost every instruction regarding the construction of the tent of meeting and all the associated items are given with a singular form of “you” as if Moses himself would make them. However, it is clear and made explicit in [chapter 31](../31/01.md) that certain skilled craftsmen will receive these instructions from Moses and make these items. In some languages you may need to change from second to third person throughout, following the pattern in [25:10](../25/10.md). There are a few exceptions which will have their own note. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]].<br> EXO 25 2 ygtd figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֙ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart At the beginning of this verse, a direct quote begins that continues until the end of [Exo 30:10](../30/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 25 2 tktu figs-quotations דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְיִקְחוּ־לִ֖י תְּרוּמָ֑ה 1 who is motivated by a willing heart In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣נּוּ לִבּ֔וֹ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1749,7 +1747,7 @@ EXO 25 5 va28 translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 scarlet The meaning of EXO 25 5 d4fa translate-unknown שִׁטִּֽים 1 scarlet A small tree with spreading foliage and durable wood. [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 6 i6gp translate-unknown בְּשָׂמִים֙ 1 spices Here, **spices** are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 7 mg4f translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֕הַם 1 onyx An **onyx stone** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating it by using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 7 c3hk וְאַבְנֵ֖י 1 precious stones “and valuable gems for” or “ and treasured gems for” +EXO 25 7 c3hk וְאַבְנֵ֖י 1 precious stones Alternate translation: “and valuable gems for” or “ and treasured gems for” EXO 25 9 m1np figs-you אוֹתְךָ֔ 1 show you in the plans Here, **you** is singular and refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 25 9 w4sc כֵּלָ֑יו 1 tabernacle Here, **utensils** is a general term that you could translate by a broad term that could encompass all of the things used in the tabernacle as described in this and the several following chapters. Alternate translation: “its implements” EXO 25 9 c9qe figs-youdual תַּעֲשֽׂוּ 1 You must make it Here, **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the people of Israel. If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) @@ -1769,24 +1767,24 @@ EXO 25 23 t312 translate-bdistance שִׁטִּ֑ים אַמָּתַ֤יִם א EXO 25 23 a2o9 translate-fraction וָחֵ֖צִי 1 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 25 24 f20e 0 two cubits…one cubit…a cubit and a half This verse is almost identical to [25:11](../25/11.md). EXO 25 25 awi7 translate-bdistance טֹ֖פַח 1 one handbreadth wide You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **handbreath** is a measurement of approximately eight centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 25 25 bit8 לּ֥וֹ 1 frame for it “for the table” +EXO 25 25 bit8 לּ֥וֹ 1 frame for it Alternate translation: “for the table” EXO 25 27 jdh4 figs-idiom לְבָתִּ֣ים 1 The rings must be attached Here, **to house** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since the rings are where the poles belong for use when carrying the table, the rings are figuratively their **house.** If your language has a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging,” you may use it, or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 25 28 l4fk figs-activepassive וְנִשָּׂא־בָ֖ם אֶת־הַשֻּׁלְחָֽן 1 so that the table may be carried with them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And you shall carry the table with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 25 29 nrmp translate-unknown קְּעָרֹתָ֜יו וְכַפֹּתָ֗יו וּקְשׂוֹתָיו֙ וּמְנַקִּיֹּתָ֔יו 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings We do not know precisely what these dishes were. It is likely that the **plates** were mostly flat dishes for holding the bread that would be on the table; the **pans** may have been shallow bowls or deep plates for holding incense, or they may have been something more like a ladle or spoon; the **pitchers** probably held wine to be poured into the **bowls** for the drink offerings. You will need to translate using the closest word for each such item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 25 29 v78d figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֻסַּ֖ךְ בָּהֵ֑ן 1 to be used to pour out drink offerings This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that the priests will pour out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 25 30 uth7 figs-metonymy לֶ֥חֶם פָּנִ֖ים 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. This bread represented the presence of God. Alternate translation: “the bread of the Presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 30 kh7c figs-metonymy לְפָנַ֥י 1 bread of the presence Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 25 31 kc3q מִקְשָׁ֞ה 1 hammered gold “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). +EXO 25 31 kc3q מִקְשָׁ֞ה 1 hammered gold Alternate translation: “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). EXO 25 31 g25l figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶׂ֤ה 1 The lampstand is to be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you shall make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 25 33 i7bh translate-unknown מְֽשֻׁקָּדִ֞ים 1 almond blossoms An almond blossom is a white or pink flower that has five petals. (An almond is a kind of nut.) You may want to include a short description as a footnote or in the text (if that is your translation style) the first time this object is encountered. Alternate translation: “shaped like the five-petaled almond flower” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 25 35 lk10 וְכַפְתֹּ֡ר תַּחַת֩ שְׁנֵ֨י הַקָּנִ֜ים מִמֶּ֗נָּה וְכַפְתֹּר֙ תַּ֣חַת שְׁנֵ֤י הַקָּנִים֙ מִמֶּ֔נָּה וְכַפְתֹּ֕ר תַּחַת־שְׁנֵ֥י הַקָּנִ֖ים מִמֶּ֑נָּה לְשֵׁ֨שֶׁת֙ הַקָּנִ֔ים הַיֹּצְאִ֖ים מִן־הַמְּנֹרָֽה 1 made as one piece with it “There must be a leafy base under the first pair of branches—made as one piece with it, and a leafy base under the second pair of branches—also made as one piece with it. In the same way there must be a leafy base under the third pair of branches, made as one piece with it. It must be the same for all six branches extending out from the lampstand.” -EXO 25 36 r7yz מִקְשָׁ֥ה 1 made as one piece with it “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). +EXO 25 35 lk10 וְכַפְתֹּ֡ר תַּחַת֩ שְׁנֵ֨י הַקָּנִ֜ים מִמֶּ֗נָּה וְכַפְתֹּר֙ תַּ֣חַת שְׁנֵ֤י הַקָּנִים֙ מִמֶּ֔נָּה וְכַפְתֹּ֕ר תַּחַת־שְׁנֵ֥י הַקָּנִ֖ים מִמֶּ֑נָּה לְשֵׁ֨שֶׁת֙ הַקָּנִ֔ים הַיֹּצְאִ֖ים מִן־הַמְּנֹרָֽה 1 made as one piece with it Alternate translation: “There must be a leafy base under the first pair of branches—made as one piece with it, and a leafy base under the second pair of branches—also made as one piece with it. In the same way there must be a leafy base under the third pair of branches, made as one piece with it. It must be the same for all six branches extending out from the lampstand.” +EXO 25 36 r7yz מִקְשָׁ֥ה 1 made as one piece with it Alternate translation: “of beaten gold” See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:18](../25/18.md). EXO 25 37 dfn6 figs-metonymy וְהֵאִ֖יר עַל־עֵ֥בֶר פָּנֶֽיהָ 1 for them to give light from it Here, **face** figuratively represents the location of the lampstand. Alternate translation: “so they shine light near it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 39 ff5p translate-bweight כִּכָּ֛ר 1 one talent You can convert this weight to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A talent weighs about 33 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 25 40 y081 figs-explicit וּרְאֵ֖ה וַעֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain All the items described in this chapter are implied as what Moses is told to **see and make**. You could make that explicit in your translation if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “See and make everything I have described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 25 40 gyte figs-metonymy וּרְאֵ֖ה וַעֲשֵׂ֑ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain Here, **see** relates to observing or overseeing. Essentially, Yahweh is telling Moses to be careful as he observes the pattern on the mountain and as he sees the craftsmen of Israel working on these items, so that they are made correctly. Alternate translation: “Watch carefully so you can make these things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה 1 you are being shown on the mountain This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I am showing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes<br><br><br>- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.<br>- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.<br>- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent<br> - v. 1-6: Inner covering<br> - v. 7-14: Outer covering layers<br> - v. 15-30: Wooden framework<br>- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent<br>- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br><br>### The tent of meeting<br>This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place,” that has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) +EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes<br><br><br>- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.<br>- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.<br>- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent<br> - v. 1-6: Inner covering<br> - v. 7-14: Outer covering layers<br> - v. 15-30: Wooden framework<br>- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent<br>- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br><br>### The tent of meeting<br><br>This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place,” that has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]]) EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-you תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 26 1 iww4 translate-unknown יְרִיעֹ֑ת 1 curtains The **curtains** were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 1 vre7 וּתְכֵ֤לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן֙ וְתֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 curtains Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). @@ -1795,17 +1793,17 @@ EXO 26 1 ni5d translate-unknown שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר 1 scarlet wool T EXO 26 1 n2vm חֹשֵׁ֖ב 1 craftsman a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand EXO 26 2 dkr6 translate-bdistance שְׁמֹנֶ֤ה וְעֶשְׂרִים֙ בָּֽאַמָּ֔ה…אַרְבַּ֣ע בָּאַמָּ֔ה 1 twenty-eight cubits…four cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 12.9 meters … 184 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 26 3 ba6w figs-activepassive חֲמֵ֣שׁ הַיְרִיעֹ֗ת תִּֽהְיֶ֨יןָ֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָ֑הּ וְחָמֵ֤שׁ יְרִיעֹת֙ חֹֽבְרֹ֔ת אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽהּ 1 Five curtains must be joined to each other…must also be joined to each other This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Join five of the curtains each to another, and join five of the curtains each to another.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 26 4 ghz8 תְּכֵ֗לֶת 1 one set “blue yarn” or “blue cloth” +EXO 26 4 ghz8 תְּכֵ֗לֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “blue yarn” or “blue cloth” EXO 26 4 wdum translate-ordinal הָאֶחָ֔ת…הַשֵּׁנִֽית 1 one set (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 26 4 d0sl בַּחֹבָ֑רֶת 1 one set “in one set of five curtains” -EXO 26 4 gjt1 בַּמַּחְבֶּ֖רֶת הַשֵּׁנִֽית 1 one set “in the other set of five curtains” +EXO 26 4 d0sl בַּחֹבָ֑רֶת 1 one set Alternate translation: “in one set of five curtains” +EXO 26 4 gjt1 בַּמַּחְבֶּ֖רֶת הַשֵּׁנִֽית 1 one set Alternate translation: “in the other set of five curtains” EXO 26 5 nkr7 figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֖ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָֽהּ 1 one set This is an idiom meaning “to each other.” Alternate translation: “one to the other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 26 6 sns4 וְעָשִׂ֕יתָ חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים קַרְסֵ֣י זָהָ֑ב וְחִבַּרְתָּ֨ אֶת־הַיְרִיעֹ֜ת אִשָּׁ֤ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָהּ֙ 1 clasps The clasps fit into the loops (verses 4 and 5) to hold the curtains together. EXO 26 6 k12s figs-idiom אִשָּׁ֤ה אֶל־אֲחֹתָהּ֙ 1 clasps This is the same idiom as in the previous verse meaning together. Alternate translation: “to each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 26 6 b242 אֶחָֽד 1 clasps “as though it were one piece” +EXO 26 6 b242 אֶחָֽד 1 clasps Alternate translation: “as though it were one piece” EXO 26 7 jeaz לְאֹ֖הֶל 1 eleven This refers to a outer tent over the sacred tent. Alternate translation: “for an outer tent” -EXO 26 7 t7t3 translate-numbers עַשְׁתֵּי־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 eleven “eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 26 8 p423 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁים֙…אַרְבַּ֣ע…לְעַשְׁתֵּ֥י עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 thirty…four “thirty … 4 … eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 26 7 t7t3 translate-numbers עַשְׁתֵּי־עֶשְׂרֵ֥ה 1 eleven Alternate translation: “eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 26 8 p423 translate-numbers שְׁלֹשִׁים֙…אַרְבַּ֣ע…לְעַשְׁתֵּ֥י עֶשְׂרֵ֖ה 1 thirty…four Alternate translation: “thirty … 4 … eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 26 8 v7i1 translate-bdistance שְׁלֹשִׁים֙ בָּֽאַמָּ֔ה…אַרְבַּ֣ע בָּאַמָּ֔ה 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 13.8 meter … 184 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 26 9 kb9x figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֖וּל פְּנֵ֥י הָאֹֽהֶל 1 cubits Here, **face** is probably referring to the entrance of the tent. The opening for the protective tent and the sacred tent would have been coordinated so they were in the same place. Alternate translation: “in front of the entrance of the tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 26 9 q3og הָאֹֽהֶל 1 cubits As in [verse 7](../26/07.md), **the tent** refers to the outer tent over the sacred tent. Alternate translation: “the outer tent” @@ -1817,7 +1815,7 @@ EXO 26 14 kii8 translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 a covering of ram skin EXO 26 14 yz3v translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֑ים 1 dyed red When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md). Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 15 y85l translate-unknown הַקְּרָשִׁ֖ים 1 frames This refers to frames or panels that they made by joining together smaller pieces of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 15 tw2h translate-unknown שִׁטִּ֖ים 1 frames The **acacias** are small trees with spreading foliage and durable wood. See how you translated this in [25:5](../25/05.md). [See on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shittah_tree) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 16 k4b7 translate-numbers עֶ֥שֶׂר…וְאַמָּה֙ וַחֲצִ֣י הָֽאַמָּ֔ה 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits “10 … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 26 16 k4b7 translate-numbers עֶ֥שֶׂר…וְאַמָּה֙ וַחֲצִ֣י הָֽאַמָּ֔ה 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits Alternate translation: “10 … 1.5 cubits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 26 16 z2rv translate-bdistance עֶ֥שֶׂר אַמּ֖וֹת…וְאַמָּה֙ וַחֲצִ֣י הָֽאַמָּ֔ה 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 4.6 meters … 69 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 26 16 p3av translate-fraction וַחֲצִ֣י 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits The word **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 26 17 zwfj translate-unknown יָד֗וֹת 1 ten cubits…one and a half cubits This means a part of the wood sticking out from the rest of the frame so that it can be put into a hole in another object. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1828,7 +1826,7 @@ EXO 26 21 rlcf figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת ה EXO 26 25 cbpl figs-explicit שְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֗ים תַּ֚חַת הַקֶּ֣רֶשׁ הָאֶחָ֔ד וּשְׁנֵ֣י אֲדָנִ֔ים תַּ֖חַת הַקֶּ֥רֶשׁ הָאֶחָֽד 1 silver bases The effect of this is to start a list, and the hearer will assume it should be completed. Try to translate this in the way that a speaker of your language would give instructions that are meant to be carried out on a whole group of objects. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). Alternate translation: “two bases under the first frame, and then two bases under the next frame, and so on for all the frames” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 26 25 p2wu translate-unknown וְאַדְנֵיהֶ֣ם…אֲדָנִ֑ים…אֲדָנִ֗ים…אֲדָנִ֔ים 1 silver bases These were silver blocks that had a slot in them to keep the frame in place. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:19](../26/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 26 fc8p translate-unknown בְרִיחִ֖ם 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 29 ji1j בָּתִּ֖ים לַבְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 for them to serve as holders for the crossbars “which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars” +EXO 26 29 ji1j בָּתִּ֖ים לַבְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 for them to serve as holders for the crossbars Alternate translation: “which will hold the crossbars” or “because they will hold the crossbars” EXO 26 29 nq3m לַבְּרִיחִ֑ם 1 crossbars These are horizontal support beams that give stability to the structure. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:26](../26/26.md). EXO 26 30 csf9 figs-activepassive הָרְאֵ֖יתָ בָּהָֽר 1 you were shown on the mountain This can be stated in active form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 26 31 yqi6 0 General Information: See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). @@ -1839,9 +1837,9 @@ EXO 26 35 lv9e הַשֻּׁלְחָן֙…הַמְּנֹרָה֙ 1 The ta EXO 26 36 tiz7 0 The table must be on the north side See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md). EXO 26 36 rr16 תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְתוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md). EXO 26 36 f6td translate-unknown וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֑ר 1 fine twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 26 36 r2fy translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 an embroiderer “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 26 36 r2fy translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 an embroiderer Alternate translation: “a person who sews designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 26 37 av60 0 an embroiderer See how you translated very similar instructions in [verse 32](../26/32.md). -EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.<br>- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar<br>- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent<br>- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand<br><br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tent of meeting<br>This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building (around the tent of meeting) of the courtyard area containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.<br><br>## Potential translation issues<br>- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs, others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.<br>- There continues to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects. +EXO 27 intro x4f7 0 # Exodus 27 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.<br>- v. 1-8: Instructions for constructing the altar<br>- v. 9-19: Instructions for constructing the outer curtain walls forming the courtyard around the sacred tent<br>- v. 20-21: Instructions for the lampstand<br><br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tent of meeting<br><br>This chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building (around the tent of meeting) of the courtyard area containing the altar where priests made sacrifices to Yahweh.<br><br>## Potential translation issues<br><br>- The verb **make** at the beginning of [verse 9](../27/09.md) is the only verb from verses 9-18. Some languages may be able to translate a clause chain this long without additional verbs, others (including English), will need to supply at least a minimum number of verbs (ULT) or quite a few verbs (UST) for naturalness.<br>- There continues to be a number of possibly unknown terms, still all tangible objects. EXO 27 1 s8qy translate-bdistance חָמֵשׁ֩ אַמּ֨וֹת…וְחָמֵ֧שׁ אַמּ֣וֹת…וְשָׁלֹ֥שׁ אַמּ֖וֹת 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people, if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46 centimeters. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 2.3 meters … 2.3 meters … 138 centimeters (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) EXO 27 4 hsq3 רֶ֣שֶׁת 1 grate a frame of crossed metal bars for holding wood when burning EXO 27 4 vlau 0 grate You may want to refer back to several other passages regarding making rings for carrying poles when translating this verse. See [Exo 25:12](../25/12.md), [Exo 25:26](../25/26.md), & [Exo 25:27](../25/27.md). @@ -1873,7 +1871,7 @@ EXO 27 21 p7ru figs-synecdoche הָעֵדֻ֗ת 1 ark of testimony This refer EXO 27 21 nlwz אֹת֨וֹ יַעֲרֹךְ֩ אֹת֨וֹ 1 ark of testimony Here, **it** refers to the lamp mentioned in the previous verse and **arrange** means to set it up for burning, and light it. Alternate translation: “shall set up the lampstand and light it” EXO 27 21 j41s figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 ark of testimony Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in front of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 27 21 vr7m חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְדֹ֣רֹתָ֔ם מֵאֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 This requirement will be a lasting statute See how you translated a similar statement in [12:14](../12/14.md) -EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes<br>## Structure<br>- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests<br>- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing<br>- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod<br> - v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod<br>- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece<br> - v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece<br> - v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod<br>- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart<br>- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates<br>- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban<br>- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing<br>- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments<br>- v. 43b: Closing statement<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Holy garments<br>Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br><br>## Potential translation issues<br>- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstone. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.<br> +EXO 28 intro r3yx 0 # Exodus 28 General Notes<br><br>## Structure<br><br>- v. 1: Introduction - Aaron and sons will become priests<br>- v. 2-5: General introduction of sacred clothing<br>- v. 6-14: Instructions for the ephod<br> - v. 9-14: Instructions regarding stones on ephod<br>- v. 15-28: Instructions for the breastpiece<br> - v. 17-21: Instructions regarding stones on breastpiece<br> - v. 22-28: Instructions for mounting the breastpiece on the ephod<br>- v. 29-30: Aaron should wear things over his heart<br>- v 31-35: Instructions for making the robe with bells and pomegranates<br>- v. 36-38: Instructions regarding the turban<br>- v. 39-41: Closing general instructions regarding clothing<br>- v. 42-43: Instructions on making and wearing undergarments<br>- v. 43b: Closing statement<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Holy garments<br><br>Because Yahweh is holy, only the priests could approach him, and when they did they must be wearing specially made clothing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br><br>## Potential translation issues<br><br>- Verses 17-20 list 12 kinds of stone. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. The UST gives the probable color of the gemstone. Translators may use names of familiar gem stones.<br> EXO 28 1 e1xb figs-you וְאַתָּ֡ה 1 Call to yourself Here **you** refers to Moses, in this case it is something he must do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 28 1 w9ls translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֨ן אָחִ֜יךָ 1 Call to yourself Aaron is older than Moses. If your language uses a different term for the sibling relationship based on gender and age order, choose the appropriate one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) EXO 28 1 ofgr translate-names נָדָ֧ב וַאֲבִיה֛וּא…וְאִיתָמָ֖ר 1 Call to yourself These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -1891,33 +1889,33 @@ EXO 28 7 dpph שְׁתֵּ֧י כְתֵפֹ֣ת חֹֽבְרֹ֗ת יִֽהְי EXO 28 7 wt20 figs-activepassive וְחֻבָּֽר 1 skillful craftsman This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “join it together that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 8 u5av אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָלָ֔יו כְּמַעֲשֵׂ֖הוּ מִמֶּ֣נּוּ 1 it must be made of one piece This is saying that the sash should be attached to the ephod, perhaps cut from the same material used to make the rest of the ephod. EXO 28 9 c4ia translate-unknown אַבְנֵי־שֹׁ֑הַם 1 onyx stones These are valuable stones that have layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 9 s2yd translate-numbers שְׁתֵּ֖י 1 onyx stones “2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 28 10 h5mr translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁה֙…הַשִּׁשָּׁ֧ה 1 onyx stones “6 … 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 28 10 zlte כְּתוֹלְדֹתָֽם 1 onyx stones “according to their birth order” -EXO 28 11 dv8k פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֗ם 1 With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet “in the same way a person engraves on a seal” +EXO 28 9 s2yd translate-numbers שְׁתֵּ֖י 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 28 10 h5mr translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁה֙…הַשִּׁשָּׁ֧ה 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “6 … 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 28 10 zlte כְּתוֹלְדֹתָֽם 1 onyx stones Alternate translation: “according to their birth order” +EXO 28 11 dv8k פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֗ם 1 With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engraving on a signet Alternate translation: “in the same way a person engraves on a seal” EXO 28 11 x1xc translate-unknown חָרַשׁ֮ אֶבֶן֒ 1 engraver This is a person who cuts designs into a hard material such as wood, stone, or metal. Alternate translation: “of a detailed stone cutter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 11 cm3f translate-unknown חֹתָ֗ם 1 signet This is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 11 gh2r translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצ֥וֹת 1 settings These are pieces of metal that hold the stones onto the ephod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 12 ypfd זִכָּרֹ֖ן…לְזִכָּרֹֽן 1 settings The text does not specify if Yahweh or Aaron or someone else is the one being reminded by the stones. It also does not specify exactly what the reminder is of. Try to maintain this ambiguity if possible in your translation. EXO 28 12 shn5 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֧י 1 settings Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 28 13 pi4x translate-unknown מִשְׁבְּצֹ֖ת 1 settings These are pieces of metal that hold each stone onto the ephod. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 14 e746 וּשְׁתֵּ֤י שַׁרְשְׁרֹת֙ זָהָ֣ב טָה֔וֹר מִגְבָּלֹ֛ת תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה אֹתָ֖ם מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת 1 two braided chains of pure gold like cords “and you shall make two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords” -EXO 28 15 sf8e מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה חֹשֵׁ֔ב כְּמַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֵפֹ֖ד תַּעֲשֶׂ֑נּוּ 1 the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod “a skillful workman will make it like the ephod” +EXO 28 14 e746 וּשְׁתֵּ֤י שַׁרְשְׁרֹת֙ זָהָ֣ב טָה֔וֹר מִגְבָּלֹ֛ת תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה אֹתָ֖ם מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת 1 two braided chains of pure gold like cords Alternate translation: “and you shall make two chains of pure gold that are braided like cords” +EXO 28 15 sf8e מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה חֹשֵׁ֔ב כְּמַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֵפֹ֖ד תַּעֲשֶׂ֑נּוּ 1 the work of a skillful workman, fashioned like the ephod Alternate translation: “a skillful workman will make it like the ephod” EXO 28 16 cny4 translate-bdistance זֶ֥רֶת…וְזֶ֥רֶת 1 span You can convert this length to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A span is approximately 23 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -EXO 28 16 onj6 רָב֥וּעַ יִֽהְיֶ֖ה כָּפ֑וּל 1 span “fold it in half so it will be square” +EXO 28 16 onj6 רָב֥וּעַ יִֽהְיֶ֖ה כָּפ֑וּל 1 span Alternate translation: “fold it in half so it will be square” EXO 28 17 spd4 translate-unknown 0 General Information: Twelve kinds of stone are listed in the next four verses. Scholars are not sure which kinds of stones the Hebrew words refer to. Some translations list different stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 17 n1ys translate-unknown אֹ֤דֶם פִּטְדָה֙ וּבָרֶ֔קֶת 1 ruby…topaz…garnet These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 18 qq9g translate-ordinal וְהַטּ֖וּר הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 emerald…diamond “And row 2:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 28 18 qq9g translate-ordinal וְהַטּ֖וּר הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 emerald…diamond Alternate translation: “And row 2:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 28 18 ga1v translate-unknown נֹ֥פֶךְ סַפִּ֖יר וְיָהֲלֹֽם 1 emerald…diamond These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 18 a5rr translate-unknown סַפִּ֖יר 1 sapphire This is a gemstone that is blue in color. See how you translated this in [Exodus 24:10](../24/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 19 uw42 translate-ordinal וְהַטּ֖וּר הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 1 sapphire “And row 3:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 28 19 uw42 translate-ordinal וְהַטּ֖וּר הַשְּׁלִישִׁ֑י 1 sapphire Alternate translation: “And row 3:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 28 19 z17r translate-unknown לֶ֥שֶׁם שְׁב֖וֹ וְאַחְלָֽמָה 1 jacinth…agate…amethyst These are precious stones (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 20 ekaf translate-ordinal וְהַטּוּר֙ הָרְבִיעִ֔י 1 jacinth…agate…amethyst “And row 4:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 28 20 ekaf translate-ordinal וְהַטּוּר֙ הָרְבִיעִ֔י 1 jacinth…agate…amethyst Alternate translation: “And row 4:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 28 20 ul2e translate-unknown תַּרְשִׁ֥ישׁ וְשֹׁ֖הַם וְיָשְׁפֵ֑ה 1 beryl…jasper These are precious stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 20 rgf6 translate-unknown וְשֹׁ֖הַם 1 onyx This is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. See how you translated these in [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 20 pw5h figs-activepassive מְשֻׁבָּצִ֥ים זָהָ֛ב יִהְי֖וּ 1 They must be mounted in gold settings This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You shall set them in gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 21 z8mw translate-unknown פִּתּוּחֵ֤י חוֹתָם֙ 1 signet ring A signet is an engraved stone used to stamp a design into a wax seal. Here the stone is mounted on a ring. See how you translated “signet” in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 22 m7yl translate-unknown שַֽׁרְשֹׁ֥ת גַּבְלֻ֖ת מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת זָהָ֖ב טָהֽוֹר 1 chains like cords, braided work of pure gold “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 22 m7yl translate-unknown שַֽׁרְשֹׁ֥ת גַּבְלֻ֖ת מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה עֲבֹ֑ת זָהָ֖ב טָהֽוֹר 1 chains like cords, braided work of pure gold Alternate translation: “chains that are made of pure gold and are braided like cords.” See how you translated similar phrases in [Exodus 28:14](../28/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 25 d8y3 figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֥וּל פָּנָֽיו 1 braided chains Here, **face** simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 28 25 a4lc figs-explicit עַל־שְׁתֵּ֣י הַֽמִּשְׁבְּצ֑וֹת 1 to the two settings These are two settings that enclose the stones. This can be clearly stated in the translation. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 28 27 f2nn figs-metonymy פָּנָ֔יו 1 braided chains Here, **face** simply refers to the object (the ephod). Alternate translation: “on its front side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -1925,12 +1923,12 @@ EXO 28 27 vw1w translate-unknown לְחֵ֖שֶׁב 1 finely-woven waistband EXO 28 28 se56 figs-activepassive וְלֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַחֹ֔שֶׁן מֵעַ֖ל 1 so that it might be attached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 28 wf9v figs-doublenegatives וְלֹֽא־יִזַּ֣ח הַחֹ֔שֶׁן מֵעַ֖ל 1 the breastpiece might not become unattached from the ephod This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that the breastpiece shall stay attached to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 28 29 z1mz שְׁמ֨וֹת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 he must carry the names of the people of Israel over his heart in the breastpiece This refers to the names of the tribes engraved on the twelve stones the breastplate as described in [Exodus 28:17-21](./17.md). -EXO 28 29 cc97 עַל־לִבּ֖וֹ 1 over his heart “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest” +EXO 28 29 cc97 עַל־לִבּ֖וֹ 1 over his heart Alternate translation: “over Aaron’s heart” or “on his chest” EXO 28 30 dgn9 translate-unknown הָאוּרִים֙ וְאֶת־הַתֻּמִּ֔ים 1 the Urim and the Thummim It not clear what these are. They were objects, possibly stones, that the priest used to determine somehow the will of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 30 f537 translate-unknown וְנָשָׂ֣א אַ֠הֲרֹן אֶת־מִשְׁפַּ֨ט בְּנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל עַל־לִבּ֛וֹ לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה תָּמִֽיד 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions The second phrase appears to refer to the Urim and Thummim and explain their purpose. Alternate translation: “And Aaron shall bear the decisions for the sons of Israel over his heart before Yahweh continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 30 fep5 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה…לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 the Urim and the Thummim…the means for making decisions Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh … before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 28 32 x42n מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג 1 This must be the work of a weaver This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: “A weaver must make this robe” -EXO 28 32 rw96 translate-unknown אֹרֵ֗ג 1 a weaver “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 32 rw96 translate-unknown אֹרֵ֗ג 1 a weaver Alternate translation: “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 32 t60l translate-unknown תַחְרָ֛א 1 a weaver We do not know what this term means, but the implication seems to be that the collar should be made strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 32 ubhg figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ 1 a weaver You can translate this in another form. Alternate translation: see UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 28 33 qm1f translate-unknown תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן֙ וְתוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 pomegranates Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -1940,7 +1938,7 @@ EXO 28 35 fmqu figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֧י יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its so EXO 28 35 ky8s figs-123person יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, Yahweh refers to himself in the third person, if it would be more natural in your language you may need to change this to first person. Alternate translation: “me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 28 35 qtf9 figs-explicit וְלֹ֥א יָמֽוּת 1 This is so that he does not die The probable implication is that he would die because he did not obey Yahweh. This can be stated. Alternate translation: “As a result, he will not die because of disobeying my instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 28 36 mzej translate-unknown צִּ֖יץ 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet We do not know exactly what this was. It was probably a thin piece of gold smaller than the palm of someone’s hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 28 36 nd2q translate-unknown וּפִתַּחְתָּ֤ עָלָיו֙ פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֔ם 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 28 36 nd2q translate-unknown וּפִתַּחְתָּ֤ עָלָיו֙ פִּתּוּחֵ֣י חֹתָ֔ם 1 engrave on it, like the engraving on a signet Alternate translation: “write on it in the same way a person engraves on a seal.” See how you translated similar words in [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 37 qka6 translate-unknown הַמִּצְנָ֑פֶת…הַמִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 37 lxq8 figs-metonymy אֶל־מ֥וּל פְּנֵֽי־הַמִּצְנֶ֖פֶת 1 turban Here, **face** means the front. Alternate translation: “to the front of the turban” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 28 38 frqm figs-metaphor וְנָשָׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֜ן אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הַקֳּדָשִׁ֗ים 1 turban Here, **iniquity** is pictured as something that can be carried or worn like the turban. It also seems to be picturing handing off the iniquity from the people to Aaron. Also, here, **iniquity** actually seems to refer to the punishment for anything that might be wrong regarding the things the Israelites offer Yahweh. You may need to use a different word than **bear** to convey the transfer of responsibility for wrongs from the people to Aaron. Alternate translation: “and Aaron shall be responsible for any wrong related to the holy things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1955,43 +1953,43 @@ EXO 28 41 xa75 translate-kinship אַהֲרֹ֣ן אָחִ֔יךָ 1 You must EXO 28 41 agey figs-idiom וּמִלֵּאתָ֧ אֶת־יָדָ֛ם 1 You must clothe Aaron your brother This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. Alternate translation: “and you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 28 42 vz62 translate-unknown מִכְנְסֵי 1 undergarments These are clothing worn under the outer clothes, next to the skin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 28 42 m1bi figs-euphemism בְּשַׂ֣ר עֶרְוָ֑ה 1 undergarments This is an euphemism for the male genitalia. You may translate it using an appropriate euphemism in your culture. Alternate translation: “their private parts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes<br>Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.<br>## Structure<br>As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole, the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.<br>The Consecration of the Priests<br>- v. 1-3 Preparing items<br>- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons<br>- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar<br>- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams<br> - v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned<br> - v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating<br> - v. 29-30 Priestly succession<br> - v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram<br>- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days<br>- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings<br>- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Consecrating priests<br>This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br><br>### Forms of you<br>For this chapter, it seems that the singular you that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.<br><br>### “I will live among the Israelites”<br>As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. +EXO 29 intro xmd9 0 # Exodus 29 General Notes<br><br>Large translation teams working on multiple books at the same time should note that this chapter is very similar to Leviticus 8.<br><br>## Structure<br><br>As you translate, you may perceive a different structure in this chapter than what is below. Feel free to organize in a way that is clear in your language. This chapter is really one united whole, the outline below is one possible way of subdividing it.<br>The Consecration of the Priests<br>- v. 1-3 Preparing items<br>- v. 4-9 Preparing Aaron and his sons<br>- v. 10-14 Sacrificing the bull to purify the altar<br>- v. 15-34 Sacrificing the rams<br> - v. 15-18 The first ram wholly burned<br> - v. 19-28 The second ram used for consecrating and divided for eating<br> - v. 29-30 Priestly succession<br> - v. 31-34 More instructions regarding eating the second ram<br>- v. 35-37 Instructions to do all this for seven days<br>- v. 38-41 Instructions for perpetual offerings<br>- v. 42-46 Yahweh’s affirmation<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Consecrating priests<br><br>This chapter records the process of consecrating priests. The priests were to be set apart from the rest of Israel because Yahweh is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br><br>### Forms of you<br><br>For this chapter, it seems that the singular you that Yahweh has been using to give Moses general instructions for the last several chapters actually refers to Moses himself. If you have been translating the instructions using a plural form of you or by shifting the instructions to the third person, you should switch back to a singular form referring directly to Moses for this chapter.<br><br>### “I will live among the Israelites”<br><br>As God, Yahweh is everywhere and cannot be limited to a single space. This phrase indicates that he permanently remains within Israel in a special way while they have the ark. EXO 29 1 d6gk writing-newevent וְזֶ֨ה 1 Now A new scene begins here, there is a change in topic from instructions for making garments for priests to consecrating priests. This may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 29 1 z78h writing-pronouns תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 1 you must do Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 29 1 ld5s writing-pronouns לָהֶ֛ם 1 to set them apart “to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 29 1 ld5s writing-pronouns לָהֶ֛ם 1 to set them apart Alternate translation: “to Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 dq2c writing-pronouns לִ֑י 1 serve me Here **me** refers to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 1 jhj3 figs-idiom בֶּן־בָּקָ֛ר 1 serve me This is an idiom meaning young. If you do not have a similar idiom you may translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “a young one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 2 ptm7 figs-activepassive בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּשֶּׁ֔מֶן…מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּשָּׁ֑מֶן 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil These can be stated in active form. You may need to shorten the sentences and make the alternate translation content separate sentences or mark it off with special punctuation. Alternate translation: “(mix them with oil) … (rub them with oil)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 29 2 wkyb וּרְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּשָּׁ֑מֶן 1 Also take wafers without yeast rubbed with oil These may have been rubbed with oil before or after baking. EXO 29 2 r449 translate-unknown וְחַלֹּ֤ת…וּרְקִיקֵ֥י 1 bread…cakes…wafers These are different kinds of food made from flour. While all the breads were somewhat flat because they were unleavened, the **cakes** were a bread enriched with oil and the **wafers** were especially thin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 3 gm58 writing-pronouns אוֹתָם֙ 1 You must put them “the bread, cake, and wafer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 29 3 gm58 writing-pronouns אוֹתָם֙ 1 You must put them Alternate translation: “the bread, cake, and wafer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 3 cd6m וְהִקְרַבְתָּ֥ אֹתָ֖ם בַּסָּ֑ל וְאֶ֨ת־הַפָּ֔ר וְאֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֥י הָאֵילִֽם 1 present them with the bull and the two rams Here, **in the basket** is almost parenthetical. You may need to restructure the sentence or use punctuation to make it clear that **the bull and the two rams** are connected to **bring** not, **in the basket.** Alternate translation: “and you shall bring them near (in the basket) along with the bull and the two rams” EXO 29 4 a6rz אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 tent of meeting This is another name for the tabernacle. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:21](../27/21.md). EXO 29 5 pr4i translate-unknown בְּחֵ֖שֶׁב 1 finely-woven waistband This was a cloth belt made from narrow linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 6 ap2x translate-unknown הַמִּצְנֶ֖פֶת…הַמִּצְנָֽפֶת 1 turban This was a tall head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 6 y59s translate-unknown נֵ֥זֶר הַקֹּ֖דֶשׁ 1 holy crown This crown is described in [Exodus 28:36](../28/36.md) as being engraved with the words “Holy to Yahweh” and made of pure gold. There it is referred to by a different Hebrew word, translated “rosette.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 7 rwuj translate-unknown שֶׁ֣מֶן הַמִּשְׁחָ֔ה 1 holy crown See how you translated this in [25:6](../25/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 8 v46k writing-pronouns בָּנָ֖יו 1 bring his sons “Aaron’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +EXO 29 8 v46k writing-pronouns בָּנָ֖יו 1 bring his sons Alternate translation: “Aaron’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 29 8 jtc7 translate-unknown כֻּתֳּנֹֽת 1 coats These were coats with a design woven into them. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 9 j3a8 translate-unknown אַבְנֵ֜ט 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. See how you translated this word in [Exodus 28:4](../28/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 9 bh2d translate-unknown מִגְבָּעֹ֔ת 1 headbands A headband is a narrow, decorative strip of cloth that is worn around the head above the eyes. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:40](../28/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 9 r1x4 translate-unknown כְּהֻנָּ֖ה 1 The work of the priesthood Here, **priesthood** means the official office of priest. Alternate translation: “the duty of being priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 29 9 ze9l figs-explicit וְהָיְתָ֥ה לָהֶ֛ם 1 will belong to them The duty of being priests will also belong to the descendants of Aaron’s sons. You can state this clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “And … will belong to them and their descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 29 9 p7m9 לְחֻקַּ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם 1 permanent law “a law that will not end.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md). +EXO 29 9 p7m9 לְחֻקַּ֣ת עוֹלָ֑ם 1 permanent law Alternate translation: “a law that will not end.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:43](../28/43.md). EXO 29 9 zbzk figs-idiom וּמִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְיַד־בָּנָֽיו 1 permanent law This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “And you shall ordain Aaron and his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 9 jhwb וּמִלֵּאתָ֥ יַֽד־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְיַד־בָּנָֽיו 1 tent of meeting Interpretations of this phrase vary. Some take it to mean that the actions previous to this statement describe the consecrating of Aaron and his sons as priests. And at this point they are ordained. Others suggest this phrase may introduce the following material as the consecration process. However, because there are several statements regarding this consecration (literally filling the hand) throughout the chapter (see verses 29, 33, and 35), it may also merely be a summary and reminder statement of the purpose of the entire process as the instructions transition from dressing the priests to the sacrificial portion of the ritual. It would probably be best to translate this in the way a mid-text summary reminder phrase would be spoken in your language, avoiding any indication that it refers only to the previous or following text. EXO 29 10 wjko 0 tent of meeting The sacrifice explained here through verse 14 is to purify or cleanse the altar. This is made more clear in [verses 36-37](../29/36.md). -EXO 29 10 sgur figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 tent of meeting Here, **face** refers to the front of the tent. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 29 10 sgur figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 tent of meeting Here, **face** refers to the front of the tent. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 29 10 rf0w grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְסָמַ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּבָנָ֛יו אֶת־יְדֵיהֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַפָּֽר 1 tent of meeting The slaughter of the bull in the next verse occurs while they continue to have their hands on the bull’s head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) EXO 29 12 c2ud translate-unknown קַרְנֹ֥ת 1 the horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 12 xdl5 כָּל־הַדָּ֣ם 1 the rest of the blood “the remaining blood” -EXO 29 13 x2c5 וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֖ 1 covers the inner parts “and burn them to make smoke” +EXO 29 12 xdl5 כָּל־הַדָּ֣ם 1 the rest of the blood Alternate translation: “the remaining blood” +EXO 29 13 x2c5 וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֖ 1 covers the inner parts Alternate translation: “and burn them to make smoke” EXO 29 13 nsg6 translate-unknown הַכָּבֵ֔ד…הַכְּלָיֹ֔ת 1 liver…kidneys These are organs in the body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 14 eza8 וְאֶת־בְּשַׂ֤ר הַפָּר֙ וְאֶת־עֹר֣וֹ וְאֶת 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung “But as for the remaining parts of the bull, including the flesh and” -EXO 29 14 o262 מִח֖וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung “outside the borders of where the Israelites are camped” +EXO 29 14 eza8 וְאֶת־בְּשַׂ֤ר הַפָּר֙ וְאֶת־עֹר֣וֹ וְאֶת 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung Alternate translation: “But as for the remaining parts of the bull, including the flesh and” +EXO 29 14 o262 מִח֖וּץ לַֽמַּחֲנֶ֑ה 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung Alternate translation: “outside the borders of where the Israelites are camped” EXO 29 15 pd0t grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְסָ֨מְכ֜וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּבָנָ֛יו אֶת־יְדֵיהֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָאָֽיִל 1 But as for the bull’s flesh, as well as its skin and dung The slaughter of the ram in the next verse occurs while they continue to have their hands on the ram’s head. Take care to arrange the phrases and to use words or forms that indicate that the two events happened at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) -EXO 29 17 w2nb translate-unknown קִרְבּוֹ֙ 1 the inner parts “the organs” See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 29 18 qc2i וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֤ אֶת־כָּל־הָאַ֨יִל֙ 1 on the altar “and burn all of the ram to make smoke” +EXO 29 17 w2nb translate-unknown קִרְבּוֹ֙ 1 the inner parts Alternate translation: “the organs” See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:13](../29/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 29 18 qc2i וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֤ אֶת־כָּל־הָאַ֨יִל֙ 1 on the altar Alternate translation: “and burn all of the ram to make smoke” EXO 29 18 pwjk figs-parallelism עֹלָ֥ה ה֖וּא לַֽיהוָ֑ה רֵ֣יחַ נִיח֔וֹחַ אִשֶּׁ֥ה לַיהוָ֖ה הֽוּא 1 on the altar These phrases are in parallel with the second expanding and clarifying the first. In some languages, you may need to use a different structure to expand and clarify the **burnt offering.** Alternate translation: “It is a pleasing smelling burnt offering made by fire to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 29 19 zzsi הַשֵּׁנִ֑י 1 on the altar Except for **the second,** this verse is identical to [verse 15](../29/15.md). EXO 29 20 j6b1 figs-explicit וְשָׁחַטְתָּ֣ אֶת־הָאַ֗יִל 1 Then you must kill the ram They killed the ram by cutting its throat. This can be stated clearly in the translation. Alternate translation: “Then kill the ram by cutting its throat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2009,7 +2007,7 @@ EXO 29 25 e6bj וְהִקְטַרְתָּ֥ הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חָ EXO 29 26 bf71 מֵאֵ֤יל הַמִּלֻּאִים֙ 1 ram of dedication See how you translated this in [verse 22](../29/22.md). Alternate translation: “ram that you dedicated” EXO 29 26 c21f translate-symaction וְהֵנַפְתָּ֥ אֹת֛וֹ תְּנוּפָ֖ה 1 Aaron’s ram of dedication The act of raising the meat symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. See how you translated this in [verse 24](../29/24.md). Alternate translation: “and show that you are giving it to me by holding it up to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 29 27 dzkx translate-symaction הַתְּנוּפָ֗ה וְאֵת֙ שׁ֣וֹק הַתְּרוּמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוּנַ֖ף וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר הוּרָ֑ם 1 Aaron’s ram of dedication The act of raising the meat symbolized dedicating it to Yahweh. The priests would be acting out handing the offering to him. You may need to make this clear in your language. See how you translated this in [verse 24](../29/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -EXO 29 28 uc2d וְהָיָה֩ לְאַהֲרֹ֨ן וּלְבָנָ֜יו לְחָק־עוֹלָ֗ם מֵאֵת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֥י תְרוּמָ֖ה ה֑וּא 1 This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons “This offering is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people” +EXO 29 28 uc2d וְהָיָה֩ לְאַהֲרֹ֨ן וּלְבָנָ֜יו לְחָק־עוֹלָ֗ם מֵאֵת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֥י תְרוּמָ֖ה ה֑וּא 1 This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons Alternate translation: “This offering is what Aaron and his sons will always receive from the people” EXO 29 28 q3ms מֵאֵת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כִּ֥י תְרוּמָ֖ה ה֑וּא וּתְרוּמָ֞ה יִהְיֶ֨ה מֵאֵ֤ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ מִזִּבְחֵ֣י שַׁלְמֵיהֶ֔ם תְּרוּמָתָ֖ם לַיהוָֽה 1 This will be a perpetual share for Aaron and his sons The amount of repetition in this verse may make it difficult to translate smoothly. You may consider combining some of them if that would work better in your language. Alternate translation: “for the Israelites must offer this portion from what they bring to Yahweh as peace offerings to them” EXO 29 29 a59z figs-idiom וּלְמַלֵּא־בָ֖ם אֶת־יָדָֽם 1 The holy garments of Aaron must also be reserved for his sons after him This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “to ordain them in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 31 l3xk אֵ֥יל הַמִּלֻּאִ֖ים 1 the ram for the installation of the priests This refers to the second ram, the one described in [verses 19](../29/19.md) and following. @@ -2017,22 +2015,22 @@ EXO 29 31 u9kl figs-explicit בְּמָקֹ֥ם קָדֹֽשׁ 1 in a holy pl EXO 29 33 mcdc figs-idiom לְמַלֵּ֥א אֶת־יָדָ֖ם 1 in a holy place This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “to ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 34 rhp7 figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵ֖ל 1 It must not be eaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one may eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 29 35 yo59 כָּ֔כָה 1 General Information: **Thus** means, “like this” and, as the next verses make clear, refers to the sacrificial ceremony outlined in this chapter which they must repeat seven times. -EXO 29 35 wrfs translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 General Information: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 29 35 wrfs translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֥ת 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 29 35 c2si figs-idiom תְּמַלֵּ֥א יָדָֽם 1 General Information: This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). Alternate translation: “you shall ordain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 36 r5tx 0 General Information: This verse and the next explain the purpose of the sacrifice detailed in [verses 10-14](../29/10.md). EXO 29 36 s81n grammar-connect-logic-goal וּפַ֨ר חַטָּ֜את תַּעֲשֶׂ֤ה לַיּוֹם֙ עַל־הַכִּפֻּרִ֔ים וְחִטֵּאתָ֙ עַל־הַמִּזְבֵּ֔חַ בְּכַפֶּרְךָ֖ עָלָ֑יו 1 General Information: The phrase **and you shall purify the altar by making atonement for it** describes the purpose of offering the bull. You may want to use a stronger connector, or in languages that need to put purpose first you may need to re-order the clauses. Alternate translation: “And you shall offer a bull of purification for atonement daily, thus you shall purify the altar, by making atonement for it.” or “You shall purify the altar by making atonement for it: you shall offer a bull of purification daily for its atonement.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 29 37 pq5d figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֔ים 1 Then the altar will be completely set apart to me Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 29 37 qk5h יִקְדָּֽשׁ 1 will be set apart to Yahweh “will also become set apart” +EXO 29 37 qk5h יִקְדָּֽשׁ 1 will be set apart to Yahweh Alternate translation: “will also become set apart” EXO 29 38 e4r9 figs-idiom בְּנֵֽי־שָׁנָ֛ה 1 General Information: This is an idiom meaning one year old. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 29 39 qxst figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָעַרְבָּֽיִם 1 General Information: The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 40 x6i4 translate-fraction וְעִשָּׂרֹ֨ן…רֶ֣בַע…רְבִעִ֥ית 1 a tenth…the fourth part “1/10 of … 1/4 of … 1/4 of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +EXO 29 40 x6i4 translate-fraction וְעִשָּׂרֹ֨ן…רֶ֣בַע…רְבִעִ֥ית 1 a tenth…the fourth part Alternate translation: “1/10 of … 1/4 of … 1/4 of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 29 40 nd8q figs-explicit וְעִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת 1 a tenth…the fourth part Many commentators suggest that this means one tenth of an “ephah” even though “ephah” is not written. If your translation style retains the original measurement words, you may need to insert the word you are using for “ephah” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 29 40 oxsl translate-bvolume וְעִשָּׂרֹ֨ן סֹ֜לֶת…רֶ֣בַע הַהִ֔ין…רְבִעִ֥ית הַהִ֖ין 1 a tenth…the fourth part The values given in the UST are approximations, the exact size of an ephah and hin is not precisely known. An ephah (the implied measurement) may have been around 22 liters, so this is about 2.2 liters of flour. A hin may have been around 3.7 liters, so this is about one liter of both oil and wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) EXO 29 41 ibch figs-idiom בֵּ֣ין הָעַרְבָּ֑יִם 1 a tenth…the fourth part The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. Since the priests ate many of the sacrifices it may have been offered around the time of the evening meal. See how you translated it in [verse 39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 29 42 j8cg לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). +EXO 29 42 j8cg לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 29 42 h5r7 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 tent of meeting This means in the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 29 43 ic8i figs-activepassive וְנִקְדַּ֖שׁ בִּכְבֹדִֽי 1 the tent will be set apart for me by my glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “My awesome presence will dedicate the tent to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes<br>This chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.<br>The forms of you are mostly singular, however, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.<br><br><br>## Structure:<br>- v. 1-10: Incense altar<br> - v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar<br> - v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar <br>- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census<br>- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin<br>- v. 22-30: Anointing oil<br> - v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil<br> - v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil<br>v- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Atonement<br>Through the offering of blood and money things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])<br><br><br>### Holiness<br>Some items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br><br>### Unknown terms<br>There are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars. +EXO 30 intro z3yc 0 # Exodus 30 General Notes<br><br>This chapter is mostly a return to instructions for building worship equipment for the sacred tent.<br>The forms of you are mostly singular, however, they again refer to the workmen that Moses will instruct so you should return to whatever form you have been following in chapters 25-28.<br><br><br>## Structure:<br><br>- v. 1-10: Incense altar<br> - v. 1-6: Instructions for making the incense altar<br> - v. 7-10: Use of the incense altar <br>- v. 11-16: Ransom money for taking a census<br>- v. 17-21: Instructions for a washbasin<br>- v. 22-30: Anointing oil<br> - v. 22-25: Instructions for making the oil<br> - v. 26-33: Instructions for using the oil<br>v- 34-38: Making and using sacred incense<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Atonement<br><br>Through the offering of blood and money things and people were kept in God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]])<br><br><br>### Holiness<br><br>Some items in this chapter became so holy that they could make other things holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br><br>### Unknown terms<br><br>There are a number of ingredient terms that are unknown even to scholars. EXO 30 1 v8vb figs-you וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 1 You must make Here **you** refers to Moses and the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 2 w56e translate-unknown קַרְנֹתָֽיו 1 Its horns must be made See how you translated **horns** in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 2 a39m translate-bdistance אַמָּ֨ה…וְאַמָּ֤ה…וְאַמָּתַ֖יִם 1 Its horns must be made You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 46cm … 46cm … 94cm (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) @@ -2041,15 +2039,15 @@ EXO 30 4 qyg4 0 to be attached to it You may want to refer back to several oth EXO 30 4 bvxi figs-idiom לְבָתִּ֣ים 1 to be attached to it Here, **housings** means that the rings will hold the poles. Since they are where the poles belong for use, they are figuratively their **house.** If you have a similar idiom meaning “place of belonging” you may use it or you may translate the idea. Alternate translation: “to be a place for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 6 ulvn figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י…לִפְנֵ֣י 1 to be attached to it Here, **before the face of** means in front of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 30 6 e87s figs-you לְךָ֖ 1 to be attached to it Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 7 o1zo בַּבֹּ֣קֶר בַּבֹּ֗קֶר 1 General Information: “each morning” or “daily, in the morning” +EXO 30 7 o1zo בַּבֹּ֣קֶר בַּבֹּ֗קֶר 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “each morning” or “daily, in the morning” EXO 30 7 l2rl בְּהֵיטִיב֛וֹ אֶת־הַנֵּרֹ֖ת 1 General Information: The lamps had burned overnight and weren’t needed during the day so he would put them out and do whatever maintenance was required for them to be ready in the evening. Alternate translation: “trims the lamps” EXO 30 8 nrgk וּבְהַעֲלֹ֨ת אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־הַנֵּרֹ֛ת 1 throughout your generations This may indicate that in the morning Aaron had taken the lamps down and he would light them and then put them up on the holders in the evening. EXO 30 8 sq7x figs-idiom בֵּ֥ין הָעֲרְבַּ֖יִם 1 throughout your generations The exact meaning of this phrase is debated. See how you translated it in [29:39](../29/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 30 8 qm7i לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 throughout your generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). +EXO 30 8 qm7i לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 30 9 ckf9 לֹא־תַעֲל֥וּ עָלָ֛יו קְטֹ֥רֶת זָרָ֖ה וְעֹלָ֣ה וּמִנְחָ֑ה 1 But you must offer Later, in [verses 34](../30/34.md) and following, God describes how to make the one sort of incense that he wants burnt on this altar. Alternate translation: “You shall only offer up the kind of incense I tell you. You shall not make burnt or grain offerings on it.” EXO 30 10 dgny grammar-connect-logic-goal קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַיהוָֽה 1 horns This last clause defines the purpose of the ritual described in this verse. See [Exo 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “This is to make it holy of holies to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 30 10 k6xk קַרְנֹתָ֔יו 1 horns These were projections that looked like ox horns attached to the four corners of the altar. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:2](../27/02.md). -EXO 30 10 san2 לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). +EXO 30 10 san2 לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 30 10 jxn0 figs-possession קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים 1 throughout your generations Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 30 10 uxb4 figs-quotemarks לַיהוָֽה 1 throughout your generations After **Yahweh**, the direct quote that began in [Exo 25:2](../25/02.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 30 12 dprx figs-idiom תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ 1 When you take In this context, **lift up the head** means to take a census. Alternate translation: “take a census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2058,7 +2056,7 @@ EXO 30 12 k5p1 אִ֣ישׁ 1 a census of the Israelites The leaders only count EXO 30 13 y1kn figs-idiom כָּל־הָעֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַפְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 half a shekel of silver This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bweight הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver These are units of weight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 30 13 a2py translate-bmoney הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל…הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver The **shekel** was used as both a weight and a unit of money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -EXO 30 13 w3hx translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית…מַחֲצִ֣ית 1 half a shekel of silver “1/2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +EXO 30 13 w3hx translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית…מַחֲצִ֣ית 1 half a shekel of silver Alternate translation: “1/2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) EXO 30 13 nfp6 בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ עֶשְׂרִ֤ים גֵּרָה֙ הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 according to the weight of the shekel of the sanctuary There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time. This specified which one was to be used. EXO 30 14 uqt6 figs-idiom כֹּ֗ל הָעֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַפְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 from twenty years old and up This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. It is the same phrase as in the [previous verse](../30/13.md). Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 30 14 vhim figs-idiom מִבֶּ֛ן עֶשְׂרִ֥ים שָׁנָ֖ה 1 from twenty years old and up This is an idiom that refers to age. See UST and how you translated the same idiom in [Exo 7:7](../07/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2067,10 +2065,10 @@ EXO 30 15 e8xa translate-bmoney מִֽמַּחֲצִ֖ית הַשָּׁ֑ EXO 30 15 ew8p figs-123person נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶֽם 1 the half shekel The plural form of you is used here. In many cases, since Yahweh is speaking to Moses about the people that will be counted, it may make more sense to change to the third person. However, Moses would be counted as well and would have to pay the ransom, so a form of you that could include Moses and all the other Israelite men would also be an appropriate translation. Alternate translation: “for their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 30 16 z6tn וְהָיָה֩ לִבְנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל לְזִכָּרוֹן֙ לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה לְכַפֵּ֖ר עַל־נַפְשֹׁתֵיכֶֽם 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives This sentence is very unclear. It is not clear who is being reminded of what. This could mean: (1) It will remind Yahweh that the Israelites have given money for their lives. Therefore he should welcome them. (2) It will remind the Israelites that they have given Yahweh money for their lives. Therefore he will welcome them. EXO 30 16 mwix figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה 1 It must be a reminder to the Israelites before me, to make atonement for your lives Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 30 18 v88y translate-unknown כִּיּ֥וֹר נְחֹ֛שֶׁת 1 bronze basin “bronze bowl” or “bronze tub” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +EXO 30 18 v88y translate-unknown כִּיּ֥וֹר נְחֹ֛שֶׁת 1 bronze basin Alternate translation: “bronze bowl” or “bronze tub” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 18 bh82 וְכַנּ֥וֹ 1 a bronze stand This is what the basin would be put on. EXO 30 18 iq8n לְרָחְצָ֑ה 1 a basin for washing This phrase explains what the priests were to use the bronze basin for. -EXO 30 19 ivb1 מִמֶּ֑נּוּ 1 water in it “in the water in the basin” +EXO 30 19 ivb1 מִמֶּ֑נּוּ 1 water in it Alternate translation: “in the water in the basin” EXO 30 20 dyku grammar-connect-logic-goal וְלֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order to not die. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 30 20 it0h grammar-connect-logic-goal וְלֹ֣א יָמֻ֑תוּ 1 water in it The priests must wash in order to not die. If the goal of some action needs to be placed elsewhere in the structure of your language move it to the usual location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) EXO 30 21 hp35 וְהָיְתָ֨ה לָהֶ֧ם חָק־עוֹלָ֛ם ל֥וֹ וּלְזַרְע֖וֹ לְדֹרֹתָֽם 1 for Aaron and his descendants throughout their people’s generations See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 12:17](../12/17.md). @@ -2086,26 +2084,26 @@ EXO 30 25 yv9l translate-unknown רֹקֵ֑חַ 1 a perfumer This is a person wh EXO 30 26 u241 figs-you וּמָשַׁחְתָּ֥ 1 You must anoint Here **you** may refer to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 29 np7g אֹתָ֔ם 1 set them apart This refers to the items listed in [Exodus 30:26-28](../30/26.md). EXO 30 29 m062 figs-possession קֹ֣דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֑ים 1 set them apart Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -EXO 30 31 k4s7 לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 throughout your people’s generations “all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). +EXO 30 31 k4s7 לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶֽם 1 throughout your people’s generations Alternate translation: “all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 30 32 rlk4 figs-activepassive עַל־בְּשַׂ֤ר אָדָם֙ לֹ֣א יִיסָ֔ךְ 1 It must not be applied to people’s skin This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You shall not pour it on the body of a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 30 32 v3br וּבְמַ֨תְכֻּנְתּ֔וֹ 1 with the same formula “and … with the same ingredients” or “and … with the same items” or “and … according to this recipe” +EXO 30 32 v3br וּבְמַ֨תְכֻּנְתּ֔וֹ 1 with the same formula Alternate translation: “and … with the same ingredients” or “and … with the same items” or “and … according to this recipe” EXO 30 32 it0x grammar-connect-logic-result קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֔וּא קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֥ה לָכֶֽם 1 with the same formula The second half of this statement (**it shall be holy to you**) explains to the people the result of this oil being holy, which is, they must respect it as a holy thing. It may make more sense in some languages to move this whole statement to the beginning of the verse because the rule about pouring on someone’s body is an application of the result. Alternate translation (placed at the beginning of the verse): “Because it is sacred, you must treat it like it is sacred, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 30 33 pa53 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרַ֖ת מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 that person must be cut off from his people The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “that person must be sent away” or (2) “that person will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “that person must be killed” See how you translated **cut off** in Exodus 12:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 30 33 yhgi figs-activepassive וְנִכְרַ֖ת מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 that person must be cut off from his people The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 30 34 uo57 translate-unknown נָטָ֤ף׀ וּשְׁחֵ֨לֶת֙ וְחֶלְבְּנָ֔ה…וּלְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה 1 General Information: Here is a brief description of these materials, though we really do not know exactly what they are. Stacte is a resin from certain gum plants. Onycha is from certain shellfish or mollusks. Galbanum is another kind of gum resin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 30 35 y8yj וְעָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָהּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ 1 blended by a perfumer Possible meanings are (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md). -EXO 30 36 nz2a figs-you וְשָֽׁחַקְתָּ֣…וְנָתַתָּ֨ה 1 You will grind it “You will crush it.” Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +EXO 30 36 nz2a figs-you וְשָֽׁחַקְתָּ֣…וְנָתַתָּ֨ה 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “You will crush it.” Here **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 36 oj2r figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֤י 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 30 36 mxww figs-metonymy הָעֵדֻת֙ 1 You will grind it Here, **testimony** probably refers to the sacred chest that contained the tablets of the law. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 30 36 i71b figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים 1 You will grind it Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) EXO 30 36 t8y9 figs-you לָכֶֽם 1 You will regard Here **you** is plural and refers to Moses and all the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) EXO 30 37 dq6c figs-you תַעֲשׂ֖וּ 1 you must not make any The word **you** here refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -EXO 30 37 yv1y בְּמַ֨תְכֻּנְתָּ֔הּ 1 with the same formula “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md). -EXO 30 37 wh25 קֹ֛דֶשׁ תִּהְיֶ֥ה לְךָ֖ לַיהוָֽה 1 It must be most holy to you “You must consider it to be most holy” +EXO 30 37 yv1y בְּמַ֨תְכֻּנְתָּ֔הּ 1 with the same formula Alternate translation: “with the same ingredients” or “with the same items.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:32](../30/32.md). +EXO 30 37 wh25 קֹ֛דֶשׁ תִּהְיֶ֥ה לְךָ֖ לַיהוָֽה 1 It must be most holy to you Alternate translation: “You must consider it to be most holy” EXO 30 38 xn6v לְהָרִ֣יחַ בָּ֑הּ 1 perfume This could mean: (1) to enjoy the scent for oneself (2) to wear as a perfume. EXO 30 38 sa1m figs-metaphor וְנִכְרַ֖ת מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 must be cut off from his people The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “he must be sent away” or (2) “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “he must be killed” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 30 38 o6v0 figs-activepassive וְנִכְרַ֖ת מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 must be cut off from his people The metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form. Who will cut off that person is also not specified, it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br>As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) +EXO 31 intro wfk7 0 # Exodus 31 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of Exodus’ recording of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sabbath<br><br>As described in this chapter, the Sabbath is more than just a day of worship or celebration. Its significance extends beyond a way to help people rest. It is a major part of the identity of the Hebrew people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) EXO 31 2 m8ju figs-idiom קָרָ֣אתִֽי בְשֵׁ֑ם 1 I have called by name Yahweh speaks of choosing specific people as calling them by name. Alternate translation: “I have chosen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 31 2 hf5r translate-names בְּצַלְאֵ֛ל…אוּרִ֥י…ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel…Uri…Hur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 31 3 f7sk figs-metaphor וָאֲמַלֵּ֥א אֹת֖וֹ ר֣וּחַ אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 I have filled Bezalel with my Spirit Yahweh speaks of giving Bezalel his spirit as if Bezalel were a container and God’s spirit were a liquid. Alternate translation: “I have given my spirit to Bezalel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2117,26 +2115,26 @@ EXO 31 6 jh61 translate-names אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב…אֲחִֽיסָמָךְ EXO 31 6 wcq7 figs-idiom וּבְלֵ֥ב כָּל־חֲכַם־לֵ֖ב נָתַ֣תִּי חָכְמָ֑ה 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise God speaks of making people able to make things as if he were putting the ability into their hearts. Alternate translation: “I have given skill to all who are wise” or “I have made all who are wise able to make things well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 31 11 iusb writing-pronouns יַעֲשֽׂוּ 1 I have put skill into the hearts of all who are wise **They** refers to Bezalel and Oholiab as well as the unnamed other “skilled of heart” (talented craftsmen) referred to in [verse 2](../31/02.md) and [verse 6](../30/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 31 13 bveg figs-quotemarks לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days A second-level direct quotation starts after **saying**. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation. There are multiple possible endings for this quotation, which will be addressed in later verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) -EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metonymy אַ֥ךְ אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 31 13 gw13 לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 throughout your people’s generations “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). +EXO 31 13 i1lw figs-metaphor אַ֥ךְ אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ 1 You must certainly keep Yahweh’s Sabbath days God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 31 13 gw13 לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 throughout your people’s generations Alternate translation: “through all the generations of your descendants.” See how you translated this in [Exodus 12:14](../12/14.md). EXO 31 14 dsya figs-quotemarks לָכֶ֑ם 1 throughout your people’s generations One possible ending place for the second-level quotation that began in the previous verse is after **to you**. The rest of Yahweh’s instructions to Moses in this section do not use the second person to address Israel directly, so you may close the second-level quotation here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) EXO 31 14 plq5 figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֔ת 1 must surely be put to death Here, **shall surely be put to death**, can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 31 14 fz1g figs-activepassive וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה 1 must surely be cut off from his people You can express **shall be cut off** in active form. Alternate translation: “you shall cut him off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 15 v4dv translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 but the seventh day “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 31 15 fvga translate-ordinal הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 but the seventh day “the 7th” or “day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 31 15 lrat שַׁבַּ֧ת שַׁבָּת֛וֹן 1 but the seventh day “a Sabbath of complete rest” +EXO 31 15 v4dv translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 31 15 fvga translate-ordinal הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “the 7th” or “day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 31 15 lrat שַׁבַּ֧ת שַׁבָּת֛וֹן 1 but the seventh day Alternate translation: “a Sabbath of complete rest” EXO 31 15 fxuo figs-activepassive מ֥וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 must surely be put to death Here, **shall surely be put to death**, can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must surely kill” or “you must surely execute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metonymy וְשָׁמְר֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 must keep the Sabbath God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 31 16 n7q2 לְדֹרֹתָ֖ם 1 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md). -EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant “a covenant that will always exist” or “a lasting covenant” +EXO 31 16 t9hw figs-metaphor וְשָׁמְר֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל אֶת־הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 must keep the Sabbath God speaks of obeying his instructions about the Sabbath as keeping the Sabbath as if it was a precious thing you guard. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel must obey Yahweh’s instructions about the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +EXO 31 16 n7q2 לְדֹרֹתָ֖ם 1 They must observe it throughout their people’s generations Alternate translation: “They and all the generations of their descendants must observe it.” See how you translated “throughout their people’s generations” in [Exodus 12:42](../12/42.md). +EXO 31 16 yef8 בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם 1 lasting covenant Alternate translation: “a covenant that will always exist” or “a lasting covenant” EXO 31 17 oc30 figs-activepassive וַיִּנָּפַֽשׁ 1 lasting covenant You can state this in an active manner. Alternate translation: “and he refreshed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive 1 written on by his own hand This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen some time during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])<br><br><br>- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf<br>- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction<br> - v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people<br>- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idolatry<br>The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +EXO 31 18 xc6h figs-activepassive כְּתֻבִ֖ים בְּאֶצְבַּ֥ע אֱלֹהִֽים 1 written on by his own hand This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh wrote on with his own hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +EXO 32 intro vv2w 0 # Exodus 32 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The events in verses 1-6 of this chapter occur while Moses spoke with God and therefore happen some time during the events recorded between Exodus 24:15 and Exodus 31. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])<br><br><br>- v. 1-6: The people ask Aaron to make them a god and he makes the golden calf<br>- v. 7-29 - Yahweh and Moses’ reaction<br> - v. 11-14 - Moses intercedes for the people<br>- v. 30-34 - Moses intercedes for the people<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 32:18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idolatry<br><br>The making of the golden calf was considered a form of idolatry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 1 oan6 writing-newevent 0 the people saw This chapter begins with a major scene shift, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 32 1 cfk8 figs-metaphor וַיַּ֣רְא הָעָ֔ם 1 the people saw Here understanding something is spoken of as if it were being seen. Alternate translation: “And the people realized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 1 lnau figs-rpronouns וַיִּקָּהֵ֨ל הָעָ֜ם 1 the people saw This means the people were not summoned by Aaron, they decided to come **gather themselves.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 32 1 k2i1 figs-idiom ק֣וּם 1 Come, make us an idol **Arise** strengthens the force of the command following it. The people were demanding that Aaron make an idol for them. It did not necessarily mean to literally stand up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 1 mrb5 figs-metonymy יֵֽלְכוּ֙ לְפָנֵ֔ינוּ 1 go before us Here, **gods that shall go before our faces** means that the Israelites want idols to lead them. Alternate translation: “shall lead us” or “shall be our leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 32 1 mrb5 figs-metonymy יֵֽלְכוּ֙ לְפָנֵ֔ינוּ 1 go before us Here, **before our faces** means ahead of. The Israelites want idols to lead them. Alternate translation: “shall lead us” or “shall be our leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 1 wulk כִּי־זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 go before us People showed disrespect by putting the word **this** before his name, as if Moses were someone they did not know and could not trust. They were creating distance between him and themselves socially. When translating, use a form in your language that communicates the same sense of disassociation between people. EXO 32 2 p86s writing-pronouns וְהָבִ֖יאוּ 1 bring them to me The word **them** refers to the golden rings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 32 3 ckg2 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָעָ֔ם 1 All the people This refers to all the people who rejected Moses as their leader and Yahweh as their God. Later parts of the text reveal that there were people still faithful to Moses and Yahweh, and a great deal more gold. Alternate translation: “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) @@ -2167,11 +2165,11 @@ EXO 32 11 ph43 figs-metonymy וּבְיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 a mighty EXO 32 12 r8ij figs-rquestion לָמָּה֩ יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵאמֹ֗ר בְּרָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָם֙ לַהֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָם֙ בֶּֽהָרִ֔ים וּ֨לְכַלֹּתָ֔ם מֵעַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽאֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ Moses used this question to try to persuade God not to destroy his people. This rhetorical question can be translated with a statement. Alternate translation: If you destroy your people, the Egyptians might say, ‘He brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the earth.’ (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) EXO 32 12 yvez figs-quotesinquotes יֹאמְר֨וּ מִצְרַ֜יִם לֵאמֹ֗ר בְּרָעָ֤ה הֽוֹצִיאָם֙ לַהֲרֹ֤ג אֹתָם֙ בֶּֽהָרִ֔ים וּ֨לְכַלֹּתָ֔ם מֵעַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽאֲדָמָ֑ה 1 Why should the Egyptians say, ‘He led them out…to destroy them from the face of the earth?’ After **saying,** this is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.<br>However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage. Alternative translation: “the Egyptians say that you brought them out with evil intent, to kill them in the mountains and to destroy them from on the face of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 12 kzh7 figs-metonymy מֵעַ֖ל פְּנֵ֣י הָֽאֲדָמָ֑ה 1 face of the earth Here, **face** means “surface.” Alternate translation: “from the surface of the earth” or “from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 32 12 fns1 שׁ֚וּב מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry” +EXO 32 12 fns1 שׁ֚וּב מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔ךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Alternate translation: “Stop your burning anger” or “Stop being so angry” EXO 32 12 iz5q figs-idiom שׁ֚וּב מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔ךָ וְהִנָּחֵ֥ם עַל־הָרָעָ֖ה לְעַמֶּֽךָ 1 Turn from your burning anger Here, Yahweh’s anger (burning nose) and plan to punish the people are spoken of as things that he could turn away from and repent of (repentence also means to turn from). This imagry may not translate into your langauge and you may need to use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Calm down and please do not stay determined to do evil to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 12 p1df figs-idiom מֵחֲר֣וֹן אַפֶּ֔ךָ 1 your burning anger This is an idiom that means anger. Alternate translation: “your terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 13 t9sa זְכֹ֡ר 1 Call to mind Abraham “Think about” -EXO 32 13 p8jq נִשְׁבַּ֣עְתָּ 1 you swore “you made an oath” +EXO 32 13 t9sa זְכֹ֡ר 1 Call to mind Abraham Alternate translation: “Think about” +EXO 32 13 p8jq נִשְׁבַּ֣עְתָּ 1 you swore Alternate translation: “you made an oath” EXO 32 13 q1g1 וְכָל־הָאָ֨רֶץ הַזֹּ֜את אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָמַ֗רְתִּי אֶתֵּן֙ לְזַרְעֲכֶ֔ם 1 They will inherit it forever That is, the land of Canaan. EXO 32 15 cx7z figs-activepassive לֻחֹ֗ת כְּתֻבִים֙ מִשְּׁנֵ֣י עֶבְרֵיהֶ֔ם מִזֶּ֥ה וּמִזֶּ֖ה הֵ֥ם כְּתֻבִֽים 1 tablets of the covenant decrees If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had written on both the sides of the tablets, on this side and on that side he had written.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 32 16 w3ua figs-infostructure וְהַ֨לֻּחֹ֔ת מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה אֱלֹהִ֖ים הֵ֑מָּה וְהַמִּכְתָּ֗ב מִכְתַּ֤ב אֱלֹהִים֙ ה֔וּא 1 The tablets were God’s own work, and the writing was God’s own writing These two sentences have an unusual structure that places emphasis on **tablets** and **writing**. If your language would emphasize these topics in a different way than moving them to the front of the sentence follow your language’s natural usage for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And the tablets themselves were the work of God. And the writing itself was the writing of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) @@ -2180,7 +2178,7 @@ EXO 32 18 r0gm writing-poetry אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּ EXO 32 18 m4k0 figs-parallelism אֵ֥ין קוֹל֙ עֲנ֣וֹת גְּבוּרָ֔ה וְאֵ֥ין ק֖וֹל עֲנ֣וֹת חֲלוּשָׁ֑ה ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses The poetic form here is parallelism in the repetition of **sound of singing**. If it would be unclear to say that Moses heard **the sound of singing** in the third line after saying he didn’t hear the sound of singing twice before, something more like the UST may be followed that is more contrastive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 32 18 fdg8 figs-explicit ק֣וֹל עַנּ֔וֹת אָנֹכִ֖י שֹׁמֵֽעַ 1 he said to Moses If it is unclear to say that Moses hears **the sound of singing** after twice saying he didn’t hear that, you may want to make the type of singing explicit. Consider referring to your translation of the last word of [verse 6](../32/06.md) (to play in the ULT). Alternate translation: “the sound of playful singing I hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 32 19 hr2j figs-idiom וַיִּֽחַר־אַ֣ף 1 the tablets This is an idiom for being angry. Alternate translation: “And Moses was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 19 d8zo תַּ֥חַת 1 the tablets “at the bottom of” +EXO 32 19 d8zo תַּ֥חַת 1 the tablets Alternate translation: “at the bottom of” EXO 32 21 du5l figs-quotesinquotes וַיֹּ֤אמֶר מֹשֶׁה֙ אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֔ן מֶֽה־עָשָׂ֥ה לְךָ֖ הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֑ה כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖יו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה׃ 1 Then Moses said to Aaron, “What did this people…a great sin on them?” Moses’ question is a second-level quote. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.<br>However, you may want to translate this as an indirect quotation in order to reduce the layers of quotations in this passage.. Alternate translation: “Then Moses asked Aaron what the people did to him, that he had brought such a great sin on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 21 np73 figs-metaphor כִּֽי־הֵבֵ֥אתָ עָלָ֖יו חֲטָאָ֥ה גְדֹלָֽה 1 you have brought such a great sin on them Moses spoke of causing people to sin as if sin were an object and Aaron put it on them. Alternate translation: “that you have caused them to sin greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 32 22 z2ch figs-idiom אַל־יִ֥חַר אַ֖ף 1 Do not let your anger burn hot This is an idiom for anger. Alternate translation: “Do not be angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2191,12 +2189,12 @@ EXO 32 23 zn68 זֶ֣ה׀ מֹשֶׁ֣ה הָאִ֗ישׁ 1 this Moses Peopl EXO 32 24 yq7s figs-quotesinquotes וָאֹמַ֤ר לָהֶם֙ לְמִ֣י זָהָ֔ב הִתְפָּרָ֖קוּ 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ **Whoever has gold, take it off yourself** is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation within a quotation.<br>However, this can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “So I told them that whoever had any gold should take it off” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) EXO 32 24 yy82 figs-rpronouns הִתְפָּרָ֖קוּ 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ He instructs people to take their own gold off. Alternate translation: “you take off your own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) EXO 32 24 wvin grammar-connect-logic-result וָאַשְׁלִכֵ֣הוּ בָאֵ֔שׁ וַיֵּצֵ֖א הָעֵ֥גֶל הַזֶּֽה 1 So I said to them, ‘Whoever has any gold, let him take it off.’ Aaron claims an unusual sequence of events here. The translation should surprise an audience unfamiliar with the story. He states that the result of simply throwing gold in the fire is the apperance (by its own power or volition it seems) of the calf. This is a lie. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -EXO 32 25 ck1f פָרֻ֖עַ 1 were running wild “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves” +EXO 32 25 ck1f פָרֻ֖עַ 1 were running wild Alternate translation: “were behaving wildly” or “were not controlling themselves” EXO 32 25 csg0 grammar-collectivenouns כִּ֥י פָרֻ֖עַ ה֑וּא כִּֽי־פְרָעֹ֣ה אַהֲרֹ֔ן 1 were running wild Here, the pronoun **it** agrees with the grammatical number of **people** (singular). Alternate translation: “that they were let loose, for Aaron had let them loose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 32 26 jis7 figs-quotations וַיֹּ֕אמֶר מִ֥י לַיהוָ֖ה אֵלָ֑י 1 Then Moses stood at the entrance…“Whoever is on Yahweh’s side, come to me.” You can state this as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “and said that whoever was for Yahweh should come to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 32 26 ryb5 figs-idiom מִ֥י לַיהוָ֖ה 1 Whoever is on Yahweh’s side Moses speaks of being loyal to Yahweh as being **for Yahweh**. Alternate translation: “Whoever serves Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 32 27 xsl3 עִבְר֨וּ וָשׁ֜וּבוּ מִשַּׁ֤עַר לָשַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance “Go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp” -EXO 32 28 at4i translate-numbers כִּשְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אַלְפֵ֖י 1 three thousand of the people “about three thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 32 27 xsl3 עִבְר֨וּ וָשׁ֜וּבוּ מִשַּׁ֤עַר לָשַׁ֨עַר֙ בַּֽמַּחֲנֶ֔ה 1 go back and forth from entrance to entrance Alternate translation: “Go from side of the camp to the other, starting at one entrance to the camp and going to the entrance on the other side of the camp” +EXO 32 28 at4i translate-numbers כִּשְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת אַלְפֵ֖י 1 three thousand of the people Alternate translation: “about three thousand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 32 29 to5d figs-idiom מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְכֶ֤ם 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service This seems to be an idiom for giving authority to someone. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:41](../28/41.md). However, this usage is different from that text as here it is not specified what authority they are given or what they are consecrated for other than **for Yahweh**. Alternate translation: “Consecrate yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 32 29 rkp6 מִלְא֨וּ יֶדְכֶ֤ם הַיּוֹם֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה 1 You have been placed into Yahweh’s service Here it is unclear if **fill** should be rightly understood in the past or as a command. You may want to follow the decision of another translation your people are familiar with. Alternate translation: “You have filled your hand for Yahweh today” EXO 32 29 c6fg figs-explicit כִּ֛י אִ֥ישׁ בִּבְנ֖וֹ וּבְאָחִ֑יו 1 for each of you has taken action against his son and his brother The fact that they did this in obedience to God can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for you have obeyed Yahweh and killed your sons and your brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2205,11 +2203,11 @@ EXO 32 30 kvj4 figs-doublet חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה EXO 32 30 r5fn figs-abstractnouns חֲטָאתֶ֖ם חֲטָאָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 You have committed a very great sin If your language does not use an abstract noun for **sin**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 32 31 ccpg figs-doublet חָטָ֞א הָעָ֤ם הַזֶּה֙ חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 You have committed a very great sin Here, **sin** is repeated as a verb and then noun for emphasis. Along with **great** it suggests that the people sinned very very badly. If the repetition of words in this way would not create emphasis use another form in your language that does. Alternate translation: “this people has sinned extremally badly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 32 31 y049 figs-abstractnouns חֲטָאָ֣ה 1 You have committed a very great sin If your language does not use an abstract noun for **sin**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -EXO 32 31 yeta אֱלֹהֵ֥י 1 You have committed a very great sin “a god” +EXO 32 31 yeta אֱלֹהֵ֥י 1 You have committed a very great sin Alternate translation: “a god” EXO 32 32 brpu figs-ellipsis וְעַתָּ֖ה אִם־תִּשָּׂ֣א חַטָּאתָ֑ם 1 blot me out of the book Moses leaves out his conclusion, perhaps as a way of making this conditional phrase into a request, perhaps to avoid suggesting to God what would be good for him to do. However, if leaving out a conclusion would be misunderstood in your language you may need to rephrase it or add the implied conclusion. Alternate translation: “But now, if you forgive their sin, good!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -EXO 32 32 c72y figs-metonymy מְחֵ֣נִי 1 blot me out of the book The word “me” here refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 32 32 c72y figs-metonymy מְחֵ֣נִי 1 blot me out of the book Here, **me** refers to the name of Moses. Alternate translation: “erase my name from the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 32 ahb3 figs-explicit כָּתָֽבְתָּ 1 the book that you have written What God had written in the book can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the book in which you have written the names of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 32 33 igb4 figs-metonymy אֶמְחֶ֖נּוּ מִסִּפְרִֽי 1 that person I will blot out of my book Here, “him” represents that person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 32 33 igb4 figs-metonymy אֶמְחֶ֖נּוּ מִסִּפְרִֽי 1 that person I will blot out of my book Here, **him** represents that person’s name. Alternate translation: “I will erase that person’s name from my book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 32 33 qwk9 מִסִּפְרִֽי 1 my book This refers to the book of Yahweh that Moses spoke of in [Exodus 32:32](../32/32.md). EXO 32 34 xn8p grammar-connect-logic-result וּבְי֣וֹם פָּקְדִ֔י וּפָקַדְתִּ֥י עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם חַטָּאתָֽם 1 But on the day that I punish them, I will punish them Yahweh makes it clear that he will punish the people because they sinned by making and worshipping the idol. If it would be more clear in your language to place the reason first you may consider reordering the clauses. Alternate translation: “However, because they sinned, one day I will come to punish them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 32 35 wv1v figs-explicit עָשׂ֣וּ אֶת־הָעֵ֔גֶל אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה אַהֲרֹֽן 1 they had made the calf, the one that Aaron made The first **made** here could mean (1) “do” which could imply worship (2) the people are being spoken of as having made the calf themselves (as well as Aaron) because they demanded it and gave their gold for it. Alternate translation: “they had worshiped the calf that Aaron made” or “they were guilty along with Aaron of making the calf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -2275,23 +2273,23 @@ EXO 33 19 gzr5 figs-metonymy עַל־פָּנֶ֔יךָ…לְפָנֶ֑י EXO 33 19 d4z9 וְקָרָ֧אתִֽי בְשֵׁ֛ם יְהוָ֖ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you The meaning of the phrase is unclear. It may mean that Yahweh will disclose something about his character to Moses. Alternate translation: “and I will proclaim my name, ‘Yahweh,’ ” EXO 33 19 vqq6 figs-parallelism וְחַנֹּתִי֙ אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָחֹ֔ן וְרִחַמְתִּ֖י אֶת־אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֲרַחֵֽם 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you These statements use parallelism internally and between each other. They stress Yahweh’s divine prerogative to do whatever he wants. The structure also parallels Yahweh’s I AM statements in [Exodus 3:14](../03/14.md). If this form of parallelism would be misunderstood in your language, consider another form that emphasizes that Yahweh is graciously kind to exactly and only those whom he chooses without outside influence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) EXO 33 20 c20q writing-quotations וַיֹּ֕אמֶר 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better not to stop and restart the quotation by omitting **And he said** at the start of this verse. Yahweh is speaking from <br>33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -EXO 33 20 fyc0 כִּ֛י לֹֽא־יִרְאַ֥נִי הָאָדָ֖ם וָחָֽי 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you “because no person can live after he has seen me” +EXO 33 20 fyc0 כִּ֛י לֹֽא־יִרְאַ֥נִי הָאָדָ֖ם וָחָֽי 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you Alternate translation: “because no person can live after he has seen me” EXO 33 21 loep writing-quotations וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 I will make all my goodness pass before you In some languages it may be better not to stop and restart the quotation by omitting **And Yahweh said** at the start of this verse. Yahweh is speaking from 33:19-34:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -EXO 33 21 s4iy הִנֵּ֥ה 1 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.” +EXO 33 21 s4iy הִנֵּ֥ה 1 See Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you.” EXO 33 22 qhe6 figs-metaphor בַּעֲבֹ֣ר כְּבֹדִ֔י 1 See Yahweh speaks of his **glory** like it was an object that he could move over Moses. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you may need to change or remove the figure. Alternate translation: “while I pass over gloriously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 33 22 o5as figs-abstractnouns כְּבֹדִ֔י 1 See In languages without abstract nouns you may need to change **glory** to another form. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 33 22 ivf5 figs-personification וְשַׂכֹּתִ֥י כַפִּ֛י עָלֶ֖יךָ 1 See Here, Yahweh speaks as if he had hands like a person that could cover things. If this would be misunderstood in your language you could use a simile to keep the image as this figure is important to keep and extends into the next verse. Alternate translation: “I will cover you like with a hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 33 23 fmu8 figs-personification וַהֲסִרֹתִי֙ אֶת־כַּפִּ֔י וְרָאִ֖יתָ אֶת־אֲחֹרָ֑י וּפָנַ֖י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 you will see my back The strong personification image of Yahweh continues throughout this verse and should be kept if possible. You may have to use similes if this would be misunderstood in your culture. Alternate translation: “Then it will be like I stop covering you with a hand and you will see a small part of my glory, like a person’s back, but not my full glory, like a person’s face.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) EXO 33 23 jq7t grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּפָנַ֖י 1 you will see my back Here, **but my face** is moved to the front of the clause to emphasize contrast with **my back**. If your language has a certain way of contrasting elements be sure to make a strong contrast between Yahweh’s face and back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) EXO 33 23 gw1n figs-activepassive וּפָנַ֖י לֹ֥א יֵרָאֽוּ 1 but my face will not be seen This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “but you will not see my face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes<br>## Outline<br>- v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain<br>- v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts<br>- v. 10-28 Covenant renewal<br>- v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>- In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.<br>- Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.<br>- The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.<br>- Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.<br>- In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus) raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.<br>- The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.<br><br>### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”<br>This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) +EXO 34 intro smp6 0 # Exodus 34 General Notes<br><br>## Outline<br><br>- v. 1-4 Yahweh orders Moses to return to the mountain<br>- v. 5-9 Yahweh reveals himself to Moses and Moses reacts<br>- v. 10-28 Covenant renewal<br>- v. 29-34 Moses reports to Israel<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>- In verse 1, Yahweh says he will write on stone tablets, yet later (v. 27-28) he commands Moses to write and the text says Moses writes.<br>- Yahweh reveals something significant about himself or his character to Moses. There are a number of difficult terms and concepts.<br>- The biblical metaphor of true worship as sexual fidelity appears in v. 14-16.<br>- Several verses are repeated either exactly or closely from earlier chapters.<br>- In v. 12-26 Yahweh appears to give a different 10 commandments from those in Exodus 20 (but also largely repeated from other earlier parts of Exodus) raising the question of what was actually written on the stone tablets in v. 28.<br>- The concept of Moses’s shining face may be difficult in some cultures.<br><br>### “He will bring the punishment for the fathers’ sin on their children”<br><br>This phrase does not mean that a child is necessarily punished for the sins of their parents. Many scholars believe that this passage indicates that a parent’s sins will have consequences that will affect their children and grandchildren. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) EXO 34 1 ppyw writing-quotations וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 tablets of stone Yahweh continues to speak to Moses, but there is a change of topic here so you may want to retain the speech introduction. However, if it would be misunderstood, you could simply continue the quotation from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Yahweh continued” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) EXO 34 1 zf77 figs-infostructure אֲשֶׁ֥ר שִׁבַּֽרְתָּ 1 tablets of stone This clause reminds the reader of what tablets are being mentioned by reminding you of what had happened to the previous tablets. If it would be more helpful to attach it to the first mention of the tablets in this verse in your language you could rearrange it like the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -EXO 34 1 s1kv לֻחֹ֥ת אֲבָנִ֖ים 1 tablets of stone “flat slabs of stone” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md) +EXO 34 1 s1kv לֻחֹ֥ת אֲבָנִ֖ים 1 tablets of stone Alternate translation: “flat slabs of stone” See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:18](../31/18.md) EXO 34 3 ck6d figs-metonymy וְגַם־אִ֥ישׁ אַל־יֵרָ֖א בְּכָל־הָהָ֑ר 1 Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “Do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 34 3 x3rx גַּם־הַצֹּ֤אן וְהַבָּקָר֙ אַל־יִרְע֔וּ אֶל־מ֖וּל הָהָ֥ר הַהֽוּא 1 No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.” +EXO 34 3 x3rx גַּם־הַצֹּ֤אן וְהַבָּקָר֙ אַל־יִרְע֔וּ אֶל־מ֖וּל הָהָ֥ר הַהֽוּא 1 No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain Alternate translation: “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.” EXO 34 5 sp7f writing-pronouns וַיִּתְיַצֵּ֥ב עִמּ֖וֹ שָׁ֑ם וַיִּקְרָ֥א 1 stood with Moses there The pronouns are not clear here, but the referents are probably as in the following alternate translation: “and Yahweh stood with Moses there and Yahweh proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַיִּקְרָ֥א בְשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” Possible meanings are (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh.’” or (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַיִּקְרָ֥א בְשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” Possible meanings include: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 34 6 fz1q figs-123person יְהוָ֣ה׀ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֥ל רַח֖וּם וְחַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) EXO 34 6 t0kd figs-doublet רַח֖וּם וְחַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is a doublet emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly towards them. If a doublet would not strengthen the statement here in your language consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -2331,9 +2329,9 @@ EXO 34 12 b459 figs-metaphor תִּכְרֹ֤ת בְּרִית֙ 1 General Infor EXO 34 12 tnka grammar-collectivenouns לְיוֹשֵׁ֣ב…יִהְיֶ֥ה 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronoun **he** is agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … they become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 12 lxz8 figs-simile פֶּן־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְמוֹקֵ֖שׁ בְּקִרְבֶּֽךָ 1 they will become a trap among you People who tempt others to sin are spoken of as if they were a **trap.** Alternate translation: “lest those remaining people tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) EXO 34 13 wkbx grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֤י 1 they will become a trap among you This word marks a strong contrast with the previous verse. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a strong contrast. Alternate translation: “Do the opposite!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -EXO 34 15 r70f grammar-collectivenouns לְיוֹשֵׁ֣ב…וְקָרָ֣א…מִזִּבְחֽוֹ 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronouns **he** and **his** are agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … and they invite … from their sacrifice” or “with the inhabitants of … and one of them invites … from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 13 tfd1 figs-infostructure אֶת־מִזְבְּחֹתָם֙ תִּתֹּצ֔וּן וְאֶת־מַצֵּבֹתָ֖ם תְּשַׁבֵּר֑וּן וְאֶת־אֲשֵׁרָ֖יו תִּכְרֹתֽוּן 1 they will become a trap among you This unusual word order reflects the original in bringing each item the Israelites must destroy into focus. You should use whatever form in your language would emphasize or focus on each item that they must destroy. Alternate translation: “as for their altars, break them down! As for their stone pillars, smash them to pieces! As for their trees where they worship the goddess Asherah, cut them all down!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 34 13 gbp0 grammar-collectivenouns תִּכְרֹתֽוּן 1 they will become a trap among you For some reason only this pronoun is singular, referring back the singular “inhabitant” in the previous verse. Translate it based on your decision in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +EXO 34 15 r70f grammar-collectivenouns לְיוֹשֵׁ֣ב…וְקָרָ֣א…מִזִּבְחֽוֹ 1 General Information: The word **inhabitant** is a singular noun that refers to any individual inhabitant or group of inhabitants from the peoples mentioned in the previous verse. The pronouns **he** and **his** are agreeing with that singular noun. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “with the inhabitants of … and they invite … from their sacrifice” or “with the inhabitants of … and one of them invites … from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) EXO 34 14 fzjz translate-symaction לֹ֥א תִֽשְׁתַּחֲוֶ֖ה 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous To **bow to another god** means to worship it. This imagery is throughout scripture and should be retained in translation. Alternate translation: “you shall not bow to worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) EXO 34 14 vmx2 figs-metaphor כִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ קַנָּ֣א שְׁמ֔וֹ אֵ֥ל קַנָּ֖א הֽוּא׃ 1 Yahweh, whose name is Jealous The repeated word **jealous** means that God is concerned to keep his honor. If his people worship other gods, he loses honor, because when his people do not honor him, other people also will not honor him. This is pictured in a metaphor of a jealous spouse who is concerned that his spouse be faithful to him. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. The UST makes this image explicit as a simile, which can be done occasionally but would probably be too long for repeated use in a translation. Alternate translation: “Yahweh jealously guards his reputation. He is a God jealous of his honor.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 34 14 s5sd figs-metonymy כִּ֤י יְהוָה֙ קַנָּ֣א שְׁמ֔וֹ 1 whose name is Jealous, Here, the word **name** represents God’s character. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is always jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -2353,17 +2351,17 @@ EXO 34 16 p98a grammar-connect-logic-result וְהִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בּ EXO 34 17 lgab 0 you will eat some of his sacrifice The prohibition here is focused on making gods. In your translation make sure that the focus is not on the method, but the god-making. EXO 34 17 rux0 מַסֵּכָ֖ה 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice See how you translated **molten metal** in [Exodus 32:4](../32/04.md). EXO 34 18 s1rr 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to most of [Exodus 23:15](../23/15.md). -EXO 34 18 u5be translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֨ת 1 seven days “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 34 18 u5be translate-numbers שִׁבְעַ֨ת 1 seven days Alternate translation: “7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) EXO 34 18 i5ck translate-hebrewmonths הָאָבִ֑יב…הָֽאָבִ֔יב 1 in the month of Aviv This is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. **Aviv** is during the last part of March and the first part of April on Western calendars. See how you translated **Aviv** in [Exodus 13:4](../13/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) EXO 34 19 ly7d 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 13:12](../13/12.md). EXO 34 20 sbrs 0 buy back This verse is very similar to [Exodus 13:13](../13/13.md). EXO 34 20 j4tv figs-explicit בְשֶׂ֔ה…וַעֲרַפְתּ֑וֹ 1 buy back You may need to make explicit that either the **lamb** or **donkey** must be killed, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -EXO 34 20 c5ow לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה 1 buy back “you do not ransom the donkey” +EXO 34 20 c5ow לֹ֥א תִפְדֶּ֖ה 1 buy back Alternate translation: “you do not ransom the donkey” EXO 34 20 yz8x כֹּ֣ל בְּכ֤וֹר בָּנֶ֨יךָ֙ תִּפְדֶּ֔ה 1 buy back Firstborn sons and firstborn donkeys belonged to Yahweh, but Yahweh did not want them sacrificed to Him. Instead, the Israelites were to sacrifice a lamb in their place. This allowed the Israelites to buy the donkeys and sons back from Yahweh. EXO 34 20 u2p5 figs-doublenegatives וְלֹֽא־יֵרָא֥וּ פָנַ֖י רֵיקָֽם 1 No one may appear before me empty-handed Here understatement is used to emphasize that the Israelites must bring a suitable offering to Yahweh. This portion of the verse is identical to the end of [Exodus 23:15](../23/15.md). Alternate translation: “come to me without a proper offering” or “always bring an offering to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) EXO 34 21 w9ed 0 General Information: This command is similar to that in [Exodus 20:9](../20/09.md). -EXO 34 21 n2ka translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 General Information: “but on day seven” Here **seventh** is the ordinal number for 7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -EXO 34 21 swm8 בֶּחָרִ֥ישׁ וּבַקָּצִ֖יר 1 Even at plowing time and in harvest “Even when you are preparing the soil or gathering the crops” +EXO 34 21 n2ka translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֥וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖י 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “but on day seven” Here **seventh** is the ordinal number for 7. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 34 21 swm8 בֶּחָרִ֥ישׁ וּבַקָּצִ֖יר 1 Even at plowing time and in harvest Alternate translation: “Even when you are preparing the soil or gathering the crops” EXO 34 22 lhxb 0 Festival of Ingathering This verse is similar to [Exodus 23:16](../23/16.md), however the first festival is named **Festival of Weeks** here and “Festival of the Harvest” in 23:16. EXO 34 22 d13l וְחַג֙ הָֽאָסִ֔יף 1 Festival of Ingathering This festival celebrated the final harvesting of all the crops for the year. This festival was also known as the Festival of Shelters or the Festival of Booths. The idea came from the practice of the farmers living in temporary booths, or huts, out in the fields to guard the crop as it ripened. See Deuteronomy 16:13. See how you translated this in [Exodus 23:16](../23/16.md). Alternate translation: “and the Festival of the Ingathering” EXO 34 22 xqy4 figs-metaphor תְּקוּפַ֖ת הַשָּׁנָֽה 1 Festival of Ingathering Like “the exiting of the year” in [Exodus 23:16](../23/16.md), this refers to the end of the year. Here, the year is pictured as something that can turn. Which, thinking of the planet, is highly astronomically accurate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -2372,29 +2370,29 @@ EXO 34 23 iagy figs-metonymy יֵרָאֶה֙…אֶת־פְּנֵ֛י הָֽ EXO 34 25 zx2v 0 General Information: See the very similar [Exodus 23:18](../23/18.md). EXO 34 25 e8v2 figs-explicit דַּם־זִבְחִ֑י 1 the blood of my sacrifice The fact that the blood is from an animal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the blood of an animal that you sacrifice to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) EXO 34 26 bv0a 0 the blood of my sacrifice This verse is identical to [Exodus 23:19](../23/19.md). -EXO 34 27 x6j9 כִּ֞י עַל־פִּ֣י׀ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה 1 the blood of my sacrifice “for in accordance with these words” or “for according to these words” +EXO 34 27 x6j9 כִּ֞י עַל־פִּ֣י׀ הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה 1 the blood of my sacrifice Alternate translation: “for in accordance with these words” or “for according to these words” EXO 34 27 ybz6 figs-metaphor כָּרַ֧תִּי אִתְּךָ֛ בְּרִ֖ית 1 the blood of my sacrifice To **cut a covenant** means to make a covenant. The terminology refers to ancient rituals around making covenants which is illustrated in Genesis 15. See UST. See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -EXO 34 28 j9t4 translate-numbers עֲשֶׂ֖רֶת 1 forty days “10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 34 28 wt1c אַרְבָּעִ֥ים יוֹם֙ וְאַרְבָּעִ֣ים לַ֔יְלָה 1 for forty days and nights “for 40 days, including the nights” +EXO 34 28 j9t4 translate-numbers עֲשֶׂ֖רֶת 1 forty days Alternate translation: “10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 34 28 wt1c אַרְבָּעִ֥ים יוֹם֙ וְאַרְבָּעִ֣ים לַ֔יְלָה 1 for forty days and nights Alternate translation: “for 40 days, including the nights” EXO 34 28 yun2 writing-pronouns וַיִּכְתֹּ֣ב 1 He wrote Here, **he** probably refers to Moses, based on Yahweh’s command in the previous verse. However, [Exodus 34:1](../34/01.md) opens the possibility that Yahweh wrote. It is best to leave it ambiguous, but if you must specify, saying Moses is better. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) EXO 34 29 t1s0 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י 1 had become radiant This marks a change of scene which you should mark in a natural way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 34 29 x70x figs-infostructure וַיְהִ֗י בְּרֶ֤דֶת מֹשֶׁה֙ מֵהַ֣ר סִינַ֔י וּשְׁנֵ֨י לֻחֹ֤ת הָֽעֵדֻת֙ בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה בְּרִדְתּ֖וֹ מִן־הָהָ֑ר 1 had become radiant The statement about Moses’ descent from the mountain is repeated almost verbatim, but does not refer to two events. If this would be misunderstood you may need to state it only once in translation as in the UST. Alternate translation: “Then Moses came down from Mount Sinai. As he was coming down from the mountain, he was carrying the two tablets of the testimony in his hands.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) EXO 34 29 yagj figs-infostructure וּמֹשֶׁ֣ה לֹֽא־יָדַ֗ע כִּ֥י קָרַ֛ן ע֥וֹר פָּנָ֖יו בְּדַבְּר֥וֹ אִתּֽוֹ 1 had become radiant In some languages it will make more sense to state that Moses’ **face shone** before saying that he **did not know that** as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -EXO 34 29 d9zk קָרַ֛ן 1 had become radiant “became radiant” +EXO 34 29 d9zk קָרַ֛ן 1 had become radiant Alternate translation: “became radiant” EXO 34 30 yn9s grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּֽירְא֖וּ 1 had become radiant They were afraid because of his bright face. Alternate translation: “because of that, they were afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) EXO 34 32 kt23 וַיְצַוֵּ֕ם אֵת֩ כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֨ר דִּבֶּ֧ר יְהוָ֛ה אִתּ֖וֹ 1 all the commands that Yahweh had given him This means that Moses commanded the Israelites to obey everything Yahweh had commanded Moses to command the Israelites to do. EXO 34 34 fzm1 grammar-connect-time-background 0 he would remove This and the next verse give a general statement about Moses’s practice for an unstated amount of time (it was probably from this point until his death as he continued to talk to Yahweh). You should mark this with a form in your language that is used for on-going action like **would** and the UST’s “Whenever.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) EXO 34 34 m1sv figs-activepassive יְצֻוֶּֽה 1 what he was commanded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had commanded him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes<br>## Translation issues in this chapter<br><br><br>- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the tabernacle complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.<br>- Many items, materials, and processes for building the tabernacle may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31.<br><br><br>## Structure<br>- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command<br>- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))<br>- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the tabernacle complex<br>- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed<br>- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things +EXO 35 intro lew9 0 # Exodus 35 General Notes<br><br>## Translation issues in this chapter<br><br><br>- In the last chapter some repetition of Yahweh’s instructions began, mostly around the covenant commands. Starting in this chapter and even more so in chapter 36, the commands regarding the construction of the tabernacle complex are repeated, often word for word, from chapters 25-31. In many verses the only difference will be a change of verb form from instruction to completion. As much as possible, these parallels will be pointed out for the translators with links to the previous verses. Translators should refer back to the previously translated verses for consistency and because notes in this section may not cover everything that was covered in the initial instruction section.<br>- Many items, materials, and processes for building the tabernacle may be unknown, but should have already been addressed in chapters 25-31.<br><br><br>## Structure<br><br>- v. 1-3: reiteration of Sabbath command<br>- v. 4-9: list of materials for donation (see [Exodus 25:1-7](../25/01.md))<br>- v. 10-19: things they need to make for the tabernacle complex<br>- v. 20-29: the people bring all the things listed<br>- v. 30-36:1: appointing of lead craftsmen to build these things EXO 35 2 hfaq 0 This verse is very similar to [Exodus 31:15](../31/15.md).<br> -EXO 35 2 g6oe translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 the seventh day “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -EXO 35 2 c559 translate-ordinal הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 the seventh day “day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +EXO 35 2 g6oe translate-numbers שֵׁ֣שֶׁת 1 the seventh day Alternate translation: “6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +EXO 35 2 c559 translate-ordinal הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 the seventh day Alternate translation: “day number seven” or “Saturday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 35 2 ax6u figs-activepassive שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִים֮ תֵּעָשֶׂ֣ה מְלָאכָה֒ 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death If your language would not use passive here, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Six days you shall work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 35 2 zij9 figs-activepassive כָּל־הָעֹשֶׂ֥ה ב֛וֹ מְלָאכָ֖ה יוּמָֽת 1 Whoever does any work on that day must be put to death If your language would not use passive here, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You must execute anyone who works on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) EXO 35 4 jdb8 0 General Information: In verses 4-9, Moses tells the Israelites to collect the things Yahweh commanded him in [Exodus 25:2-7](../25/02.md). You should check your translation for consistency between these passages. EXO 35 4 ugn4 figs-quotations וַיֹּ֣אמֶר מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶל־כָּל־עֲדַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵאמֹ֑ר זֶ֣ה הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה לֵאמֹֽר 1 General Information: Verses 5-19 are a second-level direct quotation. If it would be better to reduce the quotation level in your language, you may want to make this introductory comment (everything after the first **saying**) an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And Moses told all of the congregation of the sons of Israel the things that Yahweh commanded, saying,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) EXO 35 5 h5c8 0 General Information: This verse is similar to [Exodus 25:2-3](../25/02.md). -EXO 35 5 n2c8 קְח֨וּ מֵֽאִתְּכֶ֤ם תְּרוּמָה֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה 1 Take an offering for Yahweh “Take up a collection for Yahweh from what you have” +EXO 35 5 n2c8 קְח֨וּ מֵֽאִתְּכֶ֤ם תְּרוּמָה֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Alternate translation: “Take up a collection for Yahweh from what you have” EXO 35 5 qq0a figs-ellipsis כֹּ֚ל 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Here, “from” is omitted but suggested by the sentence grammar. Also, **every** means “every person.” Alternate translation: “from every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 35 5 pqa2 figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל נְדִ֣יב לִבּ֔וֹ 1 General Information: This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom though the body part often varies. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 35 5 gx87 0 General Information: After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list. @@ -2409,7 +2407,7 @@ EXO 35 8 ikm4 0 General Information: Except for a couple of **and**s, this ver EXO 35 8 y11w translate-unknown וּבְשָׂמִים֙ 1 General Information: Here, **spices** are dried plants that people grind into a powder and put in oil or food to give it a nice smell or flavor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) EXO 35 9 f1dd 0 General Information: Except for an initial **and**, this verse is identical to [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md). EXO 35 9 hcs9 translate-unknown וְאַ֨בְנֵי־שֹׁ֔הַם 1 General Information: An **onyx stone** is a valuable stone that has layers of white and black, red or brown. If this stone is unknown to your people, consider translating it by using a word for a familiar stone with a similar pattern, if possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -EXO 35 9 kk7z וְאַבְנֵ֖י 1 General Information: “and valuable gems for” or “and treasured gems for” +EXO 35 9 kk7z וְאַבְנֵ֖י 1 General Information: Alternate translation: “and valuable gems for” or “and treasured gems for” EXO 35 10 dc4b figs-metonymy וְכָל־חֲכַם־לֵ֖ב 1 Every skilled man Here, **heart** is referring to innate possession by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftsman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated this in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “And every man with a skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) EXO 35 10 lkp4 figs-ellipsis צִוָּ֖ה 1 Every skilled man Here, some the words that a sentence would need to be complete in some languages are left out. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) EXO 35 10 ugjb 0 Every skilled man After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list. @@ -2466,11 +2464,11 @@ EXO 35 31 cf63 figs-abstractnouns מְלָאכָֽה 1 He has filled Bezalel wit EXO 35 32 r7e3 0 to make artistic designs…bronze This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:4](../31/04.md), except for the first **and**. EXO 35 33 fj6f 0 also to cut and set stones…craftsmanship This verse is identical to [Exodus 31:5](../31/05.md) except for the final **of invention**. EXO 35 34 xd67 figs-idiom וּלְהוֹרֹ֖ת נָתַ֣ן בְּלִבּ֑וֹ 1 He has put it in his heart to teach This is an idiom referring to ability and desire. These are spoken of as if they are something that could be placed in a heart. Alternate translation: “and he gave the ability and desire to teach to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -EXO 35 34 ab2z translate-names וְאָֽהֳלִיאָ֥ב…אֲחִיסָמָ֖ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +EXO 35 34 ab2z translate-names וְאָֽהֳלִיאָ֥ב…אֲחִיסָמָ֖ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak, from the tribe of Dan Alternate translation: “Oholiab” and “Ahisamak” are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 35 35 ehu7 0 filled them with skill This verse summarizes and pulls together many previously mentioned things. See [28:3](../28/03.md) (**skill of heart**), [25:4](../25/04.md) (for materials), [26:36](../26/36.md) (**embroiderer**), [28:32](../28/32.md) (**weaver**), [26:31](../26/31.md) (**skillful workman**), [31:3](../31/03.md) (**craftsman**), [28:6](../28/06.md) (**designer of designs**). EXO 35 35 rcv9 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֨א אֹתָ֜ם חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Skill to create beautiful objects is spoken of as if it were something that could fill up a person. Alternate translation: “made them very skillful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 35 35 jvtd figs-synecdoche חָכְמַת־לֵ֗ב 1 filled them with skill Here, **heart** refers to possessing something, in this case ability or skill. Some languages will use a different body part for this image. Alternate translation: “with ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes<br>## Translation issues<br>- The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.<br>- Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes, some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.<br>- Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>## Structure<br>- v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction<br>- v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already<br>-v. 8-38: construction of the tabernacle, verse-by-verse quotations marked below<br> - v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)<br> - v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)<br> - v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)<br> - v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)<br> +EXO 36 intro nz4n 0 # Exodus 36 General Notes<br><br>## Translation issues<br><br>- The first verse of this chapter goes with the last chapter.<br>- Most of this chapter exactly quotes chapter 26 with a shift from instruction to past narrative form on the verbs and a few other minor changes, some are Hebrew word order that will be invisible here. Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.<br>- Throughout verses 8-38 the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>## Structure<br><br>- v. 1: finish Moses’ instruction<br>- v. 2-7: craftsmen collect materials from Moses, inform him the people should stop bringing things because they have too much already<br>-v. 8-38: construction of the tabernacle, verse-by-verse quotations marked below<br> - v. 8-18: quote [Exodus 26:1-11](../26/01.md)<br> - v. 19-34: quote [Exodus 26:14-29](../26/14.md)<br> - v. 35-36: quote [26:31-32](../26/31.md)<br> - v. 37-38: quote [26:36-37](../26/36.md)<br> EXO 36 1 ubk2 0 General Information: This verse is the end of a quotation from Moses that begin in [35:30](../35/30.md). It should be connected as visually as possible to the previous verses as the chapter break here is poorly placed. EXO 36 1 ds99 translate-names בְצַלְאֵ֨ל וְאָהֳלִיאָ֜ב 1 Bezalel These are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md) and [31:6](../31/06.md) as well as in the end of [chapter 35](../35/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) EXO 36 1 y1h1 figs-gendernotations אִ֣ישׁ 1 Bezalel We know from [35:25](../35/25.md) that women were included in the skilled workers, so **man** here includes women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -2483,7 +2481,7 @@ EXO 36 2 vvtz figs-abstractnouns חָכְמָ֖ה 1 in whose mind Yahweh had giv EXO 36 2 yuq8 figs-metaphor כֹּ֚ל אֲשֶׁ֣ר נְשָׂא֣וֹ לִבּ֔וֹ 1 whose heart stirred within him See how you translated this in [35:21](../35/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) EXO 36 3 est0 וַיִּקְח֞וּ 1 whose heart stirred within him Alternate translation: “and the craftsmen took” EXO 36 3 xkix figs-metonymy מִלִּפְנֵ֣י 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **before the face** means, with Moses. Moses had received and kept the building materials. Alternate translation: “from the custody of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -EXO 36 3 mtkr figs-metonymy בַּבֹּ֥קֶר בַּבֹּֽקֶר 1 whose heart stirred within him This is an idiom meaning every morning or every day. Use a similar expression or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “morning by morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +EXO 36 3 mtkr figs-idiom בַּבֹּ֥קֶר בַּבֹּֽקֶר 1 whose heart stirred within him This is an idiom meaning every morning or every day. Use a similar expression or translate the meaning. Alternate translation: “morning by morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 36 4 b772 figs-nominaladj הַ֣חֲכָמִ֔ים 1 whose heart stirred within him Here the adjective **skilled** is used as a noun in order to describe the group of craftsmen. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the skilled workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) EXO 36 4 pz6u figs-idiom אִֽישׁ־אִ֥ישׁ 1 whose heart stirred within him Here, **every single man** translates an idiom that cannot be rendered literally and sensibly in English. The original is ”a man a man.” If your language would use repetition to emphasize that each and every man came to see Moses you can follow the original, otherwise use a phrase or structure that emphasizes that they all came. Alternate translation: “every man without exception” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) EXO 36 4 gjrz figs-gendernotations אִֽישׁ־אִ֥ישׁ 1 whose heart stirred within him As previously, noted, there were some women who contributed (particularly in the cloth crafts) so this use may include women. Alternate translation: “every single worker” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) @@ -2528,7 +2526,7 @@ EXO 36 35 pfc5 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodu EXO 36 36 hg2q 0 General Information: Aside from some verbal differences, this verse is very similar to [Exodus 26:32](../26/32.md). EXO 36 37 r5ya 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). EXO 36 38 pr67 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 26:37](../26/37.md). -EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes<br>- This chapter continues record of the construction of the tabernacle and items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.<br>Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.<br>- Throughout the chapter the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>## Structure<br>- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)<br>- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)<br>- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)<br>- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)<br>- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md) +EXO 37 intro mt99 0 # Exodus 37 General Notes<br><br>- This chapter continues record of the construction of the tabernacle and items for it in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions.<br>Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency.<br>- Throughout the chapter the word **he** used. This is a generic noun referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could also change it to “they” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>## Structure<br><br>- v. 1-9 Making the ark, see [Exodus 25:10-20](../25/10.md)<br>- v. 10-16 Making the table, see [Exodus 25:23-29](../25/23.md)<br>- v. 17-24 Making the lampstand, see [Exodus 25:31-39](../25/31.md)<br>- v. 25-28 Making the altar for incense, see [Exodus 30:1-5](../30/01.md)<br>- v. 29 Making the oil and incense, see [Exodus 30:22-38](../30/22.md) EXO 37 1 byr3 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:10](../25/10.md). EXO 37 2 kb3s 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 25:11](../25/11.md). EXO 37 3 pb6v 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:12](../25/12.md). @@ -2604,7 +2602,7 @@ EXO 38 28 rcda 0 Bezalel See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17 EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְאַלְפַּ֥יִם וְאַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל 1 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. See the UST. (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) EXO 38 30 rck7 מִכְבַּ֥ר 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md). EXO 38 31 bvr9 יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md). -EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes<br>- This chapter continues record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br>Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).<br>- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> +EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes<br><br>- This chapter continues record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br>Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).<br>- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br> EXO 39 1 h8kg 0 as Yahweh had commanded Moses See how you translated similar instructions in [Exodus 28:4-5](../28/04.md). EXO 39 1 e1xh figs-abstractnouns בִּגְדֵ֤י הַקֹּ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **holiness** in another way. Alternate translation: “the holy clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) EXO 39 2 b9mg 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md). @@ -2654,7 +2652,7 @@ EXO 39 41 z3ip 0 the tabernacle, the tent of meeting This verse is identical t EXO 39 42 ct6k 0 Thus the people This verse is almost identical to the second half of [verse 32](../39/32.md). EXO 39 43 t26m וְהִנֵּה֙ 1 behold Here, the word **behold** draws attention to the information that follows. Use a word or marking in your language that draws attention to the next information. EXO 39 43 z79s writing-endofstory 0 As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it This (and really verse 42) is the end of the conclusion of the construction of materials portion of the story. The ending began in [verse 32](../39/32.md). If your language has specific features that should be part of the end of a section like this consider using them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses,** is repeated seven times as in the previous chapter to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.<br>- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel in an expanded way verses 2-8.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br><br>- The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.<br>- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.<br>- “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) +EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses,** is repeated seven times as in the previous chapter to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.<br>- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel in an expanded way verses 2-8.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br><br>- The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.<br>- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.<br>- “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]]) EXO 40 1 ea7j writing-newevent 0 There is a transition to a new event at the beginning of this chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) EXO 40 2 bgv1 translate-ordinal בְּיוֹם־הַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן בְּאֶחָ֣ד לַחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 Alternate translation: “On day one of the month, in month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) EXO 40 2 gzk3 figs-doublet מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 the first day of the first month of the new year These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the tabernacle, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])